Media and Culture 2015 by Macmillan International Higher Education

MEDIA & CULTURE

20 15 S C H O L A R LY RESOURCES

MEDIA & CULTURE

Collections

Palgrave Connect presents libraries with a flexible approach to building an ebook Collection with over 14,000 titles offered in the Humanities, the Social Sciences and Business. Our ebooks are published simultaneously with the print edition and uploaded weekly into the current collections. publications are available on Palgrave Connect Palgrave’s Media & Culture Collections are home to some of the world’s most exciting, innovative research in the fields of film and television studies, media and communication, journalism, cultural studies and anthropology. This year marks the launch of new book series in areas such as screenwriting, audiovisual culture, environmental communication, pop music, communication for social change as well as our first Palgrave Pivot series, Latino Pop Culture. We are proud to offer a diverse and growing program of ground-breaking new works from leading scholars including Barbie Zelizer, Peter Dahlgren, Brian Winston and Marcel Danesi.

’

– Felicity Plester, Publisher & Global Head of Film, Culture and Media Studies

Over 650 titles available in this area

Highlights from the 2015 Collection

What are the benefits? • Perpetual access to purchased Collections • Unlimited, concurrent access both remotely and on site

Regularly accessed titles in this subject

• The ability to print, copy and download without DRM restrictions

Media & Culture Collection 2011

Two flexible purchase models to choose from:

Media & Culture Collection 2012

Media & Culture Collection 2013

Open Access

Collections Model: Over 142 collections based on subjects and years Build Your Own Collections: pick titles from across subject areas and years to create your own collections (minimum purchase applies).

• EPUB format available for ebooks from 2011 onwards (in addition to PDF) for compatibility with e-readers • Simultaneous print and online publication with current Collections updated monthly • Free MARC record download by collection

Contact us to set up a trial or receive a quote: North America and Latin America: institutions@us.nature.com | +1 888 331 6288

Indian subcontinent: onlinesales-india@palgrave.com

Customers in UK, Europe and rest of the world: onlinesales@palgrave.com | +44 (0)207 843 4759

Australia and New Zealand: palgraveonline@macmillan.com.au | +61 3 9825 1009

Mainland China: Haifang.Zhang@macmillan.com | +86-10-88811359 (ext 8009)

www.palgraveconnect.com

Contents 5

New Media and Technology

Journalism and Broadcasting

Political Communication

Gender, Race and Identity

Memory Studies

Cultural and Media History

Cultural Studies

20 15

Media, Cultural and Social Theory

Research Methods

Cultural and Social Anthropology

Ethnography

S C H O L A R LY RESOURCES

Visual Culture

Sales, Rights and Ordering

MEDIA & CULTURE

PUBLISHING WITH PALGRAVE MACMILLAN Palgrave Macmillan offers authors the opportunity to publish at any length, across 3 formats: • Article length, with a variety of Palgrave Journals • Mid-form, with Palgrave Pivot • Full-length books We always welcome new proposals, whether from first-time or more experienced authors. Our Publishing Proposal Form, guidelines and full list of editorial contacts can be found at www.palgrave.com/authors. When contacting us, to help us make a quick and authoritative decision, include as much information as possible on the form, including details about the content, a chapter plan, aims and objectives, the intended market and the competition. We will also be happy to receive your CV (and that of any co-authors/editors) and any sample material, if available. Felicity Plester – Publisher & Global Head of Film, Culture and Media Studies | F.Plester@palgrave.com Shaun Vigil – Editor, Cultural and Media Studies | Shaun.Vigil@palgrave-usa.com Chris Penfold – Commissioning Editor, Film and Television Studies | c.penfold@palgrave.com Dr Farideh Koohi-Kamali – Publisher, Global Outreach Program: Asia-Pacific, Middle East, Latin America | Farideh.Koohi@palgrave-usa.com

LEFT HEADER

Publishing peer reviewed, mid-length research across the Humanities, the Social Sciences and Business, within 12 weeks of acceptance. 7-8,000

Words used by scholars and librarians to describe Palgrave Pivot

Average time to publish: 9 weeks

Shortest time to publish: 5.14 weeks (Sporting Times by Kath Woodward)

EXCITING

Benefits to Authors

Speed – accepted manuscripts published within 12 weeks

Flexibility

TIMELY

– publish at lengths between the journal article and conventional monograph

Average length: 135 pages

INNOVATIVE

Peer review Titles published to date:

BOLD MUCH NEEDED

IDEAL

422

As of December 2014

With many more titles publishing in 2015

Interested in publishing with Palgrave Pivot? Visit our Proposals page to find out more

– all titles are subject to rigorous peer review

Wide dissemination – all titles are available as digital collections, ebooks and as hardback editions

www.palgrave.com/pivot

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY The Philosophy of Software

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY

The Manipulation of Online Self-Presentation Create, Edit, Re-edit and Present Alison Attrill, University of Wolverhampton, UK This book explores psychological theories around the ways in which people present themselves online. The role of dispositional and situational factors along with the motivations that drive self-presentation across diverse Internet arenas are considered. Contents: 1. Introduction – Who Am I? * 2. Theoretical Considerations * 3. Individual Factors and the Cyberself * 4. Motivations for Sharing the Cyberself * 5. The Social Cognitive Internet and the Cyberself

Code and Mediation in the Digital Age

Now available in paperback

David M. Berry, University of Sussex, UK "This is a beautifully written book that pulls off the difficult task of introducing the subject of software and the workings of code to the non specialist whilst also providing an original take of the philosophical and the cultural importance of code in contemporary culture." - Michael Bull, University of Sussex, UK This book is a critical introduction to code and software that develops an understanding of its social and philosophical implications in the digital age. Written specifically for people interested in the subject from a non-technical background, the book provides a lively and interesting analysis of these new media forms. Contents: Acknowledgements * 1. The Idea of Code * 2. What is Code? * 3. Reading and Writing Code * 4. Running Code * 5. Towards a Phenomenology of Computation * 6. Real-Time Streams * Bibliography * Index

Palgrave Studies in Cyberpsychology March 2015 UK March 2015 US 128pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137483409

9781137483409

Social Media and the Politics of Reportage The 'Arab Spring' Edited by Saba Bebawi, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia, Diana Bossio, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia Social Media and the Politics of Reportage explores the journalistic challenges, issues and opportunities that have risen as a result of social media increasingly being used as a form of crisis reporting within the field of global journalism, with a focus on the protests during the 'Arab Spring'. Contents: List of Figures * Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgements * Introduction; Saba Bebawi and Diana Bossio * PART I: INTERACTIONS AND CHALLENGES * 1. Journalism during the Arab Spring: Interactions and Challenges; Diana Bossio * 2. The Arab Spring on Twitter: Language Communities in #egypt and #libya; Axel Bruns and Tim Highfield * 3. Al Jazeera English’s Networked Journalism During the 2011 Egyptian Uprising; William Lafi Youmans * PART II: POLITICAL EFFECTS * 4. Syrian Activists in Russia: The limits of Visibility in a Hostile Host Country; Mervi Pantti and Evgeniya Boklage * 5. Twitter-ized Revolution: Extending the Governance Empire; Robert Imre and Stephen Owen * PART III: PREDICTING THE FUTURE * 6. A Shift in Media Power: The Mediated Public Sphere During the ‘Arab Spring’; Saba Bebawi * Index September 2014 UK September 2014 US 160pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137361394

9781137361394

February 2015 UK February 2015 US 216pp Paperback £18.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137490278

9781137490278

Mobile Media Making in an Age of Smartphones Edited by Marsha Berry, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia, Max Schleser, Massey University, New Zealand With the rise of smartphones and the proliferation of applications, the ways everyday media users and creative professionals represent, experience, and share the everyday is changing. This collection reflects on emergent creative practices and digital ethnographies of new socialities associated with smartphone cameras in everyday life. Contents: 1. Creative Mobile Media: The State of Play; Marsha Berry and Max Schleser * PART I: AESTHETICS * 2. Artist with a Camera-phone: A Decade of Mobile Photography; Dean Keep * 3. Tram Travels: Smartphone Video Production and the Essay Film; Leo Berkeley * 4. The Mobile Phone and the Flow of Things; Adam Kossoff * PART II: SPACE AND PLACE * 5. Ambient Play: Camera-phone Practices and Mobile Gaming; Larissa Hjorth * 6. Filtered smartphone moments: Haunting places; Marsha Berry * 7. Subversive Mobile Storytelling; Brian House * PART III: KNOWLEDGE AND STORIES * 8. Sauti ya wakulima: Using Mobile Phones to Strengthen the Social Context of Rural Agriculture in Rural Tanzania; Eugenio Tisselli * 9. Digital Storytelling and Aboriginal Young People: An Exploration of Digital Technology to Support Contemporary Koori Culture; Fran Edmonds * 10. Smartphone Screenwriting: Creativity, Technology, and Screenplays-on-the-go; Craig Batty * PART IV: THE SELF * 11. Instagram: A Repository of Taste, a Brimming Marketplace, a War of Eyeballs; Crystal Abidin * 12. Slow Media Production and the Rise of Instagram Video; Patrick Kelly * 13. I’m Doing This Right Now and It’s for You: The Role of Images in Sexual Ambient Intimacy; Edgar Gómez Cruz and Cristina Miguel * 14. Connecting through Mobile Autobiographies: Selfreflexive Mobile Filmmaking, Self-representation and Selfies; Max Schleser

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 176pp 8 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137482655

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137482655

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Democracy Bytes

Advertising to Children

New Media, New Politics and Generational Change

New Directions, New Media

Judith Bessant, Crawford School of Public Policy, Australian National University, Australia "In Democracy Bytes, Judith Bessant raises profound questions about the public realm, generations, neoliberal power, and the Internet. With fascinating case studies ranging from Russia's Pussy Riot, to universities, to US debates about piracy laws, to Australian indigenous art and activism, she explores how young online activists participate in struggles against power-holders, and begin to change the meaning of politics. This is a book for everyone who is interested in democracy in a changing world." – Raewyn Connell, University of Sydney, Australia This study is about new media, the crisis of democracy and political renewal. It asks: What is the political? How can we understand politics in a network age? Can we talk sensibly about generational change? Analysing four international case studies, this book gives an optimistic assessment of how digital media supports new forms of politics. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Politics In the Age of the Digital * 3. How The Light Gets In: Change and Continuity * 4. Change and Generation * 5. Coming of Age in a Digital Neo-liberal World: Generation and Politics * 6. A Heuristic or Guiding Framework * PART II: CASE STUDIES: IDENTIFYING POLITICAL CHANGE AND GENERATIONS * 7. Democratic Renewal, Pussy Riot and Flash Gigs in the Kremlin * 8. The Graduate’s Future and Neoliberal Education: New Generation Politics on the Campus * 9. The Stop Online Piracy Act Case * 10. The Digital, Indigenous Art and Politics * 11. Conclusion October 2014 UK October 2014 US 336pp 1 b/w table Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137308252

9781137308252

Edited by Mark Blades, University of Sheffield, UK, Caroline Oates, University of Sheffield, UK, Fran Blumberg, Fordham University, USA, Barrie Gunter, University of Leicester, UK This important source for students, researchers, advertisers and parents reviews the debates and presents new research about advertising to children. Chapters cover food and alcohol advertising, the effects of product placement and new media advertising, and the role of parents and teachers in helping children to learn more about advertising. Contents: 1. Introduction; Barrie Gunter, Caroline Oates, Fran Blumberg and Mark Blades * 2. Do Very Young Children Understand Persuasive Intent in Advertisements?; Moondore Ali and Mark Blades * 3. The Development of Children’s Scepticism about Advertising; Maria T. Chu, Mark Blades and Jane Herbert * 4. Commercial Food Promotion to Children; Emma J. Boyland, Joanne A. Harrold, Tim C. Kirkham and Jason C.G. Halford * 5. Alcohol Advertising and Young People; Barrie Gunter * 6. Advertising to Children in China; Kara Chan * 7. Parents’ Beliefs about, and Attitudes to, Marketing to Children; Caroline Oates, Nicki Newman and Athanasia Tziortzi * 8. The Family’s Role in Children’s Interpretation of Advertising; Moniek Buijzen * 9. Linkages between Media Literacy and Children’s and Adolescents’ Susceptibility to Advertising; Fran C. Blumberg, Lauren A. Frankle, Brian Kelley and Jessica M. Williams * 10. Under the Radar: How Embedded Commercial Messages in TV and the New Media Influence Children without their Conscious Awareness; Laura Owen, Charlie Lewis and Susan Auty * 11. Young Children’s Ability to Identify Advertisements on Television, on Web Pages and on Search Engine Web Pages; Shiying Li, Megan Pickering, Moondore Ali, Mark Blades and Caroline Oates * 12. The Influence of Advergames on Children’s Consumer Choices and Behaviour; Amanda E. Staiano and Sandra L. Calvert * 13. Conclusions; Caroline Oates, Fran Blumberg, Barrie Gunter and Mark Blades August 2014 UK August 2014 US 272pp 10 b/w tables, 8 b/w photos Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230252028

9780230252028

Youth Practices in Digital Arts and New Media Sharing our Lives Online

Learning in Formal and Informal Settings Joanna Black, University of Manitoba, Canada, Juan Carlos Castro, Concordia University, Canada, Ching-Chiu Lin, The University of British Columbia, Canada "In this volume, Joanna Black, Juan Carlos Castro, and Ching-Chiu Lin assist educators in navigating this disruption in a comprehensive, compelling, and provocative way. Students, and their communities, will be well served as a result." - Doug Blandy, Professor in the Arts and Administration Program, University of Oregon The authors examine youths' practices in digital culture affecting social change, pedagogy, and creative learning practices. Knowledge about these practices is discussed, in which learning, knowledge sharing, distinct social contexts, pedagogical relationships, and artistic creative inquiry are examined in diverse formal and informal environments. Contents: Table of Contents * Acknowledgments * 1. Introduction * 2. Economic, Social and Personal Aspects of Educating for Creativity: A Study of a Community-Based Youth Media Arts Program * 3. Amplifying Youth Cultural Practices by Engaging and Developing Professional Identity Through Social Media * and more...

February 2015 UK February 2015 US 176pp 12 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137475169

9781137475169

Risks and Exposure in Social Media David R. Brake, Humber College, Canada "[Sharing our Lives Online] provides a compelling account of the risks of online communication … and the ways in which technologies are constructed to lead us to disclose more than we may think. [His research is] delicately woven into a rich discussion of the economic, technical and social factors that encourage self-disclosure [and features] a fascinating glimpse into blogging practice over time... An engaging and illuminating book." – Times Higher Education Why do we share so much about our lives on social media when we often have little idea who might be reading or viewing? David R. Brake examines the causes and consequences of moving towards a radically open society. Contents: Table of Contents * 1. Introduction * 2. What is Risky and Who is at Risk? * 3. How and Why Social Media Interaction is Different * 4. Imagining the Reader * 5. Time and Memory in Social Media * 6. Towards a Radically Open Society * 7. Conclusion * Bibliography September 2014 UK September 2014 US 208pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Paperback £16.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230320291 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230320369

9780230320291 9780230320369

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Critical Perspectives on Technology and Education Edited by Scott Bulfin, Monash University, Australia, Nicola F. Johnson, Federation University, Australia, Chris Bigum, Griffith University, Australia "A timely, useful, readable, subtle, helpful, and provocative collection unpicking the politics, practices, history, and uses of educational technology." - Julian Sefton-Green, Principal Research Fellow in the Department of Media and Communication, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK This book offers critical readings of issues in education and technology and demonstrates how researchers can use critical perspectives from sociology, digital media, cultural studies, and other fields to broaden the ‘ed-tech’ research imagination, open up new topics, ask new questions, develop theory, and articulate an agenda for informed action. Contents: 1. Critical Is Something Others (Don’t) Do: Mapping The Imaginative Of Educational Technology; Chris Bigum, Scott Bulfin, And Nicola F. Johnson * 2. Gorillas In Their Midst: Rethinking Educational Technology; Chris Bigum And Leonie Rowan * 3. The Work Of Theory In Ed-Tech Research; Nicola F. Johnson * 4. Extending Understandings Of Educational Technology: Teachers’ Critiques Of Educational Technology As Important Intellectual Capital For Researchers; Joanne Orlando * 5. Digital Play: What Do Early Childhood Teachers See?; Susan Edwards, Joce Nuttall, Ana Mantilla, Elizabeth Wood, And Sue Grieshaber * 6. Youth Breaking New ‘Ground’: Iconicity And Meaning Making In Social Media; Mark Evan Nelson, Stacy Marple, And Glynda Hull * 7. The Scripted Sandbox: Children’s Gameplay And Ludic Gendering; Nicola Pallitt And Marion Walton * and more...

Digital Education and Learning February 2015 UK February 2015 US 280pp 6 figures, 6 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137385444

Young Citizens and Political Participation in a Digital Society Addressing the Democratic Disconnect Philippa Collin, University of Western Sydney, Australia "Young Citizens and Participation in a Digital Society is an important and very timely contribution to a question that lies at the heart of our democratic malaise. Collin draws upon a vast literature to unmask the illusions, the contradictions and the speculative commentaries that have dogged serious discourse on young people's political and civic participation." - Eric Sidoti, University of Western Sydney, Australia Drawing on diverse theoretical perspectives, this book examines questions of youth citizenship and participation by exploring their meanings in policy, practice and youth experience. It examines young people's participation in non-government and youthled organisations, and asks what can be done to bridge the democratic disconnect. Contents: Introduction: Young People, Participation and Digital Media * 1. Conceptualising Young Citizens * 2. Cultivating Good Citizens: Youth Participation Policies in Context * 3. Civic Organisations in Context * 4. Youth Perspectives on Participation * 5. Mediated Participation * 6. Addressing the Democratic Disconnect: Promoting Pluralism and Engaging with the Politics of the Ordinary

Studies in Childhood and Youth January 2015 UK January 2015 US 200pp 9 b/w tables, 1 figure Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137348821

9781137348821

9781137385444

Besides the Screen Moving Images through Distribution, Promotion and Curation

Analyzing Social Media Data and Web Networks Edited by Marta Cantijoch, University of Manchester, UK, Rachel Gibson, University of Manchester, UK, Stephen Ward, University of Salford, UK This book contributes to developing social science research in the age of the internet by providing the most up to date overview of the status and role of web methods in the field. Contents: Introduction: The Importance of Method in the Study of the Political Internet’; Marta Cantijoch, Rachel Gibson, Laura Sudulich, Matthew Wall and Stephen Ward * PART I: STRUCTURE AND INFLUENCE * 1. Political Homophily on the Web; Robert Ackland and Jamsheed Shorish * 2. Blogosphere Authority Index 2.0: Change and Continuity in the American Political Blogosphere, 2007-2010; Dave Karpf * 3. A Tool for Analysing Youtube Audience Reactions and Discussions; Mike Thelwall * PART II: CONTENTS AND INTERACTIONS * 4. Social Data Analytics Tool: A Demonstrative Case Study of Methodology and Software; Ravi Vatrapu, Abid Hussain, Daniel Hardt, and Zeshan Jaffari * 5. Opportunities and Challenges of Analysing Twitter Content. A Comparison of the Occupation Movements in Spain, Greece and the US; Gema García-Albacete and Yannis Theocharis * 6. Stuttgart’s Black Thursday on Twitter: Mapping Political Protests with Social Media Data; Andreas Jungherr and Pascal Jürgens * 7. Analysing ‘Super-participation’ in Online Third Spaces; Todd Graham and Scott Wright * PART III: MIXED METHODS AND APPROACHES FOR ANALYSIS OF WEB CAMPAIGNS * 8. A MixedMethods Approach to Capturing Online Local-Level Data; Rosalynd Southern. * 9. From Web Sites to Web Presences. Interactive Behaviours in Web Campaigns During the 2010 UK General Election; Benjamin Lee * New Directions in Web Analysis: Semantic Polling and the Future of Opinion Surveys; Nick Anstead and Ben O’Loughlin November 2014 UK November 2014 US 304pp 28 figures, 25 b/w tables Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137276766

9781137276766

Edited by Virginia Crisp, Middlesex University, UK, Gabriel Menotti Gonring, Federal University of Espírito Santo, Brazil "Besides the Screen brings together a new generation of media scholars with a shared purpose: to excavate the practices that frame the moving image as it undergoes its most profound transition since the invention of television. From viral marketing to videoon-demand, from arthouse to primetime TV, from Q&A sessions to VJing, and from Croatia to Taiwan distributing, promoting and caring for audiovisual culture, as archive and as live event and living culture are being made anew. They demand a new mode of critical thinking. This book is a powerful introduction to a new way of thinking the new media landscape." Sean Cubitt, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK New media technologies impact cinema well beyond the screen. This volume speculates about the changes in modes of accessing, distributing, storing and promoting moving images and how they might affect cinematographic experience, economy and historiography. Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgements * Introduction: In the Grooves of the Cinematographic Circuit; Gabriel Menotti Gonring and Virginia Crisp * PART I: THROUGH MANY CHANNELS: DISTRIBUTION * 2. From the Big Screen to the Small Ones: How Digitisation is Transforming the Distribution, Exhibition and Consumption of Movies; Alejandro Pardo * and more... January 2015 UK January 2015 US 232pp 6 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137471017

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137471017

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY New Frontiers in Technological Literacy

Locative Social Media

Breaking with the Past

Place in the Digital Age

Edited by John R. Dakers, University of Glasgow, UK "The beginning of our twenty-first century is marked by many breaks that affect our social, economic, cultural, and political organizations. The globalization of trade and the global development of information networks have drastically changed our relationships with multiple technologies. Increasingly indispensable in our daily actions, they generate opposing feelings from the most basic rejection to unconditional adherence. This book, by the richness of contributions from leading international experts, lays the foundation of an appropriate place for technology education in all our educational systems." – Jacques Ginestie, Director, ESPE Aix-Marseille, Aix-Marseille Université, France This book attempts to rethink the concept of technological literacy in a modern context, not only in terms of a subject area taught in schools, but also as an important general concept that all citizens should engage with. As this book will illustrate, the concept of technological literacy has no universally agreed definition. Contents: Foreward; Carl Mitcham * Introduction: Breaking with the Past; John R. Dakers * 1. Technological Literacy as a Creative Process of Becoming Other; John R. Dakers * 2. Postliterate Machineries; Stephen Petrina * 3. Technology and Technology Education: Perspectives from a young person; Molly Watson * 4. Technological Literacy and Digital Democracy: a relationship grounded in Technology Education; P. John Williams * 5. Re-Envisioning Our Knowledge Tradition: From Gender-Blind to Gender Aware; Mary Kirk * 6. Eco-technological Literacy for Resiliency; Leo Elshof * 7. A Chinese Perspective on Technological Literacy; Nan Wang * 8. Enabling both reflection and action: a challenge facing technology education; David Barlex * 9. From CyberEducation to CyberActivism: Can CyberLiteracy Transform the Public Sphere?; Andoni Alonso * 10. Situating technological literacy in the workplace; Jamie Wallace and Cathrine Hasse * 11. Genetic literacy: Scientific input as a precondition for personal judgment?; Silja Samerski July 2014 UK July 2014 US 196pp Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Paperback £20.00 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137394743 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137386328

9781137394743 9781137386328

Subversion, Sexuality and the Virtual Self Jude Elund, Edith Cowan University, Australia The text analyses identities within virtual on-screen environments. Investigating regions in Second Life, it explores topical issues of the body in virtual space, nature and mythology in virtual environments, and the key arguments surrounding normative and subversive representations of gender, sexuality and subversion in screen-based environments. Contents: Introduction * 1. Embodiment, virtual experience and the body: Possibilities for subversion? * 2. Tourism: Island utopias in the virtual sun * 3. Intersections in space, nature and mythology * 4. Masculinity, mass consumerism and subversive sex * 5. The female body in virtual space * 6. Subverting gender * Conclusion * References May 2015 UK May 2015 US 184pp 10 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137468338

9781137468338

Leighton Evans, National University of Ireland Maynooth, Ireland "Locative Social Media is a fine book that is theoretically sophisticated and empirically grounded. In it, Leighton Evans develops a rigorous postphenomenology of location-based social media, and explores how mood or orientation, embodied practices involving mobile technology use, and the data-infused environment, are all 'co-constitutive of place'." – Rowan Wilken, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia This book offers a critical analysis of the effect of usage of locative social media on the perceptions and phenomenal experience of lived in spaces and places. Drawing on users accounts of location-based social networking, a digital postphenomenology of place is developed to explain how place is mediated in the digital age. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. A (Brief) History of Understanding Space and Place * 3. The Phenomenology of Place * 4. The Mobile Device as a Thing: The Gathering of Place Digitally * 5. Sharing Location with Locative Social Media * 6. The Social Capital of Locative Social Media * 7. Conclusions May 2015 UK May 2015 US 208pp 3 b/w line drawings Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137456106

9781137456106

Thinking Through Digital Media Transnational Environments and Locative Places Dale Hudson, New York University Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates, Patricia R. Zimmermann, Ithaca College, USA "Thinking Through Digital Media brings readers into close contact with transnational environments, ecological interfaces, and machinic performances. Hudson and Zimmermann combine strengths as media curators and digital theoreticians to analyze over 130 art projects. Positing glocal cyberplace over universal cyberspace, they highlight politically collaborative media performances to foreground the digital explosion of critical micropublics happening across the globe. This expansive book serves as an energetic intellectual platform for transnational environments and locative places." – Timothy Murray, Curator, Rose Goldsen Archive of New Media Art, Cornell University, USA Thinking through Digital Media: Transnational Environments and Locative Places speculates on animation, documentary, experimental, interactive, and narrative media that probe human-machine performances, virtual migrations, global warming, structural inequality, and critical cartographies across Brazil, Canada, China, India, USA, and elsewhere. Contents: Acknowledgments * Introduction * 1. Taking Things Apart: Taking things Apart to Convene Micropublics * 2. Mapping Open Space to Visualize Other Knowledges * 3. Documenting Databases and Mobilizing Cameras * 4. Tactical Gaming and Narrowcasting for more Equitable Knowledge Distribution * 5. Collaborative Remix Zones: Towards a Critical Cinephilia April 2015 UK April 2015 US 300pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Paperback £17.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137433619 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137433626

9781137433619 9781137433626

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Internet Addiction in Psychotherapy

Tourist Activities in Multimodal Texts

Daria J. Kuss, Nottingham Trent University, UK, Mark D. Griffiths, Nottingham Trent University, UK Current knowledge about effective internet addiction treatment is limited. This book explores how 20 international internet addiction therapy experts experience the presenting problem of internet addiction in psychotherapy. Contents: 1. Internet Addiction: What is it? * 2. Internet Addiction Treatment: The Therapists’ View * 3. Internet Addiction: Risk * 4. Internet Addiction: A Real Addiction? * 5. Internet Addiction: Real Life Implications

Palgrave Studies in Cyberpsychology December 2014 UK December 2014 US 138pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137465061

9781137465061

An Analysis of Croatian and Scottish Tourism Websites Melani Nekić, University of Cooperative Education, Heidelberg, Germany The book is devoted to the analysis of promotional material of tourist activities on tourism websites, including walking, dining, and visiting natural and cultural heritage sights, as instances of multimodal texts through a case study of Croatian and Scottish tourism websites. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. A Multi-Layer Approach to the Website Analysis * 3. Website Analysis of Layout * 4. Website Analysis of Meaning-making * 4.1. Tourist Activities * 4.2. Walking Activities * 4.3. Natural Heritage * 4.4. History and Heritage * 4.5. Gastronomy * 5. Conclusion December 2014 UK December 2014 US 244pp 22 b/w tables, 77 figures Hardback £63.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137397904

9781137397904

City Branding and New Media Disconnecting with Social Networking Sites Ben Light, Queensland University of Technology, Australia "This is an elegantly theorised and engagingly written work which gets to the heart of the question of disconnection. This text is essential reading for internet researchers, students and scholars of social and cultural aspects of new technologies, indeed anyone who has ever wondered about the significance of their choices to connect or to disconnect." - Alison Adam, Professor of Science, Technology and Society, Sheffield Hallam University, UK Ben Light puts forward an alternative way of thinking about how we engage with social networking sites. He analyses our engagements with social networking sites in public, at work, in our personal lives and as related to our health and wellbeing, emphasizing the importance of disconnection instead of connection. Contents: Acknowledgements * List of Figures * List of Tables * PART I: APPROPRIATING SOCIAL NETWORKING SITES * 1. The Connectivity Conundrum * 2. Theorising Technological Appropriation * 3. Acknowledging Mediators * PART II: PUBLIC DISCONNECTION * 4. Shaping Publics * 5. Navigating Work * PART III: PERSONAL DISCONNECTION * 6. Personalising Use * 7. Disclosing Health and Wellbeing * PART IV: CONCLUSIONS * 8. Towards a Theory of Disconnective Practice * References September 2014 UK September 2014 US 200pp 9 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137022462

Linguistic Perspectives, Discursive Strategies and Multimodality Maria Cristina Paganoni, Universita degli Studi di Milano, Italy This book explores city branding in the public sector as an aspect of e-governance from a privileged linguistic, discursive and semiotic perspective. It analyses how local administrations and public bodies engage their stakeholders by addressing key issues such as active citizenship, social inclusion and promotion of cultural heritage and events. Contents: Introduction * 1. City Websites as a Multimodal Genre * 2. E-Governance on the Web: Linguistic Strategies * 3. Branding Heritage, Digital Genres, Transmedia Storytelling * 4. Expos and the Rhetoric of Sustainability

January 2015 UK January 2015 US 176pp 1 b/w table, 18 figures Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137387950

9781137387950

9781137022462

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Cyborg Theatre Corporeal/Technological Intersections in Multimedia Performance

Now available in paperback

Jennifer Parker-Starbuck, Roehampton University, UK "With Cyborg Theatre, Parker-Starbuck has created a rigorous and engaging resource for scholars, practitioners, pedagogues, and students of multimedia performance... [The book provides] a valuable model of performance studies scholarship that can serve to guide future investigations of cyborg performance." - Elise Morrison, Contemporary Theatre Review This book articulates the first theoretical context for a 'cyborg theatre,' metaphorically integrating on-stage bodies with the technologized, digitized, or mediatized, to re-imagine subjectivity for a post-human age. It covers a variety of examples, to propose new theoretical tools for understanding performance in our changing world. Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Preface to the Paperback Edition * Preface: Remembering * 1. Introduction: Why Cyborg Theatre? * 2. Backspace: Historical/ Theoretical Intersections * 3. Shifting the Balance: “Abject” Bodies * 4. “Object” of Control: Framing the Fragments * 5. Entering the View: Triangulating “Subject” Bodies * 6. Conclusion: Remembering Bodies, Becoming-Cyborg * Bibliography * Index

Performance Interventions November 2014 UK November 2014 US 264pp Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137466419

Robots and Communication Eleanor Sandry, Curtin University, Australia "Will communication between humans and robots improve as technical advances make robots more similar to us? Not necessarily, as Eleanor Sandry convincingly argues in this fascinating, insightful book. Drawing ideas and vivid examples from robotics, communication theory, philosophy, and art, Robots and Communication shows how our deep differences from humanoid as well as nonhumanoid robots enrich the communication experience. A must read for robot designers, communication theorists, and anyone concerned about our increasing interaction with machines." - Robert T. Craig, University of Colorado, USA This book explores communication between humans and robots. Using a range of communication theories, it highlights how each theory provides a different perspective on the communication that occurs. The analysis of human interactions with a variety of forms of robot suggests new ways to perceive what communication, and being a communicator, entails. Contents: Introduction * PART I: FROM DATA TO DOGS * 1. Designing Robots to Communicate with Humans * 2. Human-Animal Communication * PART II: COMMUNICATING WITH NON-HUMANOID ROBOTS * 3. Encountering Otherness * 4. Stories and Dances * 5. Collaboration and Trust * PART III: RETHINKING ROBOTS AND COMMUNICATION * 6. Humans, Animals and Machines * 7. Communication, Individuals and Systems * Conclusion

9781137466419 March 2015 UK March 2015 US 136pp 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137468369

9781137468369

3D Cinema Optical Illusions and Tactile Experiences Miriam Ross, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand "Covering the optical and illusory quality of 3D from its Victorian beginnings to its new digital dominance, Ross presents a new critical perspective on 3D that should be required reading for anyone in the field." Keith M. Johnston, University of East Anglia, UK 3D Cinema: Optical Illusions and Tactile Experiences questions the common frameworks used for discussing 3D cinema, realism and spectacle, in order to fully understand the embodied and sensory dimensions of 3D cinema's unique visuality. Contents: List of Figures * Preface * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Stereoscopic Illusions * 1. Hyper-haptic Visuality * 2. 3D Cinema of Attractions * 3. New Realisms * 4. Depth and Emergence Constructions * 5. Arresting Forms * 6. Bodies in Motion * 7. CG Animation * Conclusion * Bibliography March 2015 UK March 2015 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137378569

9781137378569

Transmedia Archaeology Storytelling in the Borderlines of Science Fiction, Comics and Pulp Magazines Carlos Scolari, Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Spain, Paolo Bertetti, Università degli Studi di Siena, Italy, Matthew Freeman, University of Nottingham, UK In this book, the authors examine manifestations of transmedia storytelling in different historical periods and countries, spanning the UK, the US and Argentina. It takes us into the worlds of Conan the Barbarian, Superman and El Eternauta, introduces us to the archaeology of transmedia, and reinstates the fact that it's not a new phenomenon. Contents: Introduction: Towards an archaeology of transmedia storytelling * 1. Conan the Barbarian: Transmedia Adventures of a Pulp Hero * 2. Superman: Building a Transmedia World for a Comic Book Hero * 3. El Eternauta. Transmedia expansions, political resistance and popular appropriations of a human hero * Conclusions: Transmedia storytelling and popular cultures in the 20th century

November 2014 UK October 2014 US 108pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137434364

9781137434364

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Digital Creativity

Brain, Mind and Internet

Something from Nothing

A Deep History and Future

Gregory Sporton, University of Greenwich, UK

David J. Staley, Ohio State University, USA

Examining the role and impact of technology on creative practice, and how technology evolution determines the forms and format of an artist's work, this book contextualizes technological revolutions with earlier encounters between craft and innovation, endorsing a notion of craft practice within computing that needs rescuing from tech industries.

This essay places the emerging brain-Internet interface within a broad historical context: that the Internet represents merely the next stage in a very long history of human cognition whereby the brain couples with symbolic technologies. Understanding this 'deep history' provides a way to imagine the future of brainInternet cognition.

Contents: Introduction * 1. The Social Narrative of Technology * 2. Science with a Business Plan * 3. Technology Adoption as Ideology * 4. Technological Systems and Creative Actions * 5. Can Machines Create? * 6. The Paradox of Creative Practice * May 2015 UK May 2015 US 192pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137486400

Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * 1. Extend * 2. Reconfigure * 3. Query * 4. Interface * 5. Limit * Conclude * Notes * Bibliography * Index

9781137486400

Digital Leisure, the Internet and Popular Culture

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 116pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137460943

9781137460943

Communities and Identities in a Digital Age Karl Spracklen, Leeds Beckett University, UK Spracklen explores the impact of the internet on leisure and leisure studies, examining the ways in which digital leisure spaces and activities have become part of everyday leisure. Covering a range of issues from social media and file-sharing to romance on the Internet, this book presents new theoretical directions for digital leisure. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. A Brief History of Leisure and the Net * 3. Leisure Studies and the Problem of the Net * 4. Net Theory and Digital Leisure * 5. A Theory of Digital Leisure * 6. Identity Making and Social Media * 7. File-Sharing and Net Ethics * 8. Digital Leisure and Commodification * 9. Digital Leisure and Communicative Leisure * 10. Sex and Romance * 11. Conclusions

Leisure Studies in a Global Era May 2015 UK May 2015 US 256pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137405869

9781137405869

Video Game Narrative and Criticism Playing the Story Tamer Thabet, The State University of Mato Grosso, Brazil The book provides a comprehensive application of narrative theory to video games, and presents the player-response paradigm of game criticism. Video Game Narrative and Criticism explains the nature of gameplay - a psychological experience and a meaningmaking process in the fictional world of video games. Contents: Introduction * 1. A Player’s Story * 2. Game Criticism

March 2015 UK March 2015 US 96pp 2 b/w illustrations, 2 b/w tables Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137525536

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137525536

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY Interfacing with the Internet in Popular Cinema Aaron Tucker, Ryerson University, Canada "This is a lively and wide-ranging account of how cinema has engaged with the Internet age, and with how we have imagined ourselves and our interactions with digital technologies over the last three decades." - Lisa Purse, Associate Professor of Film, University of Reading, UK and author of Digital Imaging in Popular Cinema The Internet is the most terrifying and most beautifully innovative invention of the twentieth century. Using film theory and close textual analysis, Tucker offers an explanation of the Internet and a brief history of its portrayal on film in order examine how it has shaped contemporary versions of self-identity, memory, and the human body. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Cables Under, In, and Around Our Homes: ‘The Net’ as Viral Suburban Intruder * 2. The Evolution of the Web Browser: The Global Village Outgrown * 3. Avatar in the Uncanny Valley: The Na’vi and Us, The Machinic Audience * 4. Hacking Against the Apocalypse: Tony Stark and the Remilitarized Internet * 5. With a Great Data Plan Comes Great Responsibility: The Enmeshed Web 2.0 Internet User * 6. Don’t Shoot the (Instant) Messenger: The Efficient Virtual Body Learns * 7. The Reel/Real Internet: Beyond Genre and the Often Vulnerable Virtual Family * Conclusion July 2014 UK July 2014 US 268pp 18 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137386687

9781137386687

Digital Media and Society Transforming Economics, Politics and Social Practices Andrew White, University of Nottingham Ningbo, China "Overall this book is an engaging contribution to the growing literature on the intersection of the public and private within an ever-changing digital landscape. White's summaries of the often complex debates are always accessible, while his use of case studies gives these debates the real world context they might otherwise lack."- Maxine Montaigne, LSE Review of Books, 2014 Referencing key contemporary debates on issues like surveillance, identity, the global financial crisis, the digital divide and Internet politics, Andrew White provides a critical intervention in discussions on the impact of the proliferation of digital media technologies on politics, the economy and social practices. Contents: Contents * List of Tables * Preface * List of Abbreviations and Acronyms * PART I: POLITICS AND DIGITAL MEDIA: THE IMPACT OF DIGITAL MEDIA ON THE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SPHERES * Introduction to Part I * 1. From the Public to the Private: The Digitization of Scholarship * 2. From the Private to the Public: Online Identity * 3. Digital Media and Politics in the Liberal Democratic State * Conclusion of Part I * PART II: THE DIGITAL ECONOMY * Introduction to Part II * 4. The Digital Economy and the Creative Industries * 5. The Digital Economy and the Global Financial Crisis * PART III: DIGITAL MEDIA USE * Introduction to Part III * 6. Reading/Using Digital Media * and more... August 2014 UK August 2014 US 240pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Paperback £22.99 / $35.00 / CN$39.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137393616 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137393623

9781137393616 9781137393623

Seeing Ourselves Through Technology How We Use Selfies, Blogs and Wearable Devices to See and Shape Ourselves Jill Walker Rettberg, University of Bergen, Norway "Rettberg's incisive examination of contemporary tools and habits of self-documentation - blogs and Facebook updates, Fitbits and selfies - reveals the ways those practices relate to centuries-old patterns like autobiography and self-portraits. This book is essential reading for anyone wanting to understand the history and patterns of self-documentation." Clay Shirky, New York University, USA This book is open access under a CC BY license. Selfies, blogs and lifelogging devices help us understand ourselves, building on long histories of written, visual and quantitative modes of selfrepresentations. This book uses examples to explore the balance between using technology to see ourselves and allowing our machines to tell us who we are. Contents: 1. Written, Visual and Quantitative Self-representations * 2. Filtered Reality * 3. Serial Selfies * 4. Automated Diaries * 5. Quantified Selves * 6. Privacy and Surveillance * References * Index

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 110pp Hardback £20.00 / $31.00 / CN$35.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137476647

9781137476647

Civic Engagement and Social Media Political Participation Beyond the Protest Edited by Julie Uldam, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark, Anne Vestergaard, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark "This volume breaks new ground with its rich analyses of how both activist groups and powerful organizations make use of social media; it is a major contribution to our understanding of civic and political dynamics." - Peter Dahlgren, Lund University, Sweden The Occupy movement and the Arab Spring have brought global attention to the potential of social media for empowering otherwise marginalized groups. This book addresses questions like what happens after the moment of protest and global visibility and whether social media can also help sustain civic engagement beyond protest. Contents: Introduction. Social Media and Civic Engagement; Julie Uldam and Anne Vestergaard * 1. Online Activism and Institutional Change of Corporate Social Responsibility: Towards a Typology; Frank G.A. de Bakker * 2. Why Some Political Opportunities Succeed and Others Fail: Bridging Organizational Levels in the Case of Spanish Occupy; Itziar Castelló and David Barbera * 3. Responsible Retailing and the Greek Crisis? Corporate Engagement, CSR Communication and Social Media; Eleftheria Lekakis * 4. Technologies of Self-Mediation: Affordances and Constraints of Social Media for Protest Movements; Bart Cammaerts * 5. When Narratives Travel: The Occupy Movement in Latvia and Sweden; Anne Kaun * 6. Corporate Management of Visibility: Social Media and Surveillance; Julie Uldam * 7. From Creation to Amplification: Occupy Wall Street’s Transition into an Online Populist Movement; Emil Husted * 8. Nurturing Dissent? Community Printshops in 1970s London; Jess Baines June 2015 UK June 2015 US 200pp 11 b/w illustrations, 6 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137434159

9781137434159

NEW MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY The Cultural Imaginary of the Internet

Digital Skills

Virtual Utopias and Dystopias

Unlocking the Information Society

Majid Yar, University of Hull, UK Contemporary culture offers contradictory views of the internet and new media technologies, painting them in extremes of optimistic enthusiasm and pessimistic concern. This book explores such representations, uncovering the roots of our cultural responses to the internet, centred upon a profoundly ambivalent reaction to technological modernity. Contents: 1. Unravelling Utopias and Dystopias * 2. The Techno-Scientific Utopias of Modernity: From Real to Virtual * 3. Virtual Utopias and the Imaginary of the Internet * 4. The Dystopian Worlds of Techno-Science * 5. Virtual Dystopias and the Imaginary of the Internet * 6. Beyond Virtual Utopias and Dystopias?

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 116pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137436689

Jan A. G. M. van Dijk, University of Twente, The Netherlands, Alexander J. A. M. van Deursen, University of Twente, The Netherlands "If you ever thought using the Internet is straightforward, this book will change your mind. Its many complexities are laid out here— posing challenges to all of us as users, and to some of us as interface and content designers, educators, and policymakers. All these challenges must be met, the authors argue, if the Internet is not to exacerbate the already problematic inequalities in our society." - Sonia Livingstone, Department of Media and Communications, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK The first book to systematically discuss the skills and literacies needed to use digital media, particularly the Internet, van Dijk and van Deursen's clear and accessible work distinguishes digital skills, analyzes their roles and prevalence, and offers solutions from individual, educational, sociological, and policy perspectives.

9781137436689

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Defining Internet Skills * 3. Impact: Why Digital Skills are the Key to the Information Society * 4. Current Levels of Internet Skills * 5. Solutions: Better Design * 6. Solutions: Learning Digital Skills * 7. Conclusions and Policy Perspectives

Digital Education and Learning

Crossroads in New Media, Identity and Law

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 204pp 15 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137437020

9781137437020

The Shape of Diversity to Come Edited by Wouter de Been, Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands, Payal Arora, Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands, Mireille Hildebrandt, Erasmus University Rotterdam, Netherlands "With critical approaches now well established in many communications programs, this book provides invaluable first-person narratives of the struggle to secure critical communication scholarship, and the ongoing challenges it presents for researchers, activists, and policy-makers worldwide." - Terry Flew, Queensland University of Technology, Australia Crossroads in New Media, Identity and Law is a compilation of essays on the nexus of new information and communication technologies, cultural identity, law and politics. The essays provoke timely discussions on how these different spheres affect each other and co-evolve in our increasingly hyper-connected and globalized world. Contents: 1. Introduction; Wouter de Been, Payal Arora and Mireille Hildebrandt * PART I: COMMUNICATION, LAW AND POLITICS * 2. From National Borders to Embedded Borderings: One Angle into the Question of Territory and Space in a Global Age; Saskia Sassen * 3. Playing Around with a Few of Your Favorite Things: Freedom and Continuity on the Internet; Wouter de Been * 4. The Networked Self in the Modulated Society; Julie E. Cohen * 5. Fragments and Continuities of Law and ICT: A Pragmatist Approach to Understanding Legal Pluralism; Sanne Taekema * PART II: NEW ICTS, IDENTITY AND LANGUAGE * 6. Database Identity: Personal and Cultural Identity in the Age of Global Datafication; Jos de Mul * 7. Rethinking Belonging in the Era of Social Media: Migration and Presence; Mariangela Veikou and Eugenia Siapera * 8. Rule play: Negotiating Cyberspace and the Cybercultured Self in Saudi Arabia; Leigh Llewellyn Graham * 9. Human-algorithmic Scaffolding; Thomas Petzold * PART III: NEW ICTS AND CULTURAL INDUSTRIES * and more... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 256pp 1 b/w illustration, 8 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137491251

9781137491251

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING Travel Journalism

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING

African Football, Identity Politics and Global Media Narratives The Legacy of the FIFA 2010 World Cup Edited by Tendai Chari, University of Venda, South Africa, Nhamo A. Mhiripiri, Midlands State University, Zimbabwe This edited volume addresses key debates around African football, identity construction, fan cultures, and both African and global media narratives. Using the 2010 FIFA World Cup in South Africa as a lens, it explores how football in Africa is intimately bound up with deeper social, cultural and political currents. Contents: Introduction: Towards an Epistemology of African Football - the Symbolic Significance of 2010 FIFA World Cup; Nhamo A. Mhiripiri and Tendai Chari1. Nation-Building and the FIFA World Cup, South Africa 2010; Nathalie Hyde-Clarke, Rune Ottosen and Toby Miller * 2. To the Cape and Back: A World Cup Diary - Football Tourism, Narratives of South Africa and the FIFA 2010 World Cup; Luke Jones * 3. The 2010 World Cup Celebrations in a Non-Hosting Location: Voices from the Periphery; Kiran Odhav * 4. South African FIFA World Cup 2010: African Players Global Labor Distribution and Impact on the Domestic Game; Njororai Wycliffe * 5. New-Found Fan Culture; Emma Durden * 6. Zimbabwean Female Audiences: Negotiating (En)Gendered Spaces in the 2010 FIFA World Cup; Rosemary Chikafa * and more...

Global Culture and Sport Series August 2014 UK August 2014 US 336pp 13 b/w tables, 14 figures Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137392220

Exploring Production, Impact and Culture Edited by Folker Hanusch, Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Elfriede Fürsich, Boston College, USA Contributors from diverse backgrounds explore a range of issues in relation to the media and journalism's role in ascribing meaning to tourism practices. This fascinating account offers a thoroughly international and interdisciplinary perspective on an increasingly important field of journalism scholarship. Contents: 1. On The Relevance Of Travel Journalism: An Introduction; Folker Hanusch and Elfriede Fürsich * PART I: MAPPING THE TERRAIN: STRATEGIES FOR STUDYING TRAVEL JOURNALISM * 2. People on the Move: Travel Journalism, Globalization, and Mobility; Elfriede Fürsich and Anandam P. Kavoori * 3. Armchair Tourism: Travel Series as a Genre; Maja Sonne Damkjaer and Anne Marit Waade * 4. Framing Tourism Destination Image: Extension of Stereotypes in and by Travel Media; Steve Pan and Cathy Hsu * PART II: EXPLORING THE PRODUCERS: PROFESSIONAL EXPECTATIONS, ROUTINES AND MARKETS * 5. Travel Journalism in Flux: New Practices in the Blogosphere; Bryan Pirolli * 6. First-Person Singular: Teaching Travel Journalism in the Age of TripAdvisor; Andrew Duffy * 7. Have Traveled, Will Write: User-Generated Content and New Travel Journalism; Usha Raman and Divya Choudary * and more... September 2014 UK September 2014 US 296pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137325976

9781137325976

9781137392220

Global Journalism Practice and New Media Performance

Trust Ownership and the Future of News

Edited by Yusuf Kalyango, Jr., Ohio University, USA, David H. Mould, Ohio University, USA

Media Moguls and White Knights

Global Journalism Practice and New Media Performance provides an overview of new and traditional media in their political, economic and cultural contexts while exploring the role of journalism practice and media education. The authors examine media systems in 16 countries, including China, Russia and the United States.

Gavin Ellis, University of Auckland, New Zealand "This book contains a very useful and timely overview of the various crises that have shaped journalism over the years and an excellent reminder of the investigations that have been carried out into journalism's structure and purpose (and which seem destined to be repeated again and again)." - Des Freedman, Professor of Media and Communication Studies, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK Crumbling business models mean news media structures must change. Gavin Ellis explores the past and present use of newspaper trusts – drawing on case studies such as the Guardian, the Irish Times and the Pulitzer Prize winning Tampa Bay Times – to make the case for a form of ownership dedicated to sustaining high quality journalism. Contents: 1. Why We Need Public Interest Journalism * 2. Journalism’s Crisis * 3. Media Under Scrutiny * 4. Genesis of Media Trusts * 5. Keeping it in the Family * 6. The Trinity – Origins and Growth * 7. Modern White Knights * 8. The Electronic Age * 9. Conclusions – Possibilities and Realities * Endnotes * Bibliography * Appendices * Appendix A: Tables and Graphs * Appendix B: Poynter Principles * Appendix C: Government-mandated Governance in PSBs * Appendix D: Charter of the South African Broadcasting Corporation (extract) * Appendix E: Threedimensional Media Performance Matrix July 2014 UK July 2014 US 328pp 14 figures Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137369437

9781137369437

Contents: 1. Introduction: Trends in Global Journalism and New Media Performance; Yusuf Kalyango Jr. and David H. Mould * 2. Media Educators Evaluate U.S. Journalism Practice; Sally Ann Cruikshank, Ashley Furrow and Yusuf Kalyango Jr. * PART II: NEW VS. TRADITIONAL MEDIA * 3. Case 1: Russia: New Media Reshape the Social and Political Agenda; Alexander Kazakov * 4. Case 2: Palestine: New Media, Same Old Political Agenda; Mohammed Abualrob and Diana Alkhayyat * 5. Case 3: China’s New Media Paradox: Economic Gains, Political Troubles; Ke Wang and Guoping He * 6. Case 4: Armenia: New Media Transform Politics; Suren Deheryan * 7. Case 5: Jordan: State of Online Newspapers for Journalists and Readers ; Aysha Abughazzi * 8. Case 6: Turkey: Live Coverage of Protests Pre-empted by Penguins; E. Nezih Orhon and D. Alper Altunay * 9. Case 7: El Salvador: Digital Media and Social Campaigns—Libro Libre; Silvia Callejas Contreras * 10. Case 8: India: ICTs and the Empowerment of Rural Women; Peddiboyina Vijaya Lakshmi * PART III: JOURNALISM PRACTICE AND MEDIA PERFORMANCE * 11. Case 1: Ghana: The Politicization of Liberalized Media; Wilberforce S. Dzisah * 12. Case 2: Colombia: An Ethnographic Study of Digital Journalistic Practices; Silvia Montaña * 13. Case 3: Taiwan: Journalism Education and Media Performance; Huei Lan Wang * 14. Case 4: Guyana. The Rebirth of Journalism Education with Project Phoenix; Carolyn Walcott * 15. Case 5: Yemen: Presidential Political Discourse during the Revolution; Murad Alazzany * and more... December 2014 UK December 2014 US 288pp 22 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137440556

9781137440556

JOURNALISM AND BROADCASTING Violence and Understanding in Gaza

Investigative Journalism, Environmental Problems and Modernisation in China

The British Broadsheets' Coverage of the War Dávid Kaposi, University of East London, UK "Kaposi sets out to examine, in detail, not only different interpretations of the Gaza conflict, as represented in broadsheet newspaper coverage of the war, but also to analyse the ways that these very interpretations make understanding - and conflict resolution - unattainable. I am sure that the book will come to be considered a significant contribution to the literature on the war (and on the Israel/Palestinian conflict more generally) and should retain this status for some years." - John E. Richardson, Department of Social Sciences, Loughborough University, UK Violence and Understanding in Gaza is the first comprehensive investigation of the British broadsheets' coverage of the Gaza War. Written in accessible language and engaging style, it critiques the newspapers' output, which it is argued replicates the black and white logic of war instead of focusing on negotiations and peace. Contents: Contents * List of Tables * Acknowledgments * 1. Introduction: Violence and Understanding in the Armed Conflict of Gaza * 2. Method of the Analysis and General Characteristics of the Newspapers * 3. Action and Death in War * 4. Engagements with History * 5. Engagements with Criticism * 6. Engagements with Antisemitism * 7. War – Purity of Arms and Souls in the Conservative Press * 8. War – Purity of Arms and Souls in the Liberal Press * 9. Conclusion: Beyond Good and Evil * List of Sources * List of References * Appendix: List of the Newspapers’ Editorials * Index August 2014 UK August 2014 US 240pp 21 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137439499

9781137439499

Jingrong Tong, University of Leicester, UK "An important and subtle account of one of the major paradoxes of our times: how can an authoritarian government, some of the world's worst polluters and environmental problems, and a strong tradition of environmental investigative journalism all exist within one nation? Jingrong Tong begins with an ode to lost landscapes, before revealing how an informed citizenry can invoke government accountability and intervention even at the most unlikely of times." - Libby Lester, University of Tasmania, Australia This book examines how the news media in general, and investigative journalism in particular, interprets environmental problems and how those interpretations contribute to the shaping of a discourse of risk that can compete against the omnipresent and hegemonic discourse of modernisation in Chinese society. Contents: Introduction * 1. Modernisation, Environmental Problems and Chinese Society * 2. Twenty-years of Environmental Investigative Reporting: Agendas, Social Interests and Voices * 3. The Discourse of Risk: Environmental Problems and Environmentalism in Chinese Press Investigative Reports * 4. Environmental Investigative Journalists and their Work * 5. Offline Investigative Journalism and Online Environmental Crusades * 6. Hegemony and CounterHegemony: Investigative Journalism between Modernisation and Environmental Problems * Bibliography

Palgrave Studies in Media and Environmental Communication March 2015 UK March 2015 US 224pp 8 b/w tables, 6 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137406668

Journalism, Audiences and Diaspora

Edited by Ola Ogunyemi, University of Lincoln, UK This collection takes the study of diasporic communication beyond the level of simply praising its existence, to offering critical engagements and analysis with the systems of journalistic production, process and consumption practices as they relate to people who are living outside the borders of their birth nation. Contents: List of Figures and Tables * Notes on Contributors * Foreword; Ralph Negrine * Acknowledgements * 1.Conceptualising the Media of Diaspora; Ola Ogunyemi * PART I: PRODUCTION PRACTICES * 2.Imagine what the Gentiles Must Think: Editors of the Jewish Press Reflect on Covering the Bernie Madoff Financial Scandal; Hinda Mandell * 3.Transnational Public Spheres and Deliberative Politics in Zimbabwe: An Analysis of www.NewZimbabwe. com; Shepherd Mpofu * 4.Negotiating Cultural Taboos in News Reporting: A Case Study of the Diasporic Media in the UK; Ola Ogunyemi * 5.Journalism of Turkish Language Newspapers in the UK; Sanem Sahin * PART II: NEWS PRODUCTION AND PROCESSING * 6.Discursive Inclusion and Hegemony: The Politics of Representation in Migrant Minority Media; Lucía Echevarría Vecino, Alicia Ferrández Ferrer, and Gregory Dallemagne * 7.The Voice of the International Community’: A Critical Discourse Analysis of Immigration Reports in The Copenhagen Post; Teke Ngomba * 8.The South Asian-Canadian Media’s Resistance to Gender and Cultural Stereotyping; Anupreet Sandhu Bhamra and Paul Fontaine * 9.The impact of the Yom Kippur War (1973) in the Jewish-Argentine Diaspora Press; Laura Schenquer and Liliana Mayer * 10. The Counter-Journalism of Roma Minority Media in Bulgaria; Svetlana D. Hristova * PART III: RECEPTION AND CONSUMPTION * and more... March 2015 UK March 2015 US 280pp 8 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137457226

9781137406668

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

@PalgraveCultMed

9781137457226

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION Comparing Political Communication across Time and Space

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION

Elizabeth I’s Foreign Correspondence

New Studies in an Emerging Field

Letters, Rhetoric, and Politics Edited by Carlo M. Bajetta, Università della Valle d’Aosta, Italy, Guillaume Coatalen, University of Cergy-Pontoise, France, Jonathan Gibson, Open University, UK Though Elizabeth I never left England, she wrote extensively to correspondents abroad, and these letters were of central importance to the politics of the period. This volume presents the findings of a major international research project on this correspondence, including newly edited translations of 15 of Elizabeth's letters in foreign languages. Contents: List of Figures * Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgments * List of Abbreviations * A Note on Style * Introduction * Part I Manuscripts, Secretaries and Scribes * 1. Manuscripts, Secretaries, and Scribes: The Production of Diplomatic Letters at Court * Angela Andreani * Part II Elizabeth’s French Correspondence * 2. Six Holograph Letters in French from Elizabeth I to the Duke of Anjou: Texts and Analysis * Guillaume Coatalen and Jonathan Gibson * 3. ‘Dedans la plie de mon fidelle affection’: Familiarity and Materiality in Elizabeth’s Letters to Anjou * Jonathan Gibson * Part III Elizabeth’s Italian Correspondence * 4. ‘Perfit readiness’: Elizabeth Learning and Using Italian * Alessandra Petrina * 5. Three Holograph Italian Letters from Elizabeth I to Maximilian II, Holy Roman Emperor: Texts and Analysis * Carlo M. Bajetta * 6. Elizabeth’s Italian: Linguistic Standards and Interlingual Interference * Gianmario Raimondi * 7. Elizabeth’s Italian: Rhetorical and Semantic Constructions * Giuliana Iannaccaro * Part IV Correspondence with Germany, the East and Ireland * 8. Elizabeth’s Correspondence with the Protestant Princes of the Empire, 1558–1586 * David Scott Gehring * 9. The Virgin Queen and the Son of Heaven: Elizabeth I’s Letters to Wan-li, Emperor of China * Rayne Allinson * 10. Letters to Ireland: Queen Elizabeth to Essex, 1599 * Monica Santini * Selected Bibliography

Queenship and Power December 2014 UK December 2014 US 296pp 2 b/w illustrations, 6 b/w tables Hardback £56.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137448408

Conspiracy Theories A Critical Introduction

Contents: 1. Comparing Political Communication across Time and Space: Conceptual and Methodological Challenges in a Globalized World – An Introduction; María José Canel and Katrin Voltmer * PART I: CHALLENGES OF COMPARATIVE POLITICAL COMMUNICATION RESEARCH: DESIGN, METHODS AND MEASUREMENT * 2. Methodological Challenges in Comparative Communication Research: Advancing Cross-National Research in Times of Globalization; Frank Esser * 3. The Role of Measurement Invariance in Comparative Communication Research; Christian Schemer, Rinaldo Kühne and Jörg Matthes * 4. Using Fuzzy Set Qualitative Comparative Analysis in Comparative Political Communication Research: Applying Fuzzy Set Theoretic Thinking to Small-N Case Oriented Research; John Downey and James Stanyer * PART II: COMMUNICATING TO CITIZENS: CAMPAIGNS, POLITICAL PR AND THE MEDIA * 5. Negativity in the Public Space: Comparing Hundred Years of Negative Campaigning on Election Posters in Sweden; Bengt Johansson * 6. U.S. and International Coverage of the Election of Barak Obama: Trends and Differences; Salma Ghanem * 7. Is It Enough to be Strategic? Comparing and Defining Professional Government Communication across Disciplinary Fields and between Countries; María José Canel and Karen Sanders * and more... October 2014 UK October 2014 US 272pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137366467

9781137366467

Can the Media Serve Democracy? Essays in Honour of Jay G. Blumler Now available in paperback

Through a series of specific questions that cut to the core of conspiracism as a global social and cultural phenomenon this book, now in paperback, deconstructs the logic and rhetoric of conspiracy theories and analyses the broader social and psychological factors that contribute to their persistence in modern society. Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Towards a Definition of Conspiracy Theories * 3. Conspiracy Theories and Their Vicissitudes * 4. Anatomy of the Conspiracy Theory * 5. Conspiracy Theory and Antisemitism * 6. Psychology and Conspiracy Theory * 7. Conclusion * References * Index

By using a wide diversity of theoretical and methodological approaches and by encompassing both cross-national and longitudinal analyses, this volume sheds new light on comparative political communication research, such as personalization, globalization, democratization, and the changing nature of journalism.

9781137448408

Jovan Byford, The Open University, UK "Jovan Byford's account as to why conspiracy theories are persistent, proliferating and popular offers a welcome, pertinent and well-constructed survey. [It is a] clear, accessible, illustrated, indexed and erudite text…" Equinox: Journal for Research into Freemasonry and Fraternalism, Vol 3, No 1 (2012)

May 2015 UK May 2015 US 188pp 10 b/w illustrations Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137520241

Edited by María José Canel, University Compultense Madrid, Spain, Katrin Voltmer, University of Leeds, UK

9781137520241

Edited by Stephen Coleman, University of Leeds, UK, Giles Moss, University of Leeds, UK, Katy Parry, University of Leeds, UK This landmark collection brings together many of the leading scholars in the field of political communication to reflect upon a key question of our age: Can the media serve democracy? Contents: List of Tables * Acknowledgements * Notes on the Contributors * 1. Introduction: Can the Media Serve Democracy? * PART I: MEDIA SYSTEMS AND COMPARATIVE RESEARCH * 2. The Idea of ‘Systems’ in Media Studies: Criticisms, Risks, Advantages; Paolo Mancini * 3. The Fine Art of Comparing Media Systems: Opportunities, Pitfalls and Challenges; Kees Brants * 4. Comparative Political Communication Research: The Undiminished Relevance of the Beginnings; Frank Esser * 5. Mediatization of the Modern Publicity Process; Winfried Schulz * PART II: JOURNALISM, DEMOCRACY AND THE PUBLIC INTEREST * 6. Public Service Broadcasting: Markets and ‘Vulnerable Values’ in Broadcast and Print Journalism; Stephen Cushion and Bob Franklin * 7. Political Communication Research in the Public Interest; Denis McQuail * 8. Journalists, Journalism, and Research: What Do We Know and Why Should We Care?; David H. Weaver * 9. Democratic Political Communication Systems and the Transformative Power of Scandals: Phone Hacking at the News of the World as a Critical Juncture in the Regulation of the British Press; James Stanyer * and more... January 2015 UK January 2015 US 272pp 2 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137467911

9781137467911

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION Revolutionizing Retail Workers, Political Action, and Social Change

Now available in paperback

Kendra Coulter, University of Windsor, Canada "This book is a timely and important contribution to our understanding of work and social change. Kendra Coulter thoughtfully explores the possibility of a revolution in retail that transforms the lives of retail workers, and helps build a more just and equitable society. Revolutionizing Retail is essential reading for anyone interested in labor, gender, sociology, anthropology, or in the need not just for jobs, but for good jobs." - Elaine Bernard, Executive Director, Labor and Worklife Program, Harvard Law School, USA There is a modest but growing body of scholarly literature on experiences of retail work, with only a handful of studies existing on retail organizing. Before Revolutionizing Retail, no scholar had captured or analysed the breadth of political action being pursued in this crucial economic sector. Contents: 1. Retail Matters * 2. Retail Detail: The Work and the Workers * 3. Sales Floor Solidarity: Understanding Union Organizing in Retail * 4.Hunger Games and Crying Games: Barriers to Change * 5.Diversifying Political Action in Retail * 6.The Battle of Ideas: Retail Work, Workers, and Social Change December 2014 UK December 2014 US 212pp 6 tables Paperback £22.00 / $35.00 / CN$40.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137476852

9781137476852

Media Systems and Communication Policies in Latin America Edited by Manuel Alejandro Guerrero, Universidad Iberoamericana, Mexico, Mireya Márquez-Ramírez, Universidad Iberoamericana, Mexico Media Systems and Communication Policies in Latin America proposes, tests and analyses the liberal captured model. It explores to what extent to which globalisation, marketization, commercialism, regional bodies and the nation State redefine the media's role in Latin American societies. Contents: Contents * List of Figures * List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * Preface * Introduction: Communications Policies and Media Systems in the Age of (anti) Neoliberal Politics; Mireya Márquez-Ramírez and Manuel Alejandro Guerrero * 1. Latin America Media and the Limitations of the ‘Globalization’ Paradigm; Silvio Waisbord * 2. The ‘Liberal-Captured’ Model of Media Systems in Latin America; Manuel Alejandro Guerrero * 3. In Search of a model for the Colombian Media System Today; Catalina Montoya Londoño * 4. Media Systems and Political Action in Peru; Javier Protzel * 5. The Complex Relationship Between the Media and the Political System in Argentina: From Co-Option to Polarization; Jorge Liotti * 6. Pluralism, Digitalization and the Contemporary Challenges of Media Policy in El Salvador; José Luis Benítez * 7. Media and Politicians in Guatemala: A Marriage That Will Last Until Money Do Them Part; Silvio René Gramajo * and more...

The Cognitive Impact of Television News Production Attributes and Information Reception Barrie Gunter, University of Leicester, UK Research shows that, while people around the world consistently nominate television as their most important news source, much of the content of news bulletins is lost to viewers within moments. In response, Barrie Gunter argues that this can be explained by the way in which televised news is written, packaged and presented. Contents: Preface * 1. How Much Do We Value TV News? * 2. Do We Remember Much from TV News? * 3. How Does TV Compare with Other Media? * 4. Are Some TV News Stories Easier to Remember? * 5. Does TV News Tell Stories in a Memorable Way? * 6. Do Pictures Help or Hinder Our News Memories? * 7. Is TV News Presented Too Fast? * 8. Is the News on TV Packaged Helpfully? * 9. Do We Need to Receive TV News More than Once? * 10. Can TV News be Entertaining and Memorable? * References * Index February 2015 UK February 2015 US 224pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137468819

9781137468819

Media-State Relations in Emerging Democracies Adrian Hadland, University of Stirling, UK "This timely book challenges conventional thinking and will become a touchstone for future theorising and policy making. Integrating the personal, the professional and the political, Hadland provides an essential investigation of the relationship of media and state in post-authoritarian states." - Martin D. Conboy, University of Sheffield, UK The news media and the state are locked in a battle of wills in the world's emerging democratic states. It is a struggle that will determine whether or not democracy flourishes or withers in the 21st century. Using a number of case studies, including South Africa, this book evaluates what is at stake. Contents: Introduction * PART I: EMERGING DEMOCRACIES * 1. Dancing with Democracy * 2. Key Features of Media-State Relations in Emerging Democracies * 3. Media-state Relations in South Africa * 4. Media-state Relations in China * PART II: THE ACQUISITIVE STATE * 5. The Rise of the State * 6. The Acquisitive State * 7. Contesting the ‘National Discourse’: Power, Ideology and Media-State Relations in the 21st Century * 8. Conclusion: The Fall and Rise of Journalism May 2015 UK May 2015 US 264pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137493484

9781137493484

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business October 2014 UK October 2014 US 336pp 4 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137409041

9781137409041

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION Critical Discourse Analysis and Cognitive Science

Now available in paperback

New Perspectives on Immigration Discourse Christopher Hart, Lancaster University, UK "The book would be particularly interesting to critical discourse analysts wishing to engage in cognitively oriented analysis and interpretation, as well as cognitive linguists wishing to apply Cognitive Linguistics to critical research." - Critical Discourse Studies This study advances a model for Critical Discourse Analysis which draws on Evolutionary Psychology and Cognitive Linguistics, applied in a critical analysis of immigration discourse. It will be of special interest to students and researchers with which to explore new perspectives in CDA. Contents: PART I: THE SCOPE OF CDA * Introduction * 1. Critical Discourse Analysis * PART II: EVOLUTIONARY PSYCHOLOGY * 2. Communication, Cooperation and Manipulation * 3. Referential Strategies * 4. Predication and Proximisation Strategies * 5. Legitimising Strategies * PART III: COGNITIVE LINGUISTICS * 6. Conceptualisation * 7. Metaphor * 8. Force-dynamics and Epistemic Modality * Concluding Remarks May 2015 UK May 2015 US 256pp 33 figures, 6 tables Paperback £22.99 / $36.00 / CN$41.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137521613

9781137521613

The Politics of Adaptation Edited by Dan Hassler-Forest, University of Amsterdam, Netherlands, Pascal Nicklas, University Medical Centre Mainz, Germany In the age of globalization, digitization, and media convergence, traditional hierarchies between media are breaking down. This book offers new approaches to understanding the politics and their underlying ideologies that are reshaping our global media landscape, including questions of audience participation and transmedia storytelling. Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgments * Notes on the Contributors * Introduction; Dan Hassler-Forest and Pascal Nicklas * PART I: ADAPTING THE PAST: POLITICS AND HISTORY * 1. History as Adaptation; Thomas Leitch * 2. Voyeuristic Revisionism?: (Re-)Viewing the Politics of Neo-Victorian Adaptations; Caterina Grasl * 3. Cultural Nostalgia, Orientalist Ideology, and Heritage Film; Antonija Primorac * PART II: ADAPTING AUTHORSHIP: POLITICS AND CONVERGENCE * 4. Emerging from Converging Cultures: Circulation, Adaptation, and Value; Timothy Corrigan * 5. Transmediality and the Politics of Adaptation: Concepts, Forms, and Strategies; Jens Eder * 6. Bastards and Pirates, Remixes and Multitudes: The Politics of Mash-Up Transgression and the Polyprocesses of Cultural Jazz; Eckart Voigts * PART III: ADAPTING POSTCOLONIALISM: POLITICS AND RACE * 7. ‘Bergman in Uganda’: Ugandan Veejays, Swedish Pirates, and the Political Value of Live Adaptation; Lindiwe Dovey * 8. Yvonne Vera’s Butterfly Burning and the Politics of Adaptation in African Literature; Aaron Bady * 9. Michael Jackson and Afrofuturism: HIStory’s Adaptation of Past, Present and Future; Erik Steinskog * PART IV: ADAPTING NATIONALITY: POLITICS AND GLOBALIZATION * 10. The End of the Hollywood ‘Rip-Off’? Changes in the Bollywood Politics of Copyright; Lucia Krämer * 11. Adapting Tasmania: Terrorizing the Past; Imelda Whelehan * 12. Laibach’s Subversive Adaptations; Darko Štrajn * PART V: ADAPTING GENRE: POLITICS AND POPULAR CULTURE * 13. Game of Thrones: The Politics of World-building and the Cultural Logic of Gentrification; Dan Hassler-Forest * and more...

Belarus in Cultural and Geopolitical Context Grigory Ioffe, Geospatial Department, Radford University, USA "In this refreshing rejection of globalist doxa concerning the march of democracy, Grigory Ioffe offers a balanced and informed account of one of the contemporary world's most successful political leaders, showing how Alexander Lukashenka has channeled the cultural imperatives of his country and exploited Belarus's strategic position to craft a distinct socio-economic order whose overriding ethos is equality of condition." - Michael Urban, Emeritus Professor of Politics, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA What are the factors of Lukashenka's longevity at the helm of power? This question is addressed in the context of Belarusian history and identity, not as an outcome of a form of government deceitfully imposed on an allegedly benighted people whom better positioned and informed outsiders seek to enlighten and liberate. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Belarusian Economy 3. Belarusian Society * 4. Belarus and the West: From Estrangement to Honeymoon and Back to Estrangement * 5. Lukashenka’s Rise to Power and Belarusian Politics * 6. Lukashenka’s Personality and Worldview * 7. Addendum: Interviews October 2014 UK October 2014 US 320pp 7 figures, 13 b/w tables, 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 9781137436740 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137436740

Identity, Narrative and Metaphor

Media Convergence and Ideology

April 2015 UK April 2015 US 256pp 14 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137443847

Reassessing Lukashenka

9781137443847

A Corpus-Based Cognitive Analysis of New Labour Discourse Emilie L’Hôte, Paris 7 Denis Diderot University, France This book shows that the discourse of the Labour party 1994-2007, revolving around three key concepts of identity, narrative and metaphor, not only reflected new Labour's policy and organisational changes, but that it was also an essential part of its successful strategies of renovation and of power legitimation. Contents: 1. General Introduction * 2. Designing a Corpus-based Cognitive Analysis of Political Discourse * PART I: THE NEW LABOUR IDENTITY * 4. Reclaiming Ground on the National Scene – Fighting Stereotypes * PART II: NEW LABOUR AND THE DISCOURSE OF CHANGE * 5. Can Things Only Get Better? Internal Change in New Labour Discourse * 6. External Change and Globalisation in New Labour Discourse * 7. Labour After Blair * 8. General Conclusion November 2014 UK November 2014 US 328pp 81 b/w tables, 32 figures Hardback £63.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137427380

9781137427380

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION The Political Marketing Game

Now available in paperback

Jennifer Lees-Marshment, School of Social Sciences, Politics and International Relations, University of Auckland, New Zealand

The Political Marketing Game identifies what works in political marketing, drawing on 100 interviews with practitioners. It also shows that authenticity, values and vision are as much a part of a winning strategy as market-savvy pragmatism.

Comparing Mass Media in Established Democracies Patterns of Media Performance Lisa Müller, State Secretariat for Education, Research and Innovation SERI, Switzerland

Contents: Introduction * Analyzing the Market * Strategic Development * Leading Responsively * Marketing the Party * Communicating * Managing Delivery * Marketing Democratically * Conclusion: Political Marketing, Democracy and Partnership * Academic References * Practitioner Interview References April 2015 UK April 2015 US 280pp Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137516428

9781137516428

The International Political Economy of Communication Media and Power in South America Edited by Cheryl Martens, Universidad de las Americas Puebla, Mexico, Ernesto Vivares, FLACSO, Ecuador, Robert W. McChesney, University of Illinois, USA This collection reflects on the international political economy of media and the valuable lessons to be learned from the media reforms currently taking place across South America. The contributors present a range of theoretical and methodological perspectives on the ongoing battle for media space in South America. Contents: Foreword by Ernesto Laclau * Introduction; Cheryl Martens and Ernesto Vivares * PART I: MEDIA, POWER AND DEMOCRACY IN THE INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY * 1. The Struggle for Democratic Media: Lessons from the North and from the Left; Robert W. McChesney * 2. Media Democracy and Reform in South America: Lessons for Europe; David McQueen * PART II: THE POLITICS AND CULTURAL PRACTICES OF MEDIA AND POWER IN SOUTH AMERICA * 3. The Dispute Over Public Opinion: The mediatization of politics and the politicization of the media in Ecuador; Mauro Cerbino, Isabel Ramos, Diana Coryat, Marcia Maluf * 4. Argentina’s Audiovisual Communication Services Law No. 26.522: Cultural practices, power and communication; Susana Sel and Pablo Gasloli * 5. Media and Empowerment in Venezuela: Toward a participatory public-mediatic space; Ximena Gonzalez Broquen * 6. The Internet for the Public Interest: Overcoming the digital divide in Brazil; Carolina Mato * 7. Media as Political Opposition: The neverending battle; Roberto Follari * PART III: REGIONALISM AND THE INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COMMUNICATION * 8. Media and Multilateralism in South America: How the International Matters to Domestic Media Reform; Katherine M. A. Reilly * 9. Community Media and Policy hacking: Connecting South American policy debates to international media reform movements; Arne Hintz * 10. Conclusions: Toward a critical IPE of Media, Power and Regionalism; Cheryl Martens and Ernesto Vivares

International Political Economy Series October 2014 UK October 2014 US 224pp Hardback £58.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137434678

9781137434678

This book examines the contribution of mass media to modern democracies, in comparative perspective. Part I deals with the conceptualization and implementation of a systematic framework to assess democratic media performance, both in terms of media systems and content. Part II studies media effects on the quality of democracy. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Comparative Research on Media and Democracy * PART I: ASSESSING DEMOCRATIC MEDIA PERFORMANCE * 3. The Functions of the Media for Democracy * 4. Measuring the Vertical and Horizontal Media Function * 5. Comparing the Democratic Performance of Media Systems * 6. Comparing the Democratic Performance of Media Content * PART II: THE EFFECTS OF DIFFERENCES IN MEDIA PERFORMANCE * 7. The Supposed Impact of Media on the Quality of Democracy * 8. Media Systems and the Quality of Democracy: Testing the Link * 9. Conclusion

Challenges to Democracy in the 21st Century September 2014 UK September 2014 US 280pp 3 figures, 24 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137391377

Political Culture and Media Genre Beyond the News

9781137391377

Now available in paperback

Kay Richardson, University of Liverpool, UK, Katy Parry, University of Leeds, UK, John Corner, University of Leeds, UK Exploring the forms and meanings of mediated politics beyond the news cycle, this book encompasses genres drawn from television, radio, the press and the internet, assessing their individual and collective contribution to contemporary political culture through textual analysis and thematic review. Contents: List of Illustrations * List of Tables * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Broadcasting Beyond the News: Performing Politics * 3. The Political World in Print: Images and Imagination * 4. Politicality and the Web: Tracking the Crosscurrents * 5. Media Audiences and Public Voices: Terms of Engagement * 6. Mediation and Theme * 7. The Forms and Functions of Genre in Mediated Politics * Notes * Appendices * Appendix 1 : Timeline * Appendix 2 : Data Collection and Analysis * Appendix 3 : Audit Details * Appendix 4 : Focus Group Protocol * References January 2015 UK January 2015 US 248pp Paperback £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137441386

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137441386

POLITICAL COMMUNICATION The Political Costs of the 2009 British MPs’ Expenses Scandal Edited by Jennifer Van Heerde-Hudson, University College London, UK "The definitive study of the expenses scandal, this excellent collection carefully documents its evolution, from its origins in FOI requests, through the painful process of reform, and sets out the prospects for another scandal. Drawing on a range of empirical data, it is written in a clear and accessible manner and challenges the conventional wisdom on the impact of the scandal on the public and politics, arguing that it was much more limited than most realise." – Philip Cowley, Professor of Parliamentary Government, University of Nottingham, UK This study examines the evolution and political consequences of the 2009 British MPs' expenses scandal. Despite claims of a revolution in British politics, we show how the expenses scandal had a limited, short-term impact. Contents: 1. The 2009 British MPs’ Expenses Scandal: Origins, Evolution and Consequences; Jennifer vanHeerde-Hudson and Orlanda Ward * 2. Freedom of Information and the MPs’ Expenses Crisis; Ben Worthy * 3. A View from the Inside; Tony Wright * 4. Should I Stay or Should I Go?; Jennifer vanHeerde-Hudson * 5. The Impact of the Scandal on the 2010 General Election Results; Charles Pattie and Ron Johnston * 6. Where did Electoral Accountability Fail? MP Misconduct, Constituent Perceptions and Vote Choice; Nick Vivyan, Markus Wagner and Jessica Tarlov * 7. Tempests and Teacups: Politicians’ Reputations in the Wake of the Expenses Scandal; Nicholas Allen and Sarah Birch * and more... October 2014 UK October 2014 US 240pp 14 figures, 32 b/w tables Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137034540

Battles to Bridges US Strategic Communication and Public Diplomacy after 9/11

9781137034540

Now available in paperback

R. S Zaharna, American University, USA "Zaharna has done a great service to those interested in international communication, more specifically public diplomacy. Students, international researchers, and public diplomacy practitioners can learn from the book's documentation of the apparently well intended but flawed mistakes made by some experienced American communicators charged with promoting the U.S. image abroad, especially in the Middle East." - Global Media Journal This paperback tackles the pressing need to expand the vision of strategic US public diplomacy. It explores the interplay of power politics, culture, identity, and communication and explains how the underlying communication and political dynamics have redefined what 'strategic communication' means in today's international arena. Contents: Foreword to Paperback Edition; Nicholas Cull * Author Preface to the Paperback Edition; R.S Zaharna * PART I: CRISIS PUBLIC DIPLOMACY * 1. America’s Communication Problem * 2. Battle for Hearts and Minds * 3. Search for Answers * PART II: CHANGING DYNAMICS * 4. Changing Dynamics and Strategic Vision * 5. Soft Power Differential * 6. Communication, Culture and Identity in Public Diplomacy * PART III: EXPANDING THE VISION OF STRATEGIC US PUBLIC DIPLOMACY * 7. Strategy and Tactics: Conceptual Frameworks * 8. Grand Strategy: From Battles to Bridges August 2014 UK August 2014 US 256pp 10 b/w illustrations, 1 b/w table Paperback £24.99 / $35.00 / CN$40.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137446152

9781137446152

Media Evolution on the Eve of the Arab Spring Edited by Leila Hudson, University of Arizona Tucson, USA, Adel Iskandar, Simon Fraser University, Canada, Mimi Kirk, The Middle East Institute, Washington, D.C., USA "A must-read analysis of the impact of the communications revolution on the Arab world and of its contribution to the mass risings of the Arab spring. Brings together novel research on a whole host of central topics including the development of the new vocabulary needed to identify the various communities of men and women engaged in the Arab blogosphere." - Roger Owen, Emeritus Professor of Middle East History, Harvard Media Evolution on the Eve of the Arab Spring brings together some of the most celebrated and respected names in Arab media research to reflect on the communication conditions that preceded and made the Arab uprisings possible. Contents: Publics, Imaginaries, Soft Power, and Epistemologies on the Eve of the Arab Uprisings; Leila Hudson and Adel Iskandar * SOCIAL CHANGE AND POLITICAL CULTURE * 1. Arab Media, Political Stagnation, and Civil Engagement: Reflections on the Eve of the Arab Spring; Mohamed Zayani * 2. New Media, Social Change, and the Communication Revolution in an Egyptian Village; Sahar Khamis * 3. Mapping the Arabic Blogosphere: Politics, Culture, and Dissent; Bruce Etling, John Kelly, Robert Faris, and John Palfrey * 4. From Brotherhood to Blogosphere: Dynamics of Cyberactivism and Identity in the Egyptian Ikhwan; Courtney Radsch * NEW GENRES AND LITERACIES * 5. Preaching Islam to the Video Game Generation: New Media Literacies and Religious Edutainment in the Arab World; Vit Sisler * 6. Neopatriarchy in Syrian and Turkish Television Drama: Between the Culture Industry and the Dialect Imagination; Leila Hudson * 7. Media Fatwas and Fatwa Editors: Challenging and Preserving Yusuf alQaradawi’s Religious Authority; Bettina Gräf * 8. Technology Literacies of the New Media: Phrasing the World in the ‘Arab Easy’ (R)evolution; Yves Gonzalez-Quijano * GLOBAL EFFECTS * 9. BBC Broadcasting in the Middle East: The Evolution of Public Diplomacy; Annabelle Sreberny * 10. New Media and Public Diplomacy in the New Arab World; Philip Seib * 11. Al Jazeera English as a Conciliatory Medium; Mohammed el-Nawawy and Shawn Powers * 12. Imagined Coherence: Transnational Media and the Arab Diaspora in Europe; Khalil Rinnawi * EVOLUTION OF MEDIA THEORIES * 13. The State of Arab Journalism Studies; Noha Mellor * 14. Arab and Western Media Systems Typologies; Kai Hafez * 15. Defying Definition: Toward Reflexivity in ‘Arab Media’ Studies; Adel Iskandar

The Palgrave Macmillan Series in International Political Communication December 2014 UK December 2014 US 300pp 4 b/w tables, 4 figures Hardback £66.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403148

9781137403148

The EU Foreign Policy Analysis Democratic Legitimacy, Media, and Climate Change Cristian Nițoiu, College of Europe, Poland The book presents a model of interaction effects between policymakers and the media which can shed light on the former's ability to enhance democratic legitimacy in foreign policy decision-making. It shows that the media enhanced the democratic legitimacy of the EU's foreign policy in relation to its climate policy and its approach towards Russia. Contents: List of Figures and Tables * Acknowledgements * List of Abbreviations * Introduction * 1. Democratic Legitimacy and EU Foreign Policy: Is Such a Link Conceivable? * 2. Mapping Interaction Effects Within the Media/Foreign Policy Nexus * 3. Research Framework and Methods * 4. The Transnational Level * 5. The United Kingdom * 6. Romania * Conclusions * Annex A * Annex B * Bibliography * Index

The Palgrave Macmillan Series in International Political Communication June 2015 UK June 2015 US 224pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137491978

9781137491978

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Whiteness and Trauma

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY

Embodied Performances

Now available in paperback

Sexuality, Gender, Bodies

The Mother-Daughter Knot in the Fiction of Jean Rhys, Jamaica Kincaid and Toni Morrison

Victoria Burrows, University of Sydney, Australia "Illustrating "racialized silencing" and "belated recognition", Burrows provides close readings of three narratives that demonstrate how a repressed memory becomes the source of recurring psychic pain...Readers of these specific works and those researching literary treatments of whiteness and trauma will especially want this title. Summing up: Recommended" - CHOICE

Beatrice Allegranti, University of Roehampton, UK "Dr Allegranti offers a rare addition to the literature concerning Dance Movement Psychotherapy, in which she deconstructs taken-for-granted ideas surrounding gender and sexuality through the medium of dance performance and film. In so doing she has traversed several media, expertly negotiating and performing her own identities as therapist, choreographer, film maker and writer." Bonnie Meekums, Lecturer, University of Leeds, UK With a companion website that includes short online film episodes, this book proposes expansive ways of deconstructing and re-constituting sexuality and gender and thus more embodied and ethical ways of 'doing' life, and offers an understanding and critique of embodiment through an integration of performance, psychotherapy and feminist philosophy. Contents: Preface to the Paperback Edition * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Bodies as Knowledge * 3. Embodying Ethics * 4. The Autobiographical Body * 5. The Relational Body * 6. The Political Body * 7. Conclusions * Endnotes * Bibliography * Index April 2015 UK April 2015 US 240pp 59 b/w illustrations Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137484574

9781137484574

Now available in paperback

This original and incisive study of the fiction of Jean Rhys, Jamaica Kincaid and Toni Morrison uses cutting edge cultural and literary theory to examine the 'knotted' mother-daughter relations that form the thematic basis of the texts examined. Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * 1. Introduction: Unravelling the Knot * 2. ‘The White Hush Between Two Sentences’: The Traumatic Ambivalence of Whiteness in Jean Rhys’s Wide Sargasso Sea * 3. Keeping History Safe * 4. ‘Caught Between Ghosts of Whiteness’: The Other Side of the Story * 5. Lucy: Jamaica Kincaid’s Postcolonial Echo * 6. The Search for a Voice * 7. ‘The Sea Is History’ * 8. ‘Knots of Death’: Toni Morrison’s Sula * 9. Ambivalent Maternal Inheritances * 10. The ‘Gift for Metaphor’ * 11. A Meditation on Silence * Bibliography * Index July 2014 UK July 2014 US 248pp Paperback £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137440853

9781137440853

Italian Masculinity as Queer Melodrama Soul Thieves

Caravaggio, Puccini, Contemporary Cinema

The Appropriation and Misrepresentation of African American Popular Culture

John Champagne, Penn State Erie, The Behrend College, USA "Champagne's book offers a different perspective on questions of identity and difference through his focus on the queer melodramatic... While cinema has been a focus of critical writing on gender and sexuality, especially in relation to women, opera and painting have been considered separately and differently. Now, Champagne's book brings these art forms into dialogue about bodies, especially, but not exclusively, masculine bodies. The book, through these exemplary figures and forms from different moments in time, offers a historical perspective on masculinity and melodrama." - Marcia Landy, Distinguished Professor of English and Film Studies, University of Pittsburgh, USA

Tamara Lizette Brown, Bowie State University, USA, Baruti N. Kopano, Morgan State University, USA "This ground breaking interdisciplinary publication is long overdue and offers deep insight into the efficacy of African American popular culture and its critical impact on shaping artistic cultural production on a global scale. The contributors, leading scholars in their respective research areas, set the record straight through their thought provoking and accessible historical research." - Melanye White Dixon, Associate Professor, Department of Dance, The Ohio State University, USA Considers the misappropriation of African American popular culture through various genres, largely Hip Hop, to argue that while such cultural creations have the potential to be healing agents, they are still exploited -often with the complicity of African Americans- for commercial purposes and to maintain white ruling class hegemony. Contents: Preface; Tamara Brown * PART I: ENTERTAINMENT AND FASHION * 1. ‘So You Think You Can Dance’; Tamara Brown * 2. ‘Foraging Fashion’; Abena Lewis-Mhoon * 3. ‘In the Eye of the Beholder: Definitions of Beauty in Popular Black Magazines’; Kimberly Brown * PART II: BLACK POWER STUDIES * and more...

Offering queer analyses of paintings by Caravaggio and Puccini and films by Özpetek, Amelio, and Grimaldi, Champagne argues that Italian masculinity has often been articulated through melodrama. Wide in scope and multidisciplinary in approach, this much-needed study shows the vital role of affect for both Italian history and masculinity studies. Contents: Introduction: Italian Masculinity and Melodrama * 1. Caravaggio and the Melodramatic Sensibility * 2. Caravaggio’s Melodramatic Male Bodies * 3. Tosca and Social Melodrama * 4. Puccini’s Sparrow: Longing and La Rondine * 5. ‘Normality . . . what an ugly word!’: Contemporary Queer Melodrama * 6. Özpetek’s Queer Cinema * Conclusion

Global Masculinities

Contemporary Black History December 2014 UK December 2014 US 316pp Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Paperback £16.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230108912 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230108974

9780230108912 9780230108974

February 2015 UK February 2015 US 262pp 9 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137474803

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137474803

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Adaptation, Authorship, and Contemporary Women Filmmakers Shelley Cobb, University of Southampton, UK "How can a woman filmmaker claim her own authority? In this engaging book, Cobb shows how women directors adapt the figure of the woman writer to negotiate questions of subjectivity, desire and control. Moving adeptly from classics to chick lit, from art films to popular cinema, Cobb weaves these doubly female texts into a productive conversation." - Christine Geraghty, Honorary Professorial Fellow, University of Glasgow, UK A lively discussion of costume dramas to women's films, Shelley Cobb investigates the practice of adaptation in contemporary films made by women. The figure of the woman author comes to the fore as a key site for the representation of women's agency and the authority of the woman filmmaker. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction: Agency, Adaptation and Authorship * 1. Envisioning Judith Shakespeare: Collaboration and the Woman Author * 2. Adapt or Die: The Dangers of Women’s Authorship * 3. Authorizing the Mother: Sisterhoods in America * 4. Postfeminist Austen: by Women, for Women, about Women * Conclusion: The Secret Life of Bees and Authorial Subversion * Bibliography * Endnotes November 2014 UK November 2014 US 176pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230283848

9780230283848

New Media in Black Women’s Autobiography Intrepid Embodiment and Narrative Innovation

Challenging Hollywood Norms Antônio Márcio da Silva, University of Kent, UK "What is original about this study is da Silva's decision to theorize the concept of the femme fatale, a term that has been very much of a shifter, in the sense that it has been moved around the semantic grid to cover multiple concepts or has been used to cover a gap in that grid. The 'Femme' Fatale in Brazilian Cinema is attentive to the queer postulate that sociosexual categories are not fixed lexemes with a rigid hierarchy of sememes, but of gender in a society and its cultural production." - David William Foster, Regent's Professor of Spanish, Women and Gender Studies, Arizona State University, USA In film, the femme fatale has long been constructed as a beautiful heterosexual Caucasian woman. Da Silva shows the need to incorporate diverse ethnic groups and male homosexuals into the range of ‘femmes’ fatales and examines how the Brazilian representations cross gender, race, and class and offer alternatives to the dominant Hollywood model. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Black Femme Fatale in Xica da Silva * 2. The Femme Fatale’s ‘Troubled’ Gender in Madame Satã * 3. Social Class and the Virgin/Whore Dichotomy in Bonitinha mas ordinária * 4. The Fetish ‘Dirt’ as ‘Social Pollution’: The Married Femme Fatale in A dama do lotação * 5. The ‘Abject’ Lesbian Fatale in As intimidades de Analu e Fernanda * 6. ‘Quoting’ the Film-Noir Femme Fatale in A dama do Cine Shanghai * Conclusion May 2014 UK May 2014 US 224pp 14 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137399205

Femininity, Social Media, and Self-Representation

Examining novelists, bloggers, and other creators of new media, this study focuses on autobiography by American black women since 1980, including Audre Lorde, Jill Nelson, and Janet Jackson. As Curtis argues, these women used embodiment as a strategy of drawing the audience into visceral identification with them and thus forestalling stereotypes.

Amy Shields Dobson, Monash University, Australia

March 2015 UK March 2015 US 240pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137428851

9781137428851

9781137399205

Postfeminist Digital Cultures

Tracy Curtis, University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA

Contents: Introduction * 1. Whose Tools?: Audre Lorde’s Narrative Mastery in The Cancer Journals and Zami: A New Spelling of My Name * 2. Naming All These Women: Jill Nelson’s Portrayals in Volunteer Slavery and Straight, No Chaser * 3. Born Into This Body: Black Women’s Use of Buddhism in Autobiographical Narratives * 4. Moving on From Control: Janet Jackson’s Lot Improves as She Loses the Uniform * 5. Down a Dangerous Cyber Street: Black Women’s Online Writing * 6. At Arms’ Length: The Selfie, Public Personae, and Instagram Use in Young Black Women and Adolescents * Conclusion

The “Femme” Fatale in Brazilian Cinema

This book explores the controversial social media practices engaged in by girls and young women, including sexual self-representations on social network sites, sexting, and self-harm vlogs. Informed by feminist media and cultural studies, Dobson delves beyond alarmist accounts to ask what it is we really fear about these practices. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Postfeminism, Girls and Young Women, and Digital Media * PART ONE: SEXUAL SELF-REPRESENTATIONS * 3. Heterosexy Images on Social Network Sites * 4. Girls, Sexting and Gender Politics * PART II: VALUABLE AND DEVALUED SELVES * 5. Postfeminist Self-Making: Textual Self-Representation and the Performance of ‘Authentic’ Young Femininity on Social Network Sites * 6. Digital Girls in Crisis? Seeking Feedback and Representing Pain in Postfeminist Networked Publics * Afterword: Notes on Visibility and Self-Exposure

Critical Studies in Gender, Sexuality, and Culture September 2015 UK September 2015 US 240pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137408396

9781137408396

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Female Football Fans

Re-Imagining the Other

Community, Identity and Sexism

Culture, Media, and Western-Muslim Intersections

Carrie Dunn, University of East London, UK "Carrie Dunn's book shows that there are some unique facets of the female football fan experience, including a strong engagement with the new cooperative supporters' trust movement, and fascinating negotiations of identity within this maledominated world. [This book] will challenge readers to think about the fluid nature of identity, behaviour and practice, not just for individual communities but for their institutions as well." - LSE Review of Books Most sociological work on football fandom has focused on the experience of men, and it usually talks about alcohol, fighting and general hooliganism. This book shows that there are some unique facets of female experience and fascinating negotiations of identity within the male-dominated world of men's professional football. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Background to the Research * 3. The Female Fan’s Relationships within her Family and Fan Community from Childhood to Adulthood * 4. Some Patterns of Female Fans’ Supporting Performances and Behaviour * 5. Female Fans’ Experience of the Significance of the Supporters’ Trust Movement * 6. The Perception of Female Football Fans’ Practices by Clubs and Authorities * 7. Looking to the Future

April 2014 UK April 2014 US 146pp 1 b/w table Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137398192

9781137398192

Football and the FA Women’s Super League Structure, Governance and Impact Carrie Dunn, University of East London, UK, Joanna Welford, Loughborough University, UK Women's football is the fastest growing participation sport in the UK. This book critically explores women's elite football from a sociological perspective, analysing the growth, governance and impact of the FA Women's Super League from its inception onwards. Contents: 1. The FAWSL’s Context within the History of Women’s Football * 2. The Launch of the FAWSL * 3. The Expansion of the FAWSL * 4. The FAWSL2 Controversy: Doncaster Belles and Lincoln Ladies * 5. The Media Coverage of the FAWSL: A Girl Thing? * 6. The Public Reaction to the FAWSL * 7. The Future of the FAWSL

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 122pp 4 b/w tables Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137480316

Edited by Mahmoud Eid, University of Ottawa, Canada, Karim H. Karim, School of Journalism and Communication, Carleton University, Canada "[This volume] speaks eloquently to the deep structure of the clash of ignorance and its ramifications for Western-Muslim relations; that is its strength and why it is a must-read. [...] [It] makes a significant contribution to critical scholarship on Western-Muslim relations, especially how mass mediatized narrative (re)productions inform these relations. Accordingly, this book is strongly recommended especially for graduate and senior undergraduate critical media studies courses" - Felix Odartey-Wellington, University of Ottawa, Canada, Global Media Journal, Canadian Edition This volume addresses the conceptualizations of the Other carried out by Western and Muslim societies historically and in contemporary times through empirical case studies. Contents: Preface; Mahmoud Eid and Karim H. Karimix * Introduction: Imagining the Other; Karim H. Karim and Mahmoud Eid * 1. Religion and Civilization; Jack Goody * 2. On the Eve of the Napoleonic Invasion: Arab Perceptions of the World; Nabil Matar * 3. Through Tinted Lenses: Iranian and Western Perceptions and Reconstructions of the Other; Mohammad R. Ghanoonparvar * and more... July 2014 UK July 2014 US 264pp Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403650

9781137403650

Orgasmic Bodies The Orgasm in Contemporary Western Culture Hannah Frith, University of Brighton, UK "Hannah Frith's outstanding examination of the historical, biological and cultural 'meanings' of heterosexual orgasm exposes our deep-seated assumptions, prevailing anxieties and hopeful pleasures regarding orgasms. Eloquently reviewing the different theoretical approaches attempting to 'make sense' of this intimate embodied experience (from Freud and Masters and Johnston to feminist poststructuralist theory – and even covering the new biomedical push to market 'pink Viagra'), Frith's 'orgasm is not a 'natural act'. [...] Orgasmic Bodies is the book 21st century Sexuality Studies has been waiting for." - Associate Professor Annie Potts, Head of Cultural Studies, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Orgasmic Bodies explores how bodily experiences of orgasm are worked up as present/ absent, complicated/straightforward, too slow/too fast, fake or real, in the doing of masculinities and femininities. Engaging with both science and popular culture it examines the meanings given to orgasmic bodies in contemporary heterosex.

9781137480316

Contents: 1. What Is An Orgasm... And Why Does It Matter? * 2. The Orgasmic Imperative * 3. Complicated Women, Straightforward Men * 4. Coming Together: The Timing Of Orgasm * 5. Orgasmic Labour: Training The Body For Orgasmic Success * 6. Performing Orgasm: Blurring The ‘Real’ And The ‘Fake’ * 7. Embodying Orgasmic Sensation * 8. The Climax: Conclusions And Reflections * Endnotes May 2015 UK May 2015 US 224pp 3 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137304353 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137304360

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137304353 9781137304360

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY From Uncle Tom’s Cabin to The Help

Engaging the Other

Critical Perspectives on White-Authored Narratives of Black Life

Public Policy and Western-Muslim Intersections

Edited by Claire Oberon Garcia, Colorado College, USA, Vershawn Ashanti Young, University of Waterloo, Canada, Charise Pimentel, Texas State University, USA “Using as an incisive point of interrogation numerous essays on the controversial book and film, The Help, Garcia, Pimentel, and Young have assembled a diverse range of essays that interrogate the political, social, class and gender assumptions cogent to 21stCentury representations of black identity. Engaging several exemplary texts by white authors, this book provides valuable perspectives on the virtues and limitations of fictional Otherness.” - Alan Nadel, William T. Bryan Professor of American Studies, University of Kentucky, USA and author of Invisible Criticism: Ralph Ellison and the American Canon This book surveys the cultural, literary, and cinematic impact of white-authored films and imaginative literature on American society from Harriet Beecher Stowe's Uncle Tom's Cabin to Kathryn Stockett's The Help. Contents: Introduction: What’s at Stake When White Writes Black?; Claire Oberon Garcia, Vershawn Ashanti Young, Charise Pimentel * 1. Bearing Witness?: The Problem with the White Cross-Racial (Mis)Portrayals of History; Luminita Dragulescu * and more... August 2014 UK August 2014 US 268pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137446251

9781137446251

Making Meaning in Popular Romance Fiction An Epistemology Jayashree Kamblé, LaGuardia Community College, USA "Based on her sure command of the romance novels written since 1908, Kamble elucidates both 'romance' and 'novel' to offer a theory that unlocks the genre's depiction of ideological struggles involving post-industrial capitalism, patriotic warfare, heteronormativity, and racial anxiety. In her analysis, the romance novel emerges as a record of the most pressing public debates of the last century. Clearly written, equally at ease in its offering of theoretical insight and close reading, Making Meaning in Popular Romance Fiction: An Epistemology is a mustread." - Pamela Regis, Professor of English, McDaniel College, USA, and author of A Natural History of the Romance Novel Despite pioneering studies, the term 'romance novel' itself has not been subjected to scrutiny. This book examines mass-market romance fiction in the U.K., Canada, and the U.S. through four categories: capitalism, war, heterosexuality, and white Protestantism and casts a fresh light on the genre. Contents: Introduction: What Does It Mean to Say ‘Romance Novel’? * 1. Capitalism: Money and Means in Romance Novels * 2. War: Patriotism and the Traumatized Romance Novel Hero * 3. Heterosexuality: Negotiating Normative Romance Novel Desire * 4. White Protestantism: Race and Religious Ethos in Romance Novels * Conclusion: The Next Chapter for Romance Novels August 2014 UK August 2014 US 208pp 7 b/w illustrations Hardback £53.50 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137395047

9781137395047

Edited by Karim H. Karim, School of Journalism and Communication, Carleton University, Canada, Mahmoud Eid, University of Ottawa, Canada Addressing the specific contexts of communal leadership, educational policy, inter-communal relations, legal reform, media production, public discourse, public opinion, and responses to government policy, this volume examines Western-Muslim relations and makes proposals for enhancing SelfOther interaction to improve societal harmony. Contents: Preface; Karim H. Karim and Mahmoud Eid * 1. Engaging the Other; Mahmoud Eid and Karim H. Karim * 2. Toledean Testimony: Reconquesta, Architectural Convivencia and the Man from La Mancha; H. Masud Taj * 3. Christian and Muslim Principles of Debate: Renewing Discourse in the Public Square; Marianne Farina * 4. European Education and Islam: Liberalism and Alerity; Shiraz Thobani * 5. Muslim Civil Society in Eastern and Western Contexts: A Confluence of the Historical, the Local, and the Global; Karim H. Karim * 6. Bridging Civilizations: The New Hermeneutics of Islamic Law; Anicée Van-Engeland * 7. The Inner Clash of Civilizations within the Muslim Ummah; Steven Kull * 8. Public Policy and Muslims in Western Societies: Security and Integration * 9. Political Participation among Muslims in Europe and the United States; Jocelyne Cesari * 10. Producing Alternative Media Discourses on Muslims; Faiza Hirji * 11. Public Policy and the Clash of Ignorance; Mahmoud Eid and Karim H. Karim December 2014 UK December 2014 US 260pp 13 figures Hardback £66.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403681

9781137403681

Confronting Visuality in Multi-Ethnic Women’s Writing Angela Laflen, Marist College, USA "Through a thoughtful and sophisticated yet accessible argument, Angela Laflen uses feminism, cultural studies, and critical race theories to examine a wide range of visual representations and their effects in literature by well-known authors, such as Toni Morrison and Margaret Atwood, as well as some up and coming ethnic writers." - Eleanor Ty, Professor of English, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada, and author of Unfastened:Globality and Asian North American Narratives and The Politics of the Visible Considering new perspectives on writers such as Toni Morrison, Margaret Atwood, and Louise Erdrich, Confronting Visuality in Multi-ethnic Women's Writing traces a cross-cultural tradition in which contemporary female writers situate images of women within larger contexts of visuality. Contents: Introduction: What’s (Still) Wrong with Images of Women? * PART I. COMINGOF-AGE WITH MASS MEDIA * 1. (Re)visualizing History in Toni Morrison’s The Bluest Eye * 2. Transforming Culture and Consciousness in Bobbie Ann Mason’s In Country * PART II. WITNESSING VISUAL MANIPULATION * 3. ‘There Were Signs and I Missed Them’: Reading Beneath the Image in Margaret Atwood’s Speculative Fiction * 4. The Politics of Vanishing: Bearing Witness to the Wounded Family in Louise Erdrich’s Shadow Tag * PART III. SPECTATORSHIP IN AN EXPANDED FIELD OF VISION * 5. Against Visual Objectivity in Gish Jen’s ‘Birthmates’ and Chitra Banerjee Divakaruni’s ‘The Ultrasound’ * 6. Queering Spectatorship in Alison Bechdel’s Fun Home * Conclusion: Confronting Visuality in the Digital Age August 2014 UK August 2014 US 212pp Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137413031

9781137413031

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Radical Feminism

Female Bodies on the American Stage

Feminist Activism in Movement

Enter Fat Actress

Finn Mackay, University of the West of England, UK "Convincing ... clear and succinct. Mackay's energy in rebuilding the feminist movement that she wants to see has been quite remarkable. This book, which is her account of the successes and challenges of this task, is a useful undertaking, and places it within its historical background and current global reach." – Lynne Segal, Times Higher Education Feminism is not dead. This groundbreaking book advances a radical and pioneering feminist manifesto for today's modern audience that exposes the real reasons as to why women are still oppressed and what feminist activism must do to counter it through a vibrant and original account of the global Reclaim the Night March. Contents: 1. Introduction: Why March through this Book? * 2. Surf’s Up: Surfing the Second Wave * 3. Feminist Tendencies * 4. From Brussels to Leeds, San Francisco, Delhi: The Global March of Reclaim the Night * 5. Tending To Borders * 6. Repetitions Per Decade: Voices of Activists Past and Present * 7. From ‘Women’ To ‘Mixed’ * 8. Inclusion and Exclusion on Reclaim the Night * 9. Motivations and Destinations: What do Feminists Want? * 10. Conclusion: The Rally and After-party February 2015 UK February 2015 US 336pp 1 b/w table, 1 figure Paperback £14.99 / $23.00 / CN$27.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137363572

9781137363572

The fat female body is a unique construction in American culture that has been understood in various ways during the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. Analyzing post-WWII stage and screen performances, Mobley argues that the fat actress's body signals myriad cultural assumptions and suggests new ways of reading the body in performance. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Body as a Cultural Text * PART I: FAT DRAMATURGIES * 2. Fat Center Stage * 3. Fat Love Stories * 4. Monsters, Man-eaters, and Fat Behavior * PART II: FAT SUBJECTIVITIES * 5. Bodies Violating Boundaries * 6. Fat Black Miscegenation * 7. Queering Fat * 8. Fat-Face Minstrelsy * PART III: RECLAIMING FAT * 9. Dangerous Curves * 10. Enter Fat Actress September 2014 UK September 2014 US 252pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137430663

Recognition and the Media Rousiley Maia, Department of Social Communication, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil "While the notion of recognition has become central to contemporary critical theory, empirical applications have been limited. Happily we now have Rousiley Maia's compelling volume, which lucidly shows how – in both mass media and social media – the struggles over recognition (and misrecognition) link directly to issues of justice, accountability and democracy. A ground-breaking effort!" – Peter Dahlgren, Lund University, Sweden This collection examines Axel Honneth's theory of recognition and the crucial role played by the media in struggles for recognition. It brings together debates on controversial aspects of Honneth's work and a set of intriguing empirical studies including with slum-dwelling adolescents, leprosy patients and women exposed to child labor exploitation Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Axel Honneth’s Theory of Recognition as a Research Program * PART I: MASS MEDIA: A SITE OF STRUGGLE * 3. Mass Media Representation, IdentityBuilding and Social Conflicts: Towards a Recognition-Theoretical Approach * 4. The Morality of Recognition: Adolescent Slum-Dwellers Discuss a TV Series Representation of their Lives * 5. Recognition and Ideology: Assessing Justice and Injustice in the Case of Child Domestic Labor * PART II: STRUGGLE THROUGH SOCIAL NETWORK SITES * 6. Struggles for Recognition in a Digital Era * 7. Recognition, Feelings of Injustice and Claim Justification: Deaf People’s Storytelling on the Internet * 8. Recognition as an Ongoing Struggle: Conflicts Involving Racism and Homophobia in the Networked Media EnvironmentPART III: STRUGGLE, MEDIA AND THE DYNAMICS OF CULTURAL CHANGE * 9. Media, Cultural Change and the Dynamics of Recognition * 10. Recognition without Struggles: Leprosy in Brazilian Daily Newspapers * 11. Recognition and Moral Progress: Discourses on Disability in the Media * 12. Conclusion October 2014 UK October 2014 US 312pp 2 figures, 9 b/w tables Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137310422

Jennifer-Scott Mobley, Rollins College, USA "Female Bodies on the American Stage pierces the heart of representational politics by parsing how body size influences reception. Mobley incisively analyzes the history of social judgments against larger than sylph-like women, and traces how size prohibitions play out in theatre, film, and television. Considering gender alongside race and ethnicity, Mobley elegantly unpacks the pernicious, ongoing policing of women's bodies, and persuasively illustrates the complicity of cultural production in enforcing impossible, demeaning standards for normative beauty." - Jill Dolan, Professor of English, Director of the Program in Gender and Sexuality Studies, Princeton University, USA

9781137430663

Contemporary Fictions of Multiculturalism Diversity and the Millennial London Novel Michael Perfect, Independent Scholar, UK Contemporary Fictions of Multiculturalism analyses novels of the late 20th and early 21st centuries that explore ethnic and cultural diversity in London. It contributes to key, ongoing debates in literary and cultural studies and, in particular, to debates over the status and relevance of multiculturalism today. Contents: Introduction: Backgrounds: Facts and Fictions of Multicultural London * 1. Multiculturalism and the Work of Hanif Kureishi * 2. ‘Fold the paper and pass it on’: Andrea Levy’s London Fiction * 3. Multicultural London in Zadie Smith’s White Teeth: a Celebration of Unpredictability and Uncertainty? * 4. Permanence and Transience: Monica Ali’s Brick Lane (2003) and In The Kitchen (2009) * 5. Mis-marketing Multiculturalism? Gautam Malkani’s Londonstani (2006) * 6. London as a Safe Haven? Asylum, Immigration and Missing Fingers in Chris Cleave’s The Other Hand (2008) and Brian Chikwava’s Harare North (2009) * 7. London as a ‘Brutal’, ‘Hutious’ City: Stephen Kelman’s Pigeon English (2011) * 8. Coda: The Prophet’s Graveyard * Notes * Bibliography * Index October 2014 UK October 2014 US 240pp 13 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137307118

9781137307118

9781137310422

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Cuban Women and Salsa

Moroccan Feminist Discourses

To the Beat of Their Own Drum Delia Poey, Florida State University, USA "Taking a cultural studies approach, Poey examines a variety of materials: movies, recordings and accounts of live performances, song lyrics, and videos. Throughout she is interested in how performers challenge and inflect racial and gender norms. I especially liked the discussion of the way Mendoza substituted the audience for the male partner in a guaguancó, the critique of Estefan's carefully crafted career and persona, and the insightful reading in the last chapter of Albita's album covers and music videos. A great deal has been written about salsa music in the last several decades, but I don't know of a monograph like this one, which addresses exclusively the contribution of women performers." - Gustavo Pérez Firmat, Columbia University, USA Salsa is both an American and transnational phenomenon, however women in salsa have been neglected. To explore how female singers negotiate issues of gender, race, and nation through their performances, Poey engages with the ways they problematize the idea of the nation and facilitate their musical performances' movement across multiple borders. Contents: Introduction * 1. From the Streets to the Nightclub: Rita Montaner and Celeste Mendoza as Salsa Precursors * 2. Celia Cruz: From La guarachera de Cuba to the Queen of Salsa * 3. La Lupe: The Excessive Performance of Race and Gender * 4. Crossing Over: Gloria Estefan’s Performance of the/on the Hyphen * 5. No se parece a nada/ Not Like Anything Else: Albita Rodríguez Bends the Rules * Conclusion October 2014 UK October 2014 US 190pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137382818

9781137382818

Edited by Christopher Pullen, Bournemouth University, UK This collection explores the representation and performance of queer youth in media cultures, primarily examining TV, film and online new media. Specific themes of investigation include the context of queer youth suicide and educational strategies to avert this within online new media, and the significance of coming out videos produced online. Contents: Preface * Acknowledgements * Contributors * Introduction; Christopher Pullen * PART I: PERFORMANCE AND CULTURE * 1. Stories Like Mine: Coming Out Videos and Queer Identities on YouTube; Bryan Wuest * 2. Transgender Youth and YouTube Videos: Self-Representation and Five Identifiable Trans Youth Narratives; Matthew G. O’Neill * 3. ‘A Safe and Supportive Environment’: LGBTQ Youth and Social Media; Stephen Tropiano * 4. Media Responses to Queer Youth Suicide: Trauma, Therapeutic Discourse and Co-Presence; Christopher Pullen * 5. Sexually Marginalized Youth in the South: Narration Strategies and Discourse Coalitions in Newspaper Coverage of a Southern High School Gay-Straight Alliance Club Controversy; Skyler Lauderdale * 6. ‘WE’VE GOT BIG NEWS’: Creating Media to Empower Queer Youth in Schools; Karyl Kethcum * PART II: HISTORIES AND COMMODITY * 7. Talking Liberties: Framed Youth, Community Video and Channel 4’s Remit in Action; Ieuan Franklin * 8. We Need to Talk about Jack! On the Representation of Male Homosexuality in American Teen Soaps; Mareike Jenner * and more...

Both a scholarly and personal critique of current feminist Moroccan discourses, this book is a call for a larger-than-Islam framework that accommodates the Berber dimension. Sadiqi argues that current feminist discourse, both secular and Islamic ones, are not only divergent but limit the rich heritage, knowledge, and art of Berber women. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Berber Challenge * 2. The Historicity of Berber Women’s Agency * 3. Sources of Authority in Moroccan Culture * 4. Secular and Islamic Feminist Discourses * 5. The Berber Dimension

Comparative Feminist Studies September 2014 UK September 2014 US 260pp 3 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137392688

9781137392688

The Politics of Being a Woman Feminism, Media and 21st Century Popular Culture Edited by Heather Savigny, Bournemouth University, UK, Helen Warner, University of East Anglia, UK What does it mean to be a woman in the 21st century? The feminist movement has a long and rich history, but is its time now passed? This edited collection is driven by the question, why is feminism viewed by some (we would add a majority) as outdated, no longer necessary and having achieved its goals, and what role have the media played in this?

Queer Youth and Media Cultures

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 320pp 9 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137383549

Fatima Sadiqi, Sidi Mohamed Ben Abdellah University, Morocco "A valuable book, exploring and opening up a new and important terrain." - Leila Ahmed, Victor S. Thomas Professor of Divinity, Harvard University, USA

9781137383549

Contents: Foreword; Liesbet Van Zoonen * 1. Introduction: The Politics of Being a Woman; Heather Savigny and Helen Warner * 2. Seen and Not Heard: The Popular Appeal of Postfeminist Political Celebrity; Emily Harmer * 3. Honour is Everything for Muslims? Vendetta Song, Filmic Representations, Religious Identity and Gender Politics in Turkey; Eylem Atakav * 4. ‘I’m a Free Bitch Baby’, A ‘Material Girl’: Interrogating Audience Interpretations of the Postfeminist Performances of Lady Gaga and Madonna; Oliver Brooks * 5. ‘A Place for Talking about Female Stars’: Exploring Versatility, Femininity and ‘Fantasy’ in Mother-Daughter Talk on Film Stars; Sarah Ralph * 6. ‘Where Do you Go after Bridesmaids?’: The Politics of Being a Woman in Hollywood; Helen Warner and Heather Savigny * 7. ‘I’d Rather be Peggy than Betty’: Female Audience Responses to Mad Men; Katixa Agirre * 8. Girls and Cultural Consumption: ‘Typical Girls’, ‘Fangirls’ and the Value of Femininity; Victoria Cann * 9. Beyond Media and Popular Culture: I’m a feminist if.....Manifesta; Heather Savigny and Helen Warner * Afterword; Kat Banyard January 2015 UK January 2015 US 224pp 24 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137384652

9781137384652

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Soul, Country, and the USA

Gender and the Political

Race and Identity in American Music Culture

Deconstructing the Female Terrorist

Stephanie Shonekan, University of Missouri, USA "Soul, Country, and the USA introduces a new framework for a comparative study of these distinct, yet related musical genres. Stephanie Shonekan, a Nigerian immigrant, interprets their meaning within the context of race and identity and through the lens of democracy as defined in the American Pledge of Allegiance. This study adds an African Diasporic dimension to the literature on soul and country music." - Portia K. Maultsby, co-editor of African American Music: An Introduction, 2nd ed. Soul music and country music propel American popular culture. Using ethnomusicological tools, Shonekan examines their socio-cultural influences and consequences: the perception of and resistance to hegemonic structures from within their respective constituencies, the definition of national identity, and the understanding of the 'American Dream.'

Amanda Third, University of Western Sydney, Australia "A fascinating exploration of the historical twinning of terrorism and feminism in the U.S. By redirecting our attention to these important discourses emerging in the 60's and 70s, this book provides a crucial corrective to counter post 9/11 anxieties that continually project the terrorist as somehow coming from elsewhere." - Jasbir K. Puar, Associate Professor of Women's and Gender Studies, Rutgers University, USA Analyzing women labeled as terrorists in the United States in the late 1960s and early 1970s, Gender and the Political examines Western cultural constructions of the female terrorist. The chapters argue that the development of the discourse on terrorism evolves in parallel with, and in response to, radical feminism in the US during this time.

Contents: 1. Introduction: Outside Looking In * 2. Folk Roots to Pop Masses: An Entangled History * 3. Money and Media: Radio; Television; Film Representations * 4. Race and Identity: Homies and Hillbillies * 5. Gender and Relationships: Women and Femininity * 6. Semiotics and Songs: Visual and Oral Meanings * 7. Politics and power: Left or Right * 8. Religion and Faith: Jesus Walks or Takes the Wheel * 9. Conclusion: The American Dream

Contents: Introduction * 1. Conceptualizing Terrorism * 2. Constructing the Terrorist: The Threat From Within * 3. Feminist Terrorists and Terrorist Feminists: The Crosswiring of Feminism With Terrorism * 4. Terrorist Time: Terrorism’s Disruption of Modernity * 5. Conjuring the Apocalypse: Radical Feminism, Apocalyptic Temporality and the Society for Cutting Up Men * 6. Abjecting Whiteness: “The Movement,” Radical Feminism, Genocide * 7. Nuclear Terrorists: Patricia Hearst and the (Feminist) Terrorist Family * Postscript *

March 2015 UK March 2015 US 212pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137378095

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137402752

9781137378095

9781137402752

Feminist Erasures

Women’s Cricket and Global Processes

Challenging Backlash Culture

The Emergence and Development of Women's Cricket as a Global Game

Edited by Kumarini Silva, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA, Kaitlynn Mendes, University of Leicester, UK Feminist Erasures presents a collection of essays that examines the state of feminism in North America and Western Europe by focusing on multiple sites such as media, politics and activism. Through individual examples, the essays reveal the extent to which feminism has been made (in)visible and (ir)relevant in contemporary Western culture. Contents: List of Abbreviations * Notes on Contributors * 1. Introduction: (In)visible and (Ir)relevant: Setting a Context; Kumarini Silva and Kaitlynn Mendes * PART I: TEACHING FEMINISM * 2. CEOs and Office Ho’s: Notes from the Trenches of Our Women’s Studies Classrooms; Sara T. Bernstein and Elise M. Chatelain * 3. Suture and Scars: Evidencing the Struggles of Academic Feminism; Andrea Zeffiro and Mél Hogan * 4. Feminist Erasure: The Development of a Black Feminist Methodological Theory; Alexandra Moffett-Bateau * PART II: FEMINISM IN POPULAR CULTURE * 5. Illegible Rage: Performing Femininity in Manhattan Call Girl; Katherine Hindle * 6. Empowered Vulnerability?: A Feminist Response to the Ubiquity of Sexual Violence in the Pilots of Female-Fronted Teen Drama Series; Susan Berridge * 7. Against Conformity: Families, Respectability and the Representation of Gender-Nonconforming Youth of Color in Gun Hill Road and Pariah; Natalie Havlin and Celiany Rivera-Velázquez * 8. ‘Money’s a Bitch’: Women, Gender, and the Financial Markets in Hollywood Films; Micky Lee and Monika Raesch * 9. Gladiator in a Suit?: Scandal’s Olivia Pope and the Post-Identity Regulation of Physical Agency; Jennifer McClearen * PART III: BECOMING MOTHER * and more... January 2015 UK January 2015 US 280pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137454911

Philippa Velija, York St John University, UK How can the diffusion and development of women's cricket as a global sport be explained? Women's Cricket and Global Processes considers the emergence and growth of women's cricket around the world and seeks to provide a sociological explanation for how and why the women's game has developed the way it has. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Cricket and Masculinity in Early Forms of Women’s Cricket in England in Australia * 3. Civilising Processes, Gender Relations and The Global Women’s Game * 4. Women’s Cricket, International Governance and Organisation of the Global Game * 5. Cricket Gendered National Identities and the Experiences of women who play and organise the ‘Global Game’ * 6. Conclusion May 2015 UK May 2015 US 184pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137323514

9781137323514

9781137454911

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Ageing, Popular Culture and Contemporary Feminism Harleys and Hormones Edited by Imelda Whelehan, University of Tasmania, Australia, Joel Gwynne, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore How has popular film, television and fiction responded to the realities of an ageing Western population? This volume analyses this field of representation to argue that, while celebrations of ageing as an inspirational journey are increasing, most depictions still focus on decline and deterioration. Contents: Notes on Contributors * Introduction: The ‘Greying’ of Popular Culture?; Imelda Whelehan and Joel Gwynne * 1. Conscientious Objections: Feminism, Fiction and the Phoney War on Ageing; Liz Byrski * 2. Fiction or polemic? Transcending the Ageing Body in Popular Women’s Fiction; Imelda Whelehan * 3. ‘Mrs Robinson seeks Benjamin’: Cougars, Popular Memoirs and the Quest for Fulfillment in Midlife and Beyond; Joel Gwynne * 4. Sexing-up the Midlife Woman: Cultural Representations of Ageing, Femininity, and the Sexy Body; Sharron Hinchliff * 5. Paternalizing the Rejuvenation of Later Life Masculinity in Twenty-First Century Film; Hannah Hamad * and more...

Performance in the Borderlands

Now available in paperback

Edited by Ramón H. Rivera-Servera, Northwestern University, USA, Harvey Young, Northwestern University, USA "Offers an exciting series of perspectives, readings, and cross-disciplinary engagements with this most important theme and makes a persuasive case for the contribution performance studies can make to the wider border studies field... This volume will be of interest to scholars and students in performance, cultural and border studies: it presents a rich, rewarding, and timely series of readings which will add considerably to the potentialities and provocations of work in this field." - Sophie Nield, Contemporary Theatre Review A border is a force of containment that inspires dreams of being overcome and crossed; motivates bodies to climb over; and threatens physical harm. This book critically examines a range of cultural performances produced in relation to the tensions and movements of/about the borders dividing North America, including the Caribbean. Contents: Acknowledgements * Notes on the Contributors * 1. Introduction: Border Moves; R.H.Rivera-Servera and H.Young * 2. Playing the Fence, Listening to the Line: Sound, Sound Art, and Acoustic Politics at the US-Mexico Border; J.Kun * 3. Transnational Cultural Translations and the Meaning of Danzón across Borders; A.Madrid * 4. ‘Havana Isn’t Waiting: Staging Travel during Cuba’s Special Period; P.Ybarra * 5. ‘Architecture is not Justice’: Seeing Guantánamo Bay; P.Anderson * 6. Crossing Hispaniola: Cultural Erotics at the Haitian-Dominican Borderlands; R.H.Rivera-Servera * and more...

Performance Interventions November 2014 UK November 2014 US 272pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137376527

9781137376527

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 296pp Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137461612

9781137461612

Gender and Subjectivities in Early TwentiethCentury Chinese Literature and Culture

Masculinities and the Contemporary Irish Theatre

Ping Zhu, University of Oklahoma, USA "This is a succinct but illuminating study of modern Chinese literature from a gendered perspective. Ping Zhu has a sophisticated command of Western feminist theory, which is applied to some of the most seminal as well as hitherto neglected fictional texts from the early 20th-century literature - with a significant and thought-provoking twist: under the general thematic rubric of the 'feminine at large,' the author shows that the gender discourse derived from Western colonial modernity was adopted NOT at the expense of Chinese subjectivity. Rather the reverse is the case: Western feminism is 'undone' in order to empower the modern Chinese nation and the subjectivities of both sexes. I find the author's analysis and insight both original and sobering - not only to those blinded by 'male chauvinism' but also to those who blindly follow the dictates of Western feminist theory." -Leo Ou-fan Lee, Sin Wai Kin Professor of Chinese Culture, Chinese University of Hong Kong and Professor Emeritus of Chinese Literature, Harvard University, USA

Brian Singleton, Trinity College Dublin, Republic of Ireland 'Singleton's treatment of [a] broad swath of work results in a varied, yet detailed, study' - Modern Drama

Through both cultural and literary analysis, this book examines gender in relation to late Qing and modern Chinese intellectuals, including Mu Shiying, Bai Wei, and Lu Xun. Tackling important, previously neglected questions, Zhu ultimately shows the resilience and malleability of Chinese modernity through its progressive views on femininity. Contents: Introduction: The Feminine at Large * 1. The Empowered Feminine: Gender, Racial and Nationalist Discourses * 2. The Anamorphic Feminine: History, Memory, and Woman in Lu Xun’s Writings * 3. The Affective Feminine: Mourning Women and the New Nationalist Subject * 4. The Cosmopolitan Feminine: The Modern Girl and Her Male Other in the NewSensationalist Fiction * and more...

Chinese Literature and Culture in the World June 2015 UK June 2015 US 224pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137516893

9781137516893

Now available in paperback

Irish theatre and its histories appear to be dominated by men and their actions. This book's socially and culturally contextualized analysis of performance over the last two decades reveals masculinities that are anything but hegemonic, played out in theatres and other arenas of performance all over Ireland. Contents: List of illustrations * Preface to the Paperback Edition * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Contesting Canons * 3. Performing Patriarchy * 4. Monologies and Masculinities * 5. Quare Fellas * 6. Male Races * 7. Protestant Boys * After Words * Bibliography * Index

Performance Interventions May 2015 UK May 2015 US 240pp Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$31.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137518194

9781137518194

GENDER, RACE AND IDENTITY Queer Post-Gender Ethics

Feminist Review

The Shape of Selves to Come

Edited by: The Feminist Review Collective

Lucy Nicholas, Swinburne University, Australia "Quite simply one of the most impressive, thoughtful and careful expositions of the new terrain of androgynous ethics of the self that arises from the advances of queer theory, gender critique and the deconstructive turn in social theory. Nicholas succeeds in the difficult task of authoritative exposition of the range of gendered, social and ethical theory balanced in a discursive style that encourages reflection, thought and engagement. The clarity of this approach to thinking gender and ethics, combined with a fine grasp and deployment of complex theory in a refreshingly accessible articulation, makes this a pleasure to read. This is indispensable to anyone who wants to understand the frontiers of thinking identity, self and gender today and an exciting challenge to move against and in transgression of those frontiers." - Paul Reynolds, Edge Hill University, UK

Feminist Review is a peer reviewed, interdisciplinary journal setting new agendas for feminism. For more than 30 years, it has been committed to exploring gender in its relationship to other axes of power including race, class and sexuality.

ISSN: 01417789/ EISSN: 14664380 For more information about this journal, please visit: www. feminist-review.com

Can society operate without gender and even biological sex classifications? Queer Post-Gender Ethics argues that we could exist, formulate our relationships and be sexual in more androgynous ways. Outlining a political vision for how a postgender sociality might be achieved, it presents queer social practices for a truly gender neutral world. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Resilience of Bigenderism * 2. Diagnosing and Transcending Sexual Difference * 3. Gender Justice * 4. Philosophical Arguments for Post-Gender Ontological Ethics * 5. Queer Futures and Queer Ethics: Sketching Inexhaustibly Reciprocal Androgyny * 6. The Politics of Implementing Post-Gender Ethics: Beyond Idealism / Realism * 7. The Fully Armed Self: Cultivating Post-Gender Subjects * 8. Ethical Post-Gender Sexual Relationships and Communities * Conclusion: Utopian Realism

Genders and Sexualities in the Social Sciences October 2014 UK October 2014 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137321619

9781137321619

Black Women’s Bodies and The Nation Race, Gender and Culture Shirley Anne Tate, University of Leeds, UK Black Women's Bodies and the Nation develops a decolonial approach to representations of iconic Black women's bodies within popular culture in the US, UK and the Caribbean and the racialization and affective load of muscle, bone, fat and skin through the trope of the subaltern figure of the Sable-Saffron Venus as an 'alter/native- body'. Contents: Introduction * 1. Looking at the Sable-Saffron Venus: Iconography, Affect and (Post) Colonial Hygiene * 2. Batty Politics: Desire and Rear Excess * 3. When Black Fat does not Signify Mammy: Humour and Sexualization * 4. Fascination: Muscle, Femininity, Iconicity * 5. Pleasure Politics: The Cult of Celebrity, Mullaticity and Slimness * 6. Skin Lightening: Contempt, Fear, Hatred * 7. Coda- Decolonization and Seeing Through Black Women’s Bodies

Genders and Sexualities in the Social Sciences April 2015 UK April 2015 US 208pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137355270

9781137355270

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

MEMORY STUDIES State, Society and Memories of the Uprising of 17 June 1953 in the GDR

MEMORY STUDIES

Local Memories in a Nationalizing and Globalizing World

Richard Millington, University of Chester, UK

Edited by Marnix Beyen, University of Antwerp, Belgium, Brecht Deseure, Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB), Belgium In historical studies, 'collective memory' is most often viewed as the product of nationalizing strategies carried out by political élites in the hope to create homogeneous nation-states. In contrast, this book asserts that collective memories develop out of a never-ending, triangular negotiation between local, national and transnational actors. Contents: 1. Introduction. Local, National, Transnational Memories: A Triangular Relationship; Marnix Beyen * PART I: POLITICS OF URBAN MEMORY * 2. Physical Space, Urban Space, Civic Space: Rotterdam’s Inhabitants and their Appropriation of the City’s Past; Willem Frijhoff * 3. Politics of Street Names: Local, National, Transnational Budapest; Emilia Palonen * 4. Transfer Zones: German and Global Suffering in Dresden; Mathias Berek * 5. Manufacturing Local Identification behind the Iron Curtain in Sevastopol, Ukraine after World War II; Karl D. Qualls * 6. Local memories in a Contested Borderland. Commemorations in Strasbourg between France, Germany and Europe; Thomas Williams * PART II: PLACES AND PRACTICES OF SUBALTERN MEMORY * 7. Displacements and Hidden histories: Museums, Locality and the British Memory of the Transatlantic Slave Trade;; Geoffrey Cubitt * 8. Structures of Collective Memory: The last Bannerman in Local Japan; Michael Wert * 9. Remembering Padre Cícero: Local, Regional and National Memory in Northeastern Brazil; Gerald Greenfield * 10. ‘Reconciliation across the graves’? The German war cemetery Ysselsteyn as a place of remembrance between local and (inter)national areas of conflict 1945-2000; Christine Gundermann * and more... March 2015 UK March 2015 US 296pp 17 b/w photos, 1 figure Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137469373

9781137469373

Commemoration as Conflict Space, Memory and Identity in Peace Processes Sara McDowell, University of Ulster, UK, Máire Braniff, University of Ulster, UK McDowell and Braniff explore the relationship between commemoration and conflict in societies which have engaged in peace processes, attempting to unpack the ways in which the practices of memory and commemoration influence efforts to bring armed conflict to an end and whether it can even reactivate conflict as political circumstances change. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Landscapes of Commemoration: The Relationship between Memory, Identity and Space * 3. The Promise of Peace * 4. A War by other Means? Commemorating Conflict in the New Northern Ireland * 5. Contested Visions: Memory, Space and Identity in the Basque Country * 6. Challenging the Boundaries of the Sri Lankan State: Memory-work and the Battle to Belong * 7. An Intractable Conflict and an Irreconcilable past: Contesting the ‘Other’ through Commemoration in Israel/Palestine * 8. Preserving the Past and Shielding the Future: Political Memories in the Former Yugoslav Countries * 9. ‘Till Jesus Comes Again’: Consolidating Narratives of the Liberation Struggle in Post-apartheid South Africa * Conclusion

Rethinking Peace and Conflict Studies August 2014 UK August 2014 US 224pp Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230273757

9780230273757

Condemned as a fascist putsch in the East and praised as a 'people's uprising' in the West, the uprising of 17 June 1953 shook East Germany. Drawing on interviews and archive research, this book examines East German citizens' memories of the unrest and reflects on the nature of state power in the GDR. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Day X: Fascists, Spies and Thugs * 3. Tales of that Day * 4. Watching the West * 5. Remembering and Discussing the Uprising of 17 June 1953 * 6. 17 June 1953: A Symbolic Talisman of Opposition? * 7. Remembering 17 June 1953 in 1989 * 8. Conclusion * Appendix A * Appendix B

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 216pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403506

9781137403506

European Football and Collective Memory Edited by Wolfram Pyta, University of Stuttgart, Germany, Nils Havemann, University of Stuttgart, Germany Is it possible for football matches or players to help forge a collective European identity? Pyta and Haverman seek to answer this question through a detailed analysis of how football is remembered across the continent. European Football and Collective Memory is the first book to deal with collective memory of football on a continental scale. Contents: 1. Introduction: Football Memory in a European Perspective; Wolfram Pyta * 2. How are Football Games Remembered? Idioms of Memory in Modern Football; Tobias Werron * 3. Negotiating the Cold War? Perspectives in Memory Research on the UEFA, the Early European Football Competitions and the European Nations Cups; Jürgen Mittag * 4. UEFA Football Competitions as European Sites of Memory: Cups of Identity?; Michael Groll * 5. The Contribution of Real Madrid’s First Five European Cups to the Emergence of a Common Football Space; Borja García-García, Ramón Llopis-Goig and Agustín Martín * 6. Football and the European Collective Memory in Britain: the Case of the 1960 European Cup Final; Geoff Hare * 7. Erecting a European ‘Lieu de mémoire’? Media Coverage of the 1966 World Cup and French Discussions about the ‘Wembley Goal’; Jean Christophe Meyer * 8. George Best, a European Symbol, a European Hero?; David Ranc * 9. Heysel and its Symbolic Value in Europe’s Collective Memory; Clemens Kech * 10. Football Sites of Memory in the Eastern Bloc 1945–1991; Seweryn Dmowski * 11. Rituals and Practices of Memorial Culture in Football; Markwart Herzog

Football Research in an Enlarged Europe March 2015 UK March 2015 US 224pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137450142

9781137450142

MEMORY STUDIES Social Memory and War Narratives

The Labour of Memory

Transmitted Trauma among Children of Vietnam War Veterans

Memorial Culture and 7/7

Christina D. Weber, North Dakota State University, USA The Vietnam War has had many long-reaching, traumatic effects, not just on the veterans of the war, but on their children as well. In this book, Weber examines the concept of the war as a social monad, a confusing array of personal stories and public histories that disrupt traditional ways of knowing the social world for the second generation. Contents: Introduction: The Traffic in Memories * 1. Exploring Trauma and Memory through the Social Monad * 2. Conceptualizing the Vietnam Veteran Narrative as a Narrative of Trauma * 3. Exploring the Social Monad through the Crisis of Articulation * 4. The Vietnam Veteran Father: Reconfiguring Hegemonic Discourses of Masculine Subjectivity * 5. Narrative Disruptions of the Dominant Fiction * Conclusion

Palgrave Studies in Cultural Heritage and Conflict April 2015 UK April 2015 US 256pp 3 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137501516

9781137501516

Matthew Allen, University of Leicester, UK "An intriguing look into the relationship between memory and work, Allen offers a sensitive and compelling study of remembrance in response to the 2005 London bombings. Filled with original empirical data from interviews conducted with 'memory choreographers', he provides an illuminating account of the material and immaterial production of remembrance. The theoretical range of his analysis is remarkable." - Adrian Parr, University of Cincinnati, USA This book presents a study of remembrance practices emerging after the 2005 London bombings. Matthew Allen explores a range of cases that not only illustrate the effects of the organisation of remembrance on its participants, but reveal how people engaged in memorial culture to address difficult and unbearable conditions in the wake of 7/7. Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. In Memoria Res: Remembrance and Political Economy * 2. Memory, Work, Autonomy * 3. Finance, Cosmos, Futurity * 4. Making a Memorial Matter * 5. Remembrance and Care: Reworking the Soul * 6. Conclusion * Bibliography

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

@PalgraveCultMed

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 176pp 3 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137341631

9781137341631

Frames of Memory after 9/11 Culture, Criticism, Politics, and Law Lucy Bond, University of Westminster, UK "Lucy Bond has produced a compelling analysis of the post-9/11 literary and legal cultures that draw upon and stretch the limits of the conventions of memory studies (and above all trauma studies) in place at the time of the event. Her book will appeal to those seeking a clear and comprehensive overview of the topic, as well as to readers already invested in the detailed study of the effects of 9/11, to whom she offers many new insights." - David Simpson, UC Davis, USA This book examines the commemoration of 9/11 in American memorial culture. It argues that the emergence of counter-memories of September 11 has been compromised by the dominance of certain narrative paradigms – or, frames of memory – that have mediated the representation of the attacks across cultural, critical, political, and juridical discourses. Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * Introduction * 1. American Trauma Culture after 9/11 * 2. The New American Jeremiad after 9/11 * 3. Analogical Holocaust Memory after 9/11 * 4. Memory, Law, and Justice after 9/11 * Conclusion * Notes * Bibliography

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies February 2015 UK February 2015 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137440099

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137440099

MEMORY STUDIES The Politics of War Commemoration in the UK and Russia Nataliya Danilova, University of Aberdeen, UK "By systematically comparing British and Russian commemorative practices, Danilova's critical assessment of claims for the emergence of post-heroic warfare conducted by post-modern armed forces makes a valuable contribution to understanding how these societies strive to neutralise political debate over the aims and practices of contemporary wars." - T. G. Ashplant, Senior Visiting Research Fellow, Centre for Life-Writing Research, King's College London This book analyses contemporary war commemoration in Britain and Russia. Focusing on the political aspects of remembrance, it explores the instrumentalisation of memory for managing civil-military relations and garnering public support for conflicts. It explains the nexus between remembrance, militarisation and nationalism in modern societies. Contents: 1. Memory Politics and the Afterlives of Soldiers * 2. Media Commemoration in Britain * 3. The Story of the War Memorials * 4. Remembrance in Modern Britain: Support the Armed Forces * 5. Media Commemoration in Russia * 6. War Memorials in Russia * 7. Remembering War: Celebrating Russianness * 8. From Remembrance to Militarisation

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies June 2015 UK June 2015 US 272pp 17 b/w illustrations, 3 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137395702

9781137395702

Trauma and Public Memory Edited by Jane Goodall, University of Western Sydney, Australia, Christopher Lee, Griffith University, Australia "The genesis of this book is improbable: a peaceful regional city on the top of a range is washed by an inland tsunami. What surfaces in the aftermath are these diverse essays on public memory, communal identity and archives of feeling that mesh interviews and interdisciplinary critique in a transnational frame. This collection presents memory studies with a compelling new collection of historical and contemporary essays on trauma and its after-effects." - Professor Gillian Whitlock FAHA, University of Queensland, Australia This collection explores the ways in which traumatic experience becomes a part of public memory. It explores the premise that traumatic events are realities; they happen in the world, not in the fantasy life of individuals or in the narrative frames of our televisions and cinemas. Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Notes on Contributors * Introduction; Jane Goodall and Christopher Lee * PART I: OVERVIEWS * 1.’’But Why Should You People at Home Not Know?’: Sacrifice as a Social fact in the Public Memory of War; Christopher Lee * 2.Trauma, Dispossession and Narrative Truth: ‘Seeds of the Nation’ of South Sudan; Wendy Richards * 3.Trauma and the Stoic Foundations of Sympathy; Jane Goodall * 4.Unremembered: Memorial, Sentimentality, Dislocation; Laurie Johnson * PART II: INTERVIEWS * 5.Ross Anderson, Clinical Psychologist * 6.Therese Lee, Emergency Nursing Specialist * 7.Norman Fry, Disaster Response Co-ordinator, Toowoomba Regional Council * 8.Sue Hewett, Senior Recovery Officer and Tanya Milligan, Chair of Human and Social Response Committee for the Lockyer Valley Council * 9.Mark Willacy, Foreign Correspondent Australian Broadcasting Commission * PART III: REFLECTIONS * and more...

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies January 2015 UK January 2015 US 248pp 10 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137406798

The Ethics of Memory in a Digital Age Interrogating the Right to be Forgotten Edited by Alessia Ghezzi, Institute of Protection and Security of the Citizen, Italy, Ângela Pereira, Institute of Protection and Security of the Citizen, Italy, Lucia Vesnić-Alujević, Institute of Protection and Security of the Citizen, Italy This edited volume documents the current reflections on the 'Right to be Forgotten' and the interplay between the value of memory and citizen rights about memory. It provides a comprehensive analysis of problems associated with persistence of memory, the definition of identities (legal and social) and the issues arising for data management. Contents: Interrogating the Right to be Forgotten; Ângela Guimarães Pereiraa, Alessia Ghezzia and Lucia Vesnić-Alujevića * 1. The Ethics of Forgetting and Remembering in the Digital World through the Eye of the Media; Ângela Guimarães Pereiraa, Lucia Vesnić-Alujevića and Alessia Ghezzia * 2. The Right to be Forgotten and the New Archival Paradigm; Ivan Szekely * 3. The Right to be Forgotten in Post-Scarcity Culture; Andrew Hoskins * 4. Oblivion: The Right to be Different… From Oneself Reproposing the Right to be Forgotten; Norberto Nuno Gomes de Andrade * 5. The Right to be Forgotten and Informational Autonomy in the Digital Environment; Cécile de Terwangne * and more...

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies December 2014 UK December 2014 US 160pp 7 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137428448

9781137428448

9781137406798

World Cinema and Cultural Memory Inez Hedges, Northeastern University, USA "Inez Hedges' book is a fascinating excursion on the multiple oppositional uses of memory in world cinema. It shows, in a lively and insightful way, how movies bring the memory of past struggles forward into the present, to serve as an inspiration for the future. The spirit of Surrealism - the movement that according to Walter Benjamin was able to "win the energies of intoxication for the revolution" - haunts the pages of this beautiful essay." - Michael Löwy, Emeritus Research Director, CNRS, France Cinema has long played a crucial role in the way that societies represent themselves. Hedges discusses the role of cinema in creating cultural memory within a global perspective that spans five continents. The book's innovative approach and approachable style should transform the way that we think of film and its social effects. Contents: Introduction * 1. Living Memory: Representations Of Drancy * 2. Amnesiac Memory: Hiroshima In Japanese Film * 3. Convulsive Memory: The Spanish Civil War And Post-Franco Spain * 4. Performative Memory: The Nakba And The Construction Of Identity In Palestinian Film * 5. Radical Memory: Négritude, Anti-Colonial Struggles, And Cabral’s ‘Return To The Source’ * 6. Obstinate Memory: Chris Marker’s And Patricio Guzmán’s Pictures For A Revolution * 7. Productive Memory: ‘Forward Dreaming’ In Tomás Gutiérrez Alea’s Cuban Films * 8. Reclaimed Memory: Worker Culture In The Former GDR And Peter Weiss’s The Aesthetics Of Resistance * Conclusion * Bibliography

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies April 2015 UK April 2015 US 208pp 25 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137465115

9781137465115

MEMORY STUDIES The Media of Testimony Remembering the East German Stasi in the Berlin Republic Sara Jones, University of Birmingham, UK "The Media of Testimony combines original empirical analyses with the very latest memory studies scholarship. It is a fascinating and highly readable discussion of the way first-person narratives are mediated to produce a one-sided account of a still hotly-contested past, and its discussion of what constitutes 'authenticity' has implications extending well beyond its immediate context. An important book for anyone interested in how the past is reconstructed in the present." - Debbie Pinfold, University of Bristol, UK

Autobiographical Memory in an Aboriginal Australian Community Culture, Place and Narrative Anne Marie Monchamp, Macquarie University, Australia This book shares and analyses the stories of Opal, a senior Alyawarra woman. Through her stories the reader glimpses the harsh colonial realities which many Aboriginal Australians have faced, highlighting the cultural embeddedness of autobiographical memory from a philosophical, psychological and anthropological perspective. Contents: Contents * List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Remembering Alpurrurulam * 1. Opal’s Stories * 2. ‘Auto’ is not Automatic * 3. ‘Auto’ is not Alone * 4. Translating Memory * 5. Journey of a Lifetime * 6. Country, Memory, Culture * 7. Memory and Dreaming * Discussion * Notes * References * Index

The Media of Testimony explores testimony relating to the Stasi in different cultural forms: autobiographical writing, memorial museums and documentary film. Combining theoretical models from diverse disciplines, it presents a new approach to the study of testimony, memory and mediation. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. The Media of Testimony * 2. Literary Autobiography and the Stories that Can’t be Told * 3. Fragmented Auto/Biographies: Testifying with Many Voices * 4. The Importance of ‘Being There’: Memorial Museums and Living the Past in the Present * 5. Whose Memory Is It Anyway? Memorial Museums and Modes of Authority * 6. Documentary Film: Being Moved by Memory * Conclusion * Notes * Bibliography

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies August 2014 UK August 2014 US 248pp 3 figures Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137364036

9781137364036

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies August 2014 UK August 2014 US 208pp 34 figures Hardback £55.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137325266

9781137325266

Cultural Memories of Nonviolent Struggles Powerful Times

Communicating Awe Media Memory and Holocaust Commemoration Oren Meyers, University of Haifa, Israel, Motti Neiger, Netanya Academic College, Israel, Eyal Zandberg, Netanya Academic College, Israel Offering a cross-media exploration of Israeli media on Holocaust Remembrance Day, one of Israel's most sacred national rituals, over the past six decades, this fascinating book investigates the way in which variables such as medium, structure of ownership, genre and targeted audiences shape the collective recollection of traumatic memories. Contents: Contents * List of Figures and Tables * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Mourning Newspapers: Holocaust Commemoration and/as Nation Building * 2. Sonic Sorrow: Radio Broadcasts and the Creation of the Soundtrack of Memory * 3. Programming Commemoration: Holocaust Remembrance Day Television Broadcasts on Commercial and Public Television * 4. ‘To sell Holocaust Day to the Children’: Narrating Traumatic Memories as Media Work * Conclusion: Communicating Awe Between Traditional and New Media * Endnotes * References

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies September 2014 UK September 2014 US 200pp 15 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137325235

9781137325235

Edited by Anna Reading, Kings College, University of London, UK, Tamar Katriel, University of Haifa, Israel "This book makes a significant contribution to memory studies. It offsets the excessive attention paid to trauma and the displacement of memory by looking at how nonviolent struggle and its transmission in cultural memory emphasises questions of human agency, resilience and collective action. These are vital questions and the book addresses them splendidly." - Michael Pickering, Loughborough University, UK If societies have only memories of war, of cruelty, of violence, then why are we called humankind? This book marks a new trajectory in Memory Studies by examining cultural memories of nonviolent struggles from ten countries. The book reminds us of the enduring cultural scripts for human agency, solidarity, resilience and human kindness. Contents: 1. Introduction; Anna Reading and Tamar Katriel * 2. Gandhi’s Salt March: Paradoxes and Tensions in the Memory of Nonviolent Struggle in India; Ornit Shani * 3. A Modest Reminder: Performing Suffragette Memory in a British Feminist Webzine; Red Chidgey * 4. Krieg dem Kriege: The Anti-War Museum in Berlin as a Multilayered Site of Memory; Irit Dekel and Tamar Katriel * 5. Film as Cultural Memory: The Struggle for Repatriation and Restitution of Cultural Property in Central Australia; Hart Cohen * 6. Remember The Russell Tribunal?; David Torell * 7. Peace and Unity: Imagining Europe in the Founding Fathers’ House Museums; Bernhard Forchtner and Christoffer Kølvraa * 8. Singing for my life: Memory, Nonviolence and the Songs of Greenham Common Women’s Peace Camp; Anna Reading * 9. Who Owns a Movement’s Memory? The Case of Poland’s Solidarity; Susan C. Pearce * 10. Documenting South Asian American Struggles Against Racism: Community Archives in a Post-9/11 World; Michelle Caswell * 11. The Wall Must Fall: Memory Activism, Documentary Filmmaking, and the Second Intifada; Tamar Katriel and Yifat Gutman * 12. Remembering to Play/Playing to Remember: Transmedial and Intramedial Memory in Games of Nonviolent Struggle; Colin B Harvey

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies June 2015 UK June 2015 US 248pp 12 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137032713

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137032713

MEMORY STUDIES Memory Matters in Transitional Peru

Afterlife of Events

Margarita Saona, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA Commemorating traumatic events means attempting to activate collective memory. By examining images, metonymic invocations, built environments and digital outreach interventions, this book establishes some of the cognitive and emotional responses that make us incorporate the past suffering of others as a painful legacy of our own. Contents: List of Illustrations * Preface * Acknowledgements * List of Acronyms * PART I: INTRODUCTION: PERUVIAN MEMORY MATTERS * 1. The Mandate to Remember * 2.Remembering the Pain of Others * PART II: SEEING, KNOWING, FEELING: CONVEYING TRUTH AND EMOTION THROUGH IMAGES * 1. Yuyanapaq: Using Images in Order to Remember * 2. Images, Photography, and Truth * 3. Photography, Memory, and the Ethics and Aesthetics of Witnessing * 4. Imagining the Memories of Others * PART III: PLAIN THINGS AND NAMES * 1. Naming the Victims: The Controversies Surrounding El ojo que llora * 2. The Things they Carried: Embodied Evocation in ‘Si no vuelvo, búsquenme en Putis.’ * PART IV: PLACES TO REMEMBER * and more...

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies October 2014 UK October 2014 US 176pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137290168

9781137290168

Perspectives on Mnemohistory Edited by Marek Tamm, Tallinn University, Estonia Recently, we have witnessed a rearticulation of the traditional relationship between the past, present and future, broadening historiography's range from studying past events to their later impact and meaning. The volume proposes to look at the perspectives of this approach called mnemohistory, and argues for a redefinition of the term 'event'. Contents: Introduction: Afterlife of Events: Perspectives of Mnemohistory; Marek Tamm * PART I: THEORETICAL REFLECTIONS * 1. Historical Event between the Sphinx and the Phoenix; François Dosse * 2. Events, Proper Names, and the Rise of Memory; Nikolay Koposov * 3. Accelerating Change and Trigger Events; Olivier Remaud * 4. Theories of Cultural Memory and the Concept of ‘Afterlife’; Aleida Assmann * 5. Literature and the Afterlife of Events: The Lost and Haunted World of Austerlitz; Siobhan Kattago * PART II: EMPIRICAL ANALYSES * 6. Exodus and Memory; Jan Assmann * 7. Convulsion Recalled: Aftermath and Cultural Memory (post-1798 Ireland); Joep Leerssen * 8. Celebrating Final Victory in Estonia’s ‘Great Battle for Freedom’: The Short Afterlife of 23 June 1919 as National Holiday, 1934–1939; Karsten Brüggemann * 9. Novemberland: 9th November, The German Master Example of Hauntology; Claus Leggewie * 10. German Pasts in a Russian City – Kaliningrad between 1946 and 2006; Stefan Berger * 11. Can a Criminal Event in the Past Disappear in a Garbage Bin in the Present? Dutch Colonial Memory and Human Rights: The Case of Rawagede; Chris Lorenz * 12. Do Apologies End Events? Bloody Sunday 1972–2010; Ann Rigney * Afterthoughts on Afterlives; Peter Burke

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies January 2015 UK January 2015 US 296pp 6 figures, 1 map Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137470171

Space and the Memories of Violence Landscapes of Erasure, Disappearance and Exception Edited by Estela Schindel, Universität Konstanz, Germany, Pamela Colombo, École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales, France "This ground-breaking book has an impressive sweep of theoretical, geographical and historical engagement with totalitarian state violence, space and memory. It will be an important source for those working with power, space, violence, geography and memory across a range of arts, humanities and social science subjects." - Owain Jones, Professor of Environmental Humanities, Bath Spa University, UK Authors from a variety of disciplines dealing with diverse historical cases engage with the spatial deployment of violence and the possibilities for memory and resistance in contexts of state sponsored violence, enforced disappearances and regimes of exception. Contributors include Aleida Assmann, Jay Winter and David Harvey. Contents: List of Figures * Notes on Contributors * Preface * Introduction: The Multi-Layered Memories of Space; Pamela Colombo and Estela Schindel * PART I: SPATIAL INSCRIPTIONS OF ANNIHILATION * 1. Violent Erasures and Erasing Violence: Contesting Cambodia’s Landscapes of Violence; James A. Tyner * 2. Polish landscapes of Memory at the Sites of Extermination: The Politics of Framing; Zuzanna Dziuban * and more...

Palgrave Macmillan Memory Studies November 2014 UK November 2014 US 288pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137380906

9781137380906

9781137470171

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Sex and Film

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY

Informal Empire and the Rise of One World Culture Gregory A. Barton, University of Western Sydney, Australia Informal empire is a key mechanism of control that explains much of the configuration of the modern world. This book traces the broad outline of westernization through elite formations around the world in the modern era. It explains why the world is western and how formal empire describes only the tip of the iceberg of British and American power. Contents: 1. Models of Global Transformation * 2. The Idea of Informal Empire * 3. The Palmerstonian Project * 4. Informal Empire and Africa * 5. Informal Empire and the Americas * 6. Informal Empire and Asia * 7. Informal Empire and the Middle East * 8. United States and the Imperial Web * 9. Resistance

Cambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial Studies Series July 2014 UK July 2014 US 272pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$106.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230232341

9780230232341

Literary Folios and Ideas of the Book in Early Modern England Francis X. Connor, Wichita State University, USA This monograph makes clear how the format of the literary folio played a fundamental role in book history by encapsulating the unstable negotiation between commerce, cultural prestige, and the fundamental nature of the printed book. Contents: 1. Samuel Daniel’s Works and the History of the Book * 2. Ben Jonson’s Workes * 3. John Taylor and the Commercial Folio

History of Text Technologies August 2014 UK August 2014 US 252pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137438348

9781137438348

The Erotic in British, American and World Cinema Barry Forshaw, Freelance, UK "Forshaw gets under the skin of a topic. His writing is accessible and informed, dripping with detail, drawing on often surprising, striking and illuminating comparisons." - Dr Steven Peacock, Reader in Film and Television Aesthetics "Forshaw discovers many neglected pictures. His books are for pleasure and instruction, and then to keep on the reference shelf." - Philip French, The Observer "Formidably well-researched and erudite." - Daily Mail Sex and Film is a frank, comprehensive analysis of the cinema's love affair with the erotic. Forshaw's lively study moves from the sexual abandon of the 1930s to filmmakers' circumvention of censorship, the demolition of taboos by arthouse directors and pornographic films, and an examination of how explicit imagery invaded modern mainstream cinema. Contents: Acknowledgments * Introduction * 1. The 1930s: Mae West, Garbo, Harlow, Dietrich and the Coming of the Legion of Decency * 2. Getting it Past the Bluenoses: The 1940s * 3. The Kinsey Era: The 1950s * 4. Pushing the Boundaries: Preminger the Rebel * 5. This Property is Condemned: Tennessee Williams * 6. Arthouse cinema: the New Explicitness * 7. Sex à la Français * 8. World Cinema Strategies: Britain and America: The 1960s * 9. World Cinema Strategies: Europe * 10. No Fun Being a Pornographer: Ingmar Bergman and Nagisa Oshima * 11. The 1970s: Exploitation Joins the Mainstream * 12. Vixens and Valleys: Russ Meyer’s Cinema * 13. British Smut * 14. The Porn Revolution * and more... February 2015 UK February 2015 US 256pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Paperback £19.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137390042 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137390059

9781137390042 9781137390059

Educational Institutions in Horror Film A History of Mad Professors, Student Bodies, and Final Exams Andrew L. Grunzke, Mercer University, USA "This exceptionally clever book offers an animated romp through contemporary horror films, highlighting links between this popular genre and cultural anxieties about youth and education. Grunzke argues that horror movies' characterization of mad scientists, school bullies, dysfunctional families, and the creepy aspects of school hallways, college dorms, and summer camps provide a mirror with which Americans have identified their own social fears about youth, knowledge, and education." - Kate Rousmaniere, Professor of History of Education, Miami University, Ohio, USA. An exploration of how educational institutions have been portrayed in horror film, this book examines the way that scary movies have dealt with the issue of school violence, focusing on movies set in high schools, colleges, and summer camps. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Is There A Doctor In The House?: The Evolution of Van Helsing And Frankenstein As Intellectual * 3. The Transformation of Dr. Jekyll: The Evolution of Film and Television Portrayals of Stevenson’s Intellectual in the Age of Academe * 4. Student Bodies: The School as Locus of Trauma in American Horror Films of the 1970s and 1980s * and more... April 2015 UK April 2015 US 208pp Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137469199

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137469199

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Screening Post-1989 China

Communications, Media and the Imperial Experience

Critical Analysis of Chinese Film and Television Wing Shan Ho, Montclair State University, USA This unique book investigates the tug-of-war between the free market economy and authoritative state regulation in Chinese TV and film culture after 1989. Contents: Introduction: How Far Can We Go in Controlling and Negotiating Cultural Production and Consumption * PART I: SCREENING THE ECONOMIC SUBJECT IN FILMS * 1. Selfless Party Officials and the Socialist Legacy * 2. Insulting Portrayals of the Era?: Selling One’s Son, Murder, and Human Trafficking * PART II: SCREENING THE SEXUAL SUBJECT ON THE TELEVISION * 3. Golden Marriage: An Exemplary Marriage and a Harmonious Society * 4. Narrow Dwelling: Extra-marital Sex and the City * PART III: SCREENING THE POLITICAL SUBJECT IN FILMS * 5. Selling Party Patriotism to Intellectuals in the Chinese Blockbuster Hero * 6. (Dis) Associating Political Dissent and Non-heteronormative Sexual Desire * Conclusion: How Far Have We Gone * Bibliography May 2015 UK May 2015 US 256pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137517609

9781137517609

Citizen Publications in China Before the Internet Shao Jiang, Independent Scholar, UK This book presents the first panoramic study of minkan (citizen publications) in China before the Internet. This recent history of citizen publications contributes to the reclamation of a lost past of resistance. It is an exercise in remembering a past that has been marginalized by official history and recovering ideas obliterated by state power. Contents: Contents * List of Illustrations * Abstract * Preface * 1. Minkan as a Way of Resistance * 2. Re-emergence * 3. Polarities * 4. The Democracy Wall * 5. Development and Transformation * 6. Conclusion * Appendices June 2015 UK June 2015 US 192pp Hardback £63.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137492074

9781137492074

Britain and India in the Twentieth Century Chandrika Kaul, University of St Andrews, Scotland Presenting a communicational perspective on the British empire in India during the 20th century, the book seeks to examine how, and explain why, British proconsuls, civil servants and even the monarch George V, as well as Indian nationalists, interacted with the media, primarily British and American, and with what consequences. Contents: 1. Communications, Media and the Imperial Experience: Perspectives and Perceptions * 2. Coronation, Colonialism and Cultures of Control: The Delhi Durbar, 1911 * 3. India as Viewed by the American Media: Chicago Daily Tribune, William Shirer and Gandhian nationalism 1930-31 * 4. ‘Invisible Empire Tie’: Broadcasting and the British Raj in the inter-war years * 5. ‘Operation Seduction’: Mountbatten, the Media and Decolonisation in 1947 * 6. Concluding remarks November 2014 UK November 2014 US 296pp 14 figures, 2 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230572584

Media, Myth and Terrorism A discourse-mythological analysis of the 'Blitz Spirit' in British Newspaper Responses to the July 7th Bombings Darren Kelsey, Newcastle University, UK Media, Myth and Terrorism is a rigorous case study of Blitz mythology in British newspaper responses to the July 7th bombings. Considering how the press, politicians and the public were caught up in popular accounts of Britain's past, Kelsey explores the ideological battleground that took place in the weeks following the bombings. Contents: 1. Introduction: The Politics Of Remembering And The Myth Of The Blitz * 2. Journalism, Storytelling And Ideology: A Discourse-Mythological Approach * 3. Media And The War On Terror * 4. Statistical Analysis Of British Newspapers After The July 7th Bombings * 5. London Can Take It: Wartime Defiance And ‘Frontline’ Heroism * 6. The FTSE Fights On: Discourses Of The City, Stock Market And Economy * 7. Rituals Of National Narration: The Symbolic Role Of Commemoration Events And The Royal Family * 8. Discourse Of International Unity, The ‘Special Relationship’ And Western Foreign Policy * 9. Soft Touch Justice: Blaming Human Rights And Multiculturalism * 10. Conclusion: Mythologies Of The Past, Present And Future * Bibliography April 2015 UK April 2015 US 224pp 1 figure, 6 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137410689

9780230572584

9781137410689

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Victorians on Screen

Patriots Against Fashion

The Nineteenth Century on British Television, 1994-2005

Clothing and Nationalism in Europe’s Age of Revolutions

Iris Kleinecke-Bates, University of Hull, UK "This excellent book uniquely explores the changes in visual and narrative representation of the Victorian age across different television formats. The sophisticated analyses highlight links between the cultural imagination of the past, its visual and narrative representation and social and political contexts. It will appeal to television and literary scholars, as well as those interested in the construction of myths of the past." - Ann Gray, Emerita Professor of Cultural Studies, University of Lincoln, UK

Alexander Maxwell, Victoria University, New Zealand

Victorians on Screen investigates the representation of the Victorian age on British television from the mid-1990s to the mid-2000s. Structured around key areas of enquiry specific to British television, it avoids a narrow focus on genre by instead taking a thematic approach and exploring notions of authenticity, realism and identity.

Contents: Introduction: Clothing and Nationalism Studies * 1.Fashion as a Social Problem * 2.The Tyranny of Queen Fashion * 3.The Sumptuary Mentality * 4.The Discovery of the Uniform * 5.Absolutist National Uniforms * 6.Democratic National Uniforms * 7.Minimal National Uniforms * 8.Folk Costumes as National Uniforms * 9.National Fashionism: Queen Fashion as Patriot * 10. Haute Couture and National Textiles

Contents: Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction – Neo-Victorian Television: British Television Imagines the Nineteenth Century * 2. Period Representation in Context: The Forsyte Saga on BBC and ITV * 3. Victorians Fictions and Victorian Nightmares * 4. Murder Rooms and Servants: Original Drama as Metadaptation * 5. Real Victorians to Victorian Realities: Factual Television Programming and the Nineteenth Century * 6. Conclusion - Victorian Facts, Victorian Fictions * Bibliography * Television Programmes and Films Cited * Index December 2014 UK December 2014 US 248pp 11 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230363342

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 328pp 9 b/w illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$106.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137277138

9781137277138

9780230363342

Film, History and Memory Edited by Fearghal McGarry, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK, Jennie M. Carlsten, University of Ulster, UK

Modernism and Science Fiction Paul March-Russell, School of European Languages and Culture, University of Kent, UK A socio-cultural analysis of the relationship between modernism and science fiction, from the 1870s to the 1970s, with examples drawn from literature and other media in Britain, Europe and the Americas. The book challenges how high and low culture has been mapped in the twentieth century. Contents: Contents * 1. Scientific Romance in the Context of Modernism * 2. Utopia in the Time of Apocalypse * 3. Pulp Modernism: Genre SF * 4. New Worlds and the Many Deaths of Modernism

Modernism and... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 192pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230273481

During the era of the French revolution, patriots across Europe tried to introduce a national uniform. This book, the first comparative study of national uniform schemes, discusses case studies from Austria, Bulgaria, England, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Turkey the United States, and Wales.

9780230273481

Using an interdisciplinary approach, Film, History and Memory broadens the focus from 'history', the study of past events, to 'memory', the processes – individual, generational, collective or state-driven – by which meanings are attached to the past. Contents: List of Figures * Notes on Contributors * Introduction; Jennie M. Carlsten and Fearghal McGarry * 1. A Very Long Engagement: The Use of Cinematic Texts in Historical Research; Gianluca Fantoni * 2. Screening European Heritage: Negotiating Europe’s Past via the ‘Heritage Film’; Axel Bangert, Paul Cooke and Rob Stone * 3. Confronting Silence and Memory in Contemporary Spain: The Grandchildren’s Perspective; Natalia Sanjuan Bornay * 4. The Enchantment and Disenchantment of the Archival Image: Politics and Affect in Contemporary Portuguese Cultural Memories; Alison Ribeiro de Menezes * 5. Foundational Films: The Memorialization of Resistance in Italy, France, Belarus and Yugoslavia; Mercedes Camino * 6. Amnesty With a Movie Camera; Andrew J. Hennlich * 7. History, Fiction, and the Politics of Corporeality in Pablo Larraín’s Dictatorship Trilogy; Nike Jung * 8. Remember 1688? The Draughtsman’s Contract, the ‘Glorious Revolution’ and Public Memory; James Ward * 9. Not Thinking Clearly: History and Emotion in the Recent Irish Cinema; Jennie Carlsten * 10. Music and Montage: Punk, Speed and Histories of the Troubles; Liz Greene * 11. Reflections on What the Filmmaker Historian Does (to History); Robert A. Rosenstone * Index April 2015 UK April 2015 US 240pp 6 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137468949

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137468949

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Trans-Atlantic Passages

Berlusconism and Italy

Philip Hale on the Boston Symphony Orchestra, 1889-1933

A Historical Interpretation

Jon Ceander Mitchell, University of Massachusetts, Boston, USA "An engaging and very readable account of one of the most influential figures in America's classical music infancy. Jon Ceander Mitchell's book paints a fascinating picture of the performers, the public, and the music which made up the New England musical scene in its formative years." - Keith Lockhart, Conductor of the Boston Pops Orchestra

Giovanni Orsina, Luiss-Guido Carli University, Rome, Italy

Philip Hale (1854-1934) helped put Boston on the Transatlantic map through his music writing. Mitchell reconstructs Hale's oeuvre to produce an authoritative account of the role the Boston Symphony played in the international world of nineteenth- and early twentiethcentury music.

Contents: 1. The ‘Italian Question’ * 2. The Antifascist Republic * 3. Berlusconism * 4. The Berlusconian Elector * 5. The Evolution of Berlusconism * 6. Epilogue: The Fly in the Bottle

Contents: Introduction * PART I * 1. 1854-1889 * 2. 1889-1900 * 3. 1900-1903 * 4. 1903-1917 * 5. 1917-1933 * 6. Aftermath and Conclusion: 1933-1936 * PART II: SELECTED WRITINGS OF PHILIP HALE * Appendix I: Essays in the Boston Symphony Orchestra Programme Booklets * Appendix II: Essays in Newspapers * Appendix III: Concert Reviews and Extracts * Appendix IV: Columns on Sundry Topics

From the outset, Silvio Berlusconi's career was expected to be short, and he has been considered finished several times, only to have reemerged victorious. This fascinating political and historical study shows that Berlusconi's success and resilience have lain in his ability to provide answers to longstanding questions in Italian history.

Italian and Italian American Studies September 2014 UK September 2014 US 212pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137438669

9781137438669

The New Urban Atlantic December 2014 UK December 2014 US 316pp 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137453495

9781137453495

Reinterpretations of the Mutiny of Senegal

Representations of France in English Satirical Prints 1740-1832 John Richard Moores, UK Between 1740 and 1832, England witnessed what has been called its 'golden age of caricature', coinciding with intense rivalry and with war with France. This book shows how Georgian satirical prints reveal attitudes towards the French 'Other' that were far more complex, ambivalent, empathetic and multifaceted than has previously been recognised. Contents: List of Illustrations * 1. Studying Satirical Prints * 2. Food, Fashion and the French * 3. Kings and Leaders * 4. War (and Peace) * 5. Revolution * 6. Women and Other ‘Others’ * Conclusion

War, Culture and Society, 1750-1850 January 2015 UK January 2015 US 280pp 43 b/w photos Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137380135

Cultural Representations of Massacre

9781137380135

Sabrina Parent, Faculte de Philosophie et Lettres, Universite Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium "With erudition, elegance, and sensitivity, Parent documents how writers, filmmakers, and poets over the years reinserted Thiaroye into African and French history and memory." - Dina Sherzer, Professor Emeritus, French, Italian, and Comparative Literature, University of Texas at Austin, USA In this book, Parent puts together a history of representations of the 1944 mutiny in Senegal. Combining firsthand analysis of the works and their intertextual interactions as well an external perspective, Parent engages with history, literature, film, poetics, and politics and highlights the importance of remembering the past. Contents: Introduction * 1. Historical Background and Representations of Thiaroye * PART I: REPRESENTATIONS OF THIAROYE IN COLONIAL TIMES: ‘TYAROYE’ BY LÉOPOLD SÉDARSENGHOR AND ‘AUBE AFRICAINE’ BY FODEBA KEITA * 2. Léopold Sédar Senghor’s Thiaroye: The Prototype of Sacrifice * 3. Fodeba Keita’s Thiaroye: A Transitory Episode in the African Epic * PART II: REPRESENTATIONS OF THIAROYE IN THE POST-INDEPENDENCE ERA: THIAROYE TERRE ROUGE BY BOUBACAR BORIS DIOP, MORTS POUR LA FRANCE BY DOUMBI-FAKOLY, AND CAMP DE THIAROYE BY SEMBENE OUSMANE * 4. Boubacar Boris Diop’s Thiaroye: Rebellion and Treason * 5. Doumbi-Fakoly’s Morts pour la France: Thiaroye as a Key Episode in Understanding (Neo-) Colonialism * 6. Camp de Thiaroye by Sembene Ousmane: Art and / as Resistance * PART III: REPRESENTATIONS OF THIAROYE IN A NEW ERA: L’AMI Y’A BON BY RACHID BOUCHAREB AND AUBE DE SANG BY CHEIKH FATY FAYE * 7. Rachid Bouchareb’s Minimalist Representation of Thiaroye * 8. Dismantling Thiaroye’s Dichotomies in Cheik Faty Faye’s Play Conclusion July 2014 UK July 2014 US 224pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137274960

9781137274960

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Public Discourses of Contemporary China

American Education in Popular Media

The Narration of the Nation in Popular Literatures, Film, and Television

From the Blackboard to the Silver Screen

Yipeng Shen, Trinity College, USA "Public Discourses of Contemporary China is an ambitious and illuminating book. Through fascinating case studies and a rigorous reconceptualization of the relationship between aesthetics and politics, Shen convincingly shows the persistent centrality of nationalism in China even today and elucidates the ways in which individual subjects both participate in and remake stateinitiated modernization projects through narration and other forms of cultural production. It will be an essential read for anyone wishing to understand mass nationalism and the interaction between state and society in postsocialist China." - Tze-lan Deborah Sang, Professor of Chinese Literature & Visual Studies, Michigan State University, USA Analyzing contemporary Chinese literature, film, and television, Shen shows the significance of nationalism for the mass imagination in post-socialist China. Chapters move from the intellectual idealism of the 1980s, through the postTiananmen transition, to the national cinema of the 1990s, and finally to the Internet literature of today. Contents: Introduction * 1. Heshang: Socialist Historical Consciousness in Transformation and the 1980s Pedagogy of Reform * 2. Making Money Is Patriotic: New Immigrant Fiction of the Early 1990s * 3. Patriotism, History, and Leitmotif Films in the Late 1990s * 4. Netizens, Counter-memories, and Internet Literature into the New Millennium * and more...

Chinese Literature and Culture in the World March 2015 UK March 2015 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137497420

9781137497420

American Education in Popular Media explores how popular media has represented schooling in the United States over the course of the twentieth century. Terzian and Ryan examine prevalent portrayals of students and professional educators while addressing contested purposes of schooling in American society. Contents: 1. Popular Media Representations of American Schooling from the Past; Sevan G. Terzian and Patrick A. Ryan * 2. The College Man in Popular Fiction: American Magazines and the Vision of the Middle-Class Man, 1890-1915; Daniel A. Clark * 3. ‘A Touch of Risquity’: Teachers, Perception, and Popular Culture in the Progressive Era; Michelle Morgan * 4. ‘Spirit of Education’: The Gendered Vision of Compulsory Schooling in Mass Magazine Art, 1908-1938; Heather A. Weaver * and more... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 256pp 9 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137430724

9781137430724

Humor, Entertainment, and Popular Culture during World War I

Ireland and the New Journalism Edited by Karen Steele, Texas Christian University, USA, Michael de Nie, University of West Georgia, USA "A pioneering work in the study of Irish journalism, it highlights the diversity of reportage and review while underpinning the links created by nineteenthcentury innovations in technology, particularly those that gave rise to new forms of mass communication. This timely study of a new dawn in Irish journalism is valuable in assessing the role of the press; it also provides valuable insights on the role of journalism and the journalist for media practitioners and scholars in the twenty-first century." - Regina Uí Chollatáin, Senior Lecturer of Irish, Celtic Studies, Irish Folklore and Linguistics, University College Dublin, Ireland This volume explores the ways in which the complicated revolution in British newspapers, the New Journalism, influenced Irish politics, culture, and newspaper practices. The essays here further illuminate the central role of the press in the evolution of Irish nationalism and modernism in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Contents: Introduction; Karen Steele and Michael de Nie * PART I: IRISH TRAUMA AND THE ROOTS OF NEW JOURNALISM * 1. Ghosts and Wires: The Telegraph and Irish Space; Christopher Morash * 2. ‘Green Shoots’ of the New Journalism in the Freeman’s Journal, 18781890; Felix M. Larkin * PART II: DEMOCRATIZING JOURNALISM * and more...

New Directions in Irish and Irish American Literature July 2014 UK July 2014 US 240pp 13 b/w illustrations Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137428707

Edited by Sevan G. Terzian, University of Florida, USA, Patrick A. Ryan, Mount St. Mary’s University, USA "Jocks, freaks, and nerds. Cheerleaders and homecoming queens. Buffoonish teachers and dictatorial principals. If you went to an American school, you remember all of these character types. But your memories are shaped by powerful media images, dating back at least a century. Sevan Terzian and Patrick Ryan have brought together the best recent scholarship on depictions of school in literature, film, television, and music. These fine essays shed new light on our shared educational past, even as they remind us how often our mass media have distorted it." - Jonathan Zimmerman, Professor of Education and History, New York University, USA

9781137428707

Edited by Clémentine Tholas-Disset, Université Paris-Est Créteil, France, Karen A. Ritzenhoff, Central Connecticut State University, USA "Tholas-Disset and Ritzenhoff have produced a volume that revivifies the battle scenes of World War I by filling the trenches with an unexpected sound: laughter. Enjoy this book for its scholarship of popular culture during the Great War, but delight in the amusing and unexpected humor that comes from films, anecdotes, poetry and songs in spite of such obvious sorrow." - Michael Cullinane, Senior Lecturer, US History, Northumbria University, UK Humor and entertainment were vital to the war effort during World War I. While entertainment provided relief to soldiers in the trenches, it also built up support for the war effort on the home front. This book looks at transnational war culture by examining seemingly light-hearted discourses on the Great War. Contents: Preface; Karen Randell * Introduction: Humor, Entertainment, and Popular Culture During World War One (WWI); Clémentine Tholas-Disset and Karen A. Ritzenhoff * PART I: MOVIES TO PLEASE? LAUGHTER, DIVERSION, AND NATIONHOOD IN GREAT WAR FILMS * 1. Alf’s Button (1920): Comedy in the Trenches; Lawrence Napper * 2. Body Politics: National Identity, Performance and Modernity in Maciste Alpino (1916); Francesco Pitassio and Giaime Alonge * 3. Hoaxes, ballyhoo stunts, war, and other jokes: humor in the American marketing of Hollywood war films During the Great War; Fabrice Lyzcba * and more... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 336pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137449092

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137449092

CULTURAL AND MEDIA HISTORY Cultures of Obsolescence

Animation, Sport and Culture

History, Materiality, and the Digital Age

Paul Wells, Loughborough University, UK

Edited by Babette B. Tischleder, Georg-AugustUniversity of Göttingen, Germany, Sarah Wasserman, University of Bonn, Germany Obsolescence is fundamental to the experience of modernity, not simply one dimension of an economic system. The contributors to this book investigate obsolescence as a historical phenomenon, an aesthetic practice, and an affective mode. Contents: Introduction: Thinking Out of Sync: A Theory of Obsolescence; Babette B. Tischleder and Sarah Wasserman * Prelude: The Obsolescence of the Human; Bill Brown * PART I: HISTORY * 1. Rags, Bones, and Plastic Bags: Obsolescence, Trash, and American Consumer Culture; Susan Strasser * 2. Architectures of Obsolescence: Lessons for History; Daniel M. Abramson * PART II: MEDIA AND THE DIGITAL AGE * 3. Proliferation and Obsolescence of the Historical Record in the Digital Era; John Durham Peters * 4. Replacement, Displacement, and Obsolescence in the Digital Age; William Uricchio * 5. The Future History of the Book: Time, Attention, Convention; Kathleen Fitzpatrick * 6. The Pleasures of Paper: Tethering Literature to Obsolete Material Forms; Alexander Starre * PART III: AESTHETICS * 7. The Horror of Details: Obsolescence and Annihilation in Miyako Ishiuchi’s Photography of Atomic Bomb Artifacts; Jani Scandura * 8. The Poetics of Patination in William Gibson; Hanjo Berressem * 9. Untimely: Obsolescence, Late Modernism, and the View Out of Giovanni’s Room; MaryAnn Snyder-Körber June 2015 UK June 2015 US 256pp 15 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137470898

Reading Rocky Horror The Rocky Horror Picture Show and Popular Culture

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 248pp 5 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137027627

9781137027627

Now available in paperback

The Rocky Horror Picture Show is undeniably the world's most famous "cult film," yet it has received very little scrutiny or consideration from scholars. Reading Rocky Horror is the first edited collection devoted to The Rocky Horror Picture Show and makes up for academia's neglect of this cult classic by assembling a variety of accessible contributions that examine the film from diverse perspectives including gender and queer studies, disability studies, cultural studies, genre studies, and film studies. Contents: Introduction: It’s Just a Jump to the Left: The Rocky Horror Picture Show and Popular Culture; Jeffrey Andrew Weinstock * PART I: ROCKY HORROR AND GENRE * 1. ‘Drinking Those Moments When’: The Use (and Abuse) of Late-Night Double Feature Science Fiction and Hollywood Icons in The Rocky Horror Picture Show; Sue Matheson * 2. Rocky Horror Glam Rock; Julian Cornell * and more...

Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Sport and Animation: A Good Match? Why Animation? * 1. Body Languages – Early Sporting Animation: Why Sport? * 2. Good Sports – Re-Imagining the Cartoon: Animated History * 3. Olympianimation: Global Forms and Perspectives * 4. Animated Art, Sporting Aesthetics - Sport is Not Art * 5. Animating Sporting Morals, Ethics, and Politics * 6. Animation, Sport and Technology: A Tin Can on Wheels * Conclusion: Sport and Animation: A Good Match? * Bibliography * Filmography * Index

9781137470898

Edited by Jeffrey Andrew Weinstock, Central Michigan University, USA "Enlightened, witty, and perfectly attuned to all the requisite layerings and madnesses of its subject, this 'strange journey' is a must-read for any loyal fan of The Rocky Horror Picture Show, or for anyone fascinated by cult film, the self-referentiality of our media culture, and screen innovations in comedy. Weinstock is an adept and cagey master of ceremonies, who brings this show into the light of analysis, with the help of his many eager collaborators, in countless valuable ways." - Murray Pomerance, author of The Horse Who Drank the Sky: Film Experience Beyond Narrative and Theory

June 2015 UK June 2015 US 256pp Paperback £19.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137525031

Animation, Sport and Culture is a wide-ranging study of both sport and animated films. From Goofy to Goalkeepers, Wallace and Gromit to Tiger Woods, Mickey Mouse to Messi, and Nike to Nationhood, this Olympic-sized analysis looks at the history, politics, aesthetics and technologies of sport and animation from around the globe.

9781137525031

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

@PalgraveCultMed

CULTURAL STUDIES CULTURAL STUDIES

New Wave

Fandom, Image and Authenticity

Image is Everything

Joy Devotion and the Second Lives of Kurt Cobain and Ian Curtis King Adkins, South Dakota School of Mines and Technology, USA "Falling through the cracks between canonical studies of punk and recent work on post-punk, the music and culture of New Wave remain unexplored by scholars or critics. Matthew Adkins' New Wave: Image is Everything goes a long way in filling in this gap. Full of insights and theoretically rich, this book sets new wave against the backdrop of 1980s image culture, tracing its roots in Pop Art and deftly mapping the connections between music, media and that cultural condition which came to be known as postmodernism." - Will Straw, McGill University, Canada

New Wave: Image is Everything traces the evolution of the often neglected pop music genre, new wave. Using artists from Elvis Costello to Cyndi Lauper as illustrations, the book argues that new wave was among the first flowerings of postmodern theory in popular culture. Contents: 1. An Introduction2. New Wave’s Rise in the UK * 3. New Wave’s Rise in the US * 4. Making the Image Everything * 5. Pure Images * 6. The Return of Meaning * Bibliography * Discography

Jennifer Otter Bickerdike, University of East London, UK Kurt Cobain and Ian Curtis. Through death, they became icons. However, the lead singers have been removed from their humanity, replaced by easily replicated and distributed commodities bearing their image. This book examines how the anglicised singers provide secular guidance to the modern consumer in an ever more uncertain world. Contents: List of Contents * List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Joy Division Tribute Bands * 2. Cult of Curtis * 3. Hagiography * 4. Branding of the ‘Hyperreal’ * 5. I Want To Own Your Memory * 6. Joy Division Documentaries * 7. Dark Tourism and Sonic Pilgrimage * Conclusion * Notes * Bibliography

Pop Music, Culture and Identity October 2014 UK October 2014 US 216pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137393524

9781137393524

Pop Music, Culture and Identity February 2015 UK February 2015 US 168pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137363541

9781137363541

Relocating Popular Music Edited by Ewa Mazierska, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Georgina Gregory, University of Central Lancashire, UK "This collection of articles captures some of the multiple, complex and intricate ways through which the movement of contemporary musical sounds, styles and genres across the globe has an immense impact on notions of identity and their sense of place. Merging theoretical insights and original case studies, the book is a highly welcomed addition to the growing literature on popular music and space, and especially on the ways popular music ushers in aesthetic cosmopolitanism." - Motti Regev, The Open University of Israel Relocating Popular Music uses the lens of colonialism and tourism to analyse types of music movements, such as transporting music from one place or historical period to another, hybridising it with a different style and furnishing it with new meaning. It discusses music in relation to music video, film, graphic arts, fashion and architecture. Contents: Introduction: Setting Popular Music in Motion; Ewa Mazierska * PART I: SOUNDSCAPES OF POWER * 1. Turkish Popular Music: People, Places and Spaces of Protest; Lyndon Way * 2. Sampling the Sense of Place in Baile Funk; Sandra D’Angelo * 3. Die Antwoord – the Answer to the Unspoken Question; Katarzyna Chruszczewska * 4. Recycled Music for Banal Nation: The Case of Serbia 1999–2010; Srđan Atanasovski * 5. ‘Escape and Build Another World’: Relocations in Classical Minimalism and Minimal Techno; Isabel Stoppani de Berrie * PART II: MUSIC, PLACE AND TOURISM * 6. Abbey Road Studios, The Beatles and the Tourist; Peter Atkinson * 7. East Meets West: Tallinn Old Town and Soviet Estonian Pop Music on Screen; Eva Näripea * and more...

Pop Music, Culture and Identity July 2015 UK July 2015 US 248pp 25 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137463371

9781137463371

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

CULTURAL STUDIES Contemporary Scottish Gothic

Gothic Science Fiction

Mourning, Authenticity, and Tradition

1818 to the Present

Timothy C. Baker, University of Aberdeen, UK "Baker's new text Contemporary Scottish Gothic: Mourning, Authenticity, Tradition stands as the first booklength critical study of contemporary Scottish Gothic fiction and serves to nourish this otherwise barren critical landscape." - The Gothic Imagination, 2015 An innovative reading of a wide range of contemporary Scottish novels in relation to literary tradition and modern philosophy, Contemporary Scottish Gothic provides a new approach to Scottish fiction and Gothic literature, and offers a fuller picture of contemporary Scottish Gothic than any previous text. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction: Borderlines: Contemporary Scottish Gothic * 1. A Scott-Haunted World * 2. Authentic Inauthenticity: The Found Manuscript * 3. Fantastic Islands * 4. Metamorphosis: Humans and Animals * 5. Northern Communities * Notes * Bibliography

Palgrave Gothic October 2014 UK October 2014 US 232pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137457196

9781137457196

American Women’s Ghost Stories in the Gilded Age Dara Downey, University College Dublin, Ireland This book shows just how closely late nineteenthcentury American women's ghost stories engaged with objects such as photographs, mourning paraphernalia, wallpaper and humble domestic furniture. Featuring uncanny tales from the big city to the small town and the empty prairie, it offers a new perspective on an old genre. Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * 1. ‘Fitted to a Frame’: Picturing the Gothic Female Body * 2. ‘Handled With a Chain’: Gilman’s ‘The Yellow Wall-Paper’ and The Dangers of the Arabesque * 3. ‘Dancing Like a Bomb Abroad’: Dawson’s ‘An Itinerant House’ and the Haunting Cityscape * 4. ‘Solemnest of Industries’: Wilkins’ ‘The Southwest Chamber’ and Memorial Culture * 5. ‘Space Stares all Around’: Peattie’s ‘The House that Was Not’ and the (Un)Haunted Landscape * 6. ‘My Labor and My Leisure Too’: Wynne’s ‘The Little Room’ and Commodity Culture * Afterword

Palgrave Gothic September 2014 UK September 2014 US 224pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137323972

9781137323972

Sian MacArthur, Independent Academic, UK "Gothic Science Fiction is a lively, trenchant and intelligent book. With cogent analyses of everything from Mary Shelley's Frankenstein to Christopher Nolan's reinvention of The Dark Knight, Sian MacArthur's book is a study prodigal in ideas, communicated with enthusiasm. It makes a variety of innovative points about a familiar genre, and utilises her thorough knowledge of the field in a provocative fashion." - Barry Forshaw, Author of British Gothic Cinema and BFI Classics: The War of the Worlds Gothic Science Fiction explores the fascinating world of gothic influenced science fiction. From Frankenstein to Doctor Who and from H.G Wells to Stephen King, the book charts the rise of a genre and follows the descent into darkness that consumes it. Contents: 1. ‘One Dreary Night’: Early Science Fiction and the Gothic * 2. ‘Mad? Is one who has solved the secret of life to be considered mad?’: The Role of the Mad Scientist in Gothic Science Fiction * 3. ‘The Last Man in the World’: Gothic Motif in the Apocalyptical Novel * 4. ‘Its life, Jim, but not as we know it’: The Gothic Monster in Science Fiction * 5. ‘One day, I shall come back. Yes, I shall come back’: Immortality and the Fight for Humanity in Gothic Science Fiction * 6. ‘Henceforth you shall be known as Darth Vader’: The Battle between Good and Evil in Gothic Science Fiction * 7. ‘We are forever in debt to the Dynamic Duo’: The Role of the Superhero in Gothic Science Fiction * 8. ‘Science Fiction and Gothic?...It is strange that the genres should cross at all’: In Conclusion – Understanding Gothic Science Fiction

Palgrave Gothic May 2015 UK May 2015 US 192pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137389268

9781137389268

The Gothic and the Everyday Living Gothic Edited by Lorna Piatti-Farnell, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand, Maria Beville, Mary Immaculate College, Ireland The Gothic and the Everyday aims to regenerate interest in the Gothic within the experiential contexts of history, folklore, and tradition. By using the term 'living', this book recalls a collection of experiences that constructs the everyday in its social, cultural, and imaginary incarnations Contents: Contents * Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Living Gothic; Lorna Piatti-Farnell and Maria Beville * PART I: UNCANNY HISTORIES * 1.Trauma, Gothic, Revolution; David Punter * 2.Uncanny Communities: Empire and Its Others; Kristy Butler * 3.Gothic Memory and the Contested Past: Framing Terror; Maria Beville * 4.The Abhuman City: Peter Ackroyd’s Gothic Historiography of London; Ashleigh Prosser * PART II: LEGENDS, FOLKLORE, AND TRADITION * 5.Spectral Pumpkins: Cultural Icons and the Gothic Everyday; Lorna Piatti-Farnell * 6.The Doll’s Uncanny Soul; Susan Yi Sencidiver * 7.Ghosting the Nation: La Llorona, Popular Culture, and the Spectral Anxiety of Mexican Identity; Enrique Ajuria Ibarra * 8.A Dark Domesticity: Echoes of Folklore in Irish Contemporary Gothic; Tracy Fahey * PART III: GOTHIC ‘REMAINS’ * 9.Architecture and the Romance of Gothic Remains: John Carter and the Gentleman’s Magazine, 1797–1817; Dale Townshend * 10. Morbid Dining: Writing the Haunted History of Last Meals; Donna Lee Brien * and more...

Palgrave Gothic October 2014 UK October 2014 US 272pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137406637

9781137406637

CULTURAL STUDIES Reading Vampire Gothic Through Blood Bloodlines Aspasia Stephanou, Independent Researcher, Cyprus "This is a fascinating study of blood symbolism in a variety of vampiric contexts, which demonstrates an impressive breadth of cultural understanding from the medieval to the present day. The analysis of biomedicine and its relationship to a neoliberal political agenda is masterly. It is to the author's credit that they bring together so many diverse, but related, strands in such a convincing and intellectually exciting way. This is an important book for anyone interested in the political agendas of our age." - Dr Andrew Smith, University of Sheffield and past president of the International Gothic Association Reading Vampire Gothic Through Blood examines the manifestations of blood and vampires in various texts and contexts. It seeks to connect, through blood, fictional to real-life vampires to trace similarities, differences and discontinuities. These movements will be seen to parallel changing notions about embodiment and identity in culture. Contents: 1. A Matter of Life and Death: Transfusing Blood from a Supernatural Past to Scientific Modernity and Vampiric Technology * 2. The Biopolitics of the Vampire Narrative: Vampire Epidemics, AIDS, and Bioterrorism * 3. ‘’Tis My Heart, Be Sure, She Eats for Her Food’: Female Consumptives and Female Consumers * 4. ‘Race as Biology is Fiction’: The Bad Blood of the Vampire * and more...

Palgrave Gothic July 2014 UK July 2014 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137349224

9781137349224

Music and Diplomacy from the Early Modern Era to the Present Edited by Rebekah Ahrendt, Yale University, USA, Mark Ferraguto, Pennsylvania State University, USA, Damien Mahiet, Cornell University, USA “Music, often billed as the ‘universal language,’ has long played a part on the international political stage. This book explores exactly what diplomatic channels have availed themselves of music, from seventeenth-century Italy to the post-Soviet world we inhabit. The three editors have assembled an impressive group of international scholars for this exciting transdisciplinary project.” - Alexander Rehding, Fanny Peabody Professor of Music, Harvard University, USA How does music shape the exercise of diplomacy, the pursuit of power, and the conduct of international relations? Drawing together international scholars with backgrounds in musicology, ethnomusicology, political science, cultural history, and communication, this volume interweaves historical, theoretical, and practical perspectives. Contents: Introduction; Damien Mahiet, Mark Ferraguto, and Rebekah Ahrendt * PART I: REPRESENTATION * 1. Concealed Music in Early Modern Diplomatic Ceremonial; Arne Spohr * 2. Serenatas in the Service of Diplomacy in Baroque Venice; Giulia Giovani * 3. The Leipzig Gewandhaus Orchestra and the Wages of Diplomatic Service; Jonathan Yaeger * 4. Conflicting Dreams of Global Harmony in US-PRC Silk Road Diplomacy; Harm Langenkamp * PART II: MEDIATION * and more... December 2014 UK December 2014 US 304pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137468321

9781137468321

Anime Fan Communities Transcultural Flows and Frictions Sandra Annett, Wilfrid Laurier University, Canada "Annett grapples with what it truly means to be a fan. What are the 'complex flows and frictions' that propel certain shows to transcultural popularity? And what kind of world is it where teenage girls can be overheard describing the Holy Roman Empire as 'cute'? Annett watches the watchers, and examines the forces that create their subculture." - Jonathan Clements, author of Anime: A History How have animation fans in Japan, South Korea, the United States, and Canada formed communities and dealt with conflicts across cultural and geographic distance? This book traces animation fandom from its roots in early cinema audiences, through mid-century children's cartoon fan clubs, to today's digitallynetworked transcultural fan cultures. Contents: Introduction: Frictive Pictures * PART I: ANIMATION AND THE MIRACULOUS CINEMA * 1. Cartoon Internationale * 2. World War Cute * PART II: AFTER THESE MESSAGES: TELEVISION ANIMATION IN THE AGE OF ‘POSTS’ * 3. Kid Vid: Children and Science Fiction TV Fandom * 4. Channel Surfers: Cowboy Bebop’s Postnational Fans * PART III: ONLINE CONVERSATIONS ACROSS DIFFERENCE * 5. ‘Love at First Site’ * 6. World Conflict/World Conference: Axis Powers Hetalia * Conclusion: ‘Adding To’ Transcultural Animation Fan Communities December 2014 UK December 2014 US 268pp 15 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137480651

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137480651

CULTURAL STUDIES Abjection and Representation

Queer BDSM Intimacies

An Exploration of Abjection in the Visual Arts, Film and Literature

Critical Consent and Pushing Boundaries

Rina Arya, University of Wolverhampton, UK 'Rina Arya's Abjection and Representation is a clearly written and accessible introductory guide to our various social, political, psychic, corporeal, and aesthetic 'adventures of abjection' in contemporary theory, art, literature, and film. The book is longneeded and effectively has no peers.' – Calvin Thomas, Georgia State University, USA Abjection and Representation is a theoretical investigation of the concept of abjection as expounded by Julia Kristeva in Powers of Horror (1982) and its application in various fields including the visual arts, film and literature. It examines the complexity of the concept and its significance as a cultural category. Contents: Contents * Preface * Introduction * 1. Unpacking Abjection * 2. A Cultural History of Abjection * 3. Recovering the Sacred: The Abject Body * 4. Abjection in the Visual Arts * 5. The Formless * 6. Abjection and Film * 7. Abjection in Literature * Concluding Remarks September 2014 UK September 2014 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230389335

Robin Bauer, University of Hamburg, Germany Based on an extensive interview study with lesbian, transgender and queer BDSM practitioners, this book sheds new light on sexuality and current theoretical debates in gender and queer studies. It critically discusses practices of establishing consent, pushing boundaries, playing with gender and creating new kinds of intimacies and embodiments. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Culture of Dyke+Queer BDSM * 3. Renegotiating Dyke+Queer BDSM * 4. Negotiating Critical Consent * 5. Exploring Exuberant Intimacies * 6. Exploring and Pushing Boundaries * 7. Exploring Intimate Power Dynamics * 8. Exploring Intimate Difference Through Gender * 9. The Sexual Politics of Exuberant Intimacy * Conclusion October 2014 UK October 2014 US 304pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137435019

9781137435019

9780230389335

Cultures of Optimism Puerto Rican Soldiers and Second-Class Citizenship Representations in Media Manuel G. Avilés-Santiago, Arizona State University, USA "Responding to the fact that the experiences of Puerto Rican soldiers have been almost entirely absent from mainstream media for decades, Manuel Avilés-Santiago's groundbreaking study explores how they self-represent themselves and their role in the War on Terror via social media. This much-needed investigation is thoroughly engaging, important, and enlightening." - Charles Ramírez Berg, Joe M. Dealey, Sr. Professor, Media Studies, The University of Texas at Austin, USA Puerto Rican soldiers have been consistently whitewashed out of the narrative of American history despite playing parts in all American wars since WWI. This book examines the online self-representation of Puerto Rican soldiers who served during the War on Terror, focusing on social networking sites, user-generated content, and web memorials. Contents: Introduction * 1. Saving Private Fulano de Tal: Representations of Puerto Rican Soldiers in Television and Film * 2. Digital Bodies at War: The Boricua Soldier in Social Networking Sites * 3. Broadcasting Puerto Ricanness: Mash-up Identities in the UserGenerated-Content Zone * 4. Digital Epitaphs: Web memorializing Puerto Rican Soldiers in the 21st Century * Conclusions November 2014 UK November 2014 US 240pp 7 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137457189

9781137457189

The Institutional Promotion of Hope Oliver Bennett, University of Warwick, UK "A brilliant diagnosis of what optimism is and what it does in every aspect of human society, Bennett's book is a bold trans-disciplinary statement which clearly and vividly illustrates a crucial but very under-appreciated fact: the human being is essentially an optimistic animal." - David Inglis, University of Exeter, UK What are the functions of optimism in modern societies? How is hope culturally transmitted? What values and attitudes does it reflect? This book explores how and why powerful institutions propagate 'cultures of optimism' in different domains, such as politics, work, the family, religion and psychotherapy. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Optimism Imperative * 2. Optimistic Democracy: The Politics of Hope * 3. Optimism at Work * 4. Great Expectations: Parenting, Optimism and the Child * 5. Models of Salvation: Religion, Eschatology and Hope * 6. Optimism and the Self: From MindCure to Psychotherapy * 7. Culture(s) of Optimism * Endnotes * Bibliography * Index January 2015 UK January 2015 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137484802

9781137484802

CULTURAL STUDIES International Student Mobility and Transnational Friendships

Baby Boomers and Generational Conflict

Başak Bilecen, Bielefeld University, Germany "International student mobility is a phenomenon of ever growing importance. This new contribution by Bilecen makes a valuable extension to our understanding of how international students are part of transnational networks. The sharp focus of this volume on the significance of transnational friendships by doctoral students will be of especial interest to sociologists and geographers as they seek to extend their understanding of the significance of spatial and social proximity in the lived experience of international students." - Allan Findlay, University of St Andrews, Scotland Friends play a crucial role in international students' lives. This book explores the characteristics of the friendship networks of international doctoral students by analysing the relationships between these students and their friends, both in the country of education and across several national borders. Contents: 1. Transnational Friendships and Supportive Practices: An Introduction * 2. The Contemporary Meaning of Friendship * 3. Friendship as ‘Emotional Work’ * 4. Friendship as Trust and Reciprocity * 5. Friendship as Solidarity * 6. A Relational Examination of Distance, Meanings and Practices September 2014 UK September 2014 US 184pp 2 figures, 14 b/w tables Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137405241

The dominant cultural script is that the Baby Boomers have 'had it all', thereby depriving younger generations of the opportunity to create a life for themselves. Bristow provides a critical account of this discourse by locating the problematisation of the Baby Boomers within a wider ambivalence about the legacy of the Sixties. Contents: PART I: THE SOCIOLOGY OF GENERATIONS * 1. Introduction * 2. Understanding Generations Historically * 3. Mannheim’s ‘Problem of Generations’ Revisited * 4. The Birth of the Sixties – Generations after the Second World War * PART II: THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE BABY BOOMERS AS A SOCIAL PROBLEM IN BRITAIN * 5. The Cultural Script of the Baby Boomer Problem * 6. The Boomers as an Economic Problem * 7. The Boomers as a Cultural Problem * 8. Conclusion – The Problem of Generations Today May 2015 UK May 2015 US 216pp 2 graphs, 1 table Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137454720

9781137454720

9781137405241

Cultural Producers and Social Change in Latin America

The Culture Industry, Information and Capitalism César Bolaño, Universidade Federal de Sergipe, Brazil Drawing on Marxist theory and concepts, as well as on various theoretical contributions developed by prominent political economists, Bolaño develops a unique approach to understanding the culture industry, offering an interesting intervention in debates surrounding media and communication. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Contradictions of Information * Simple Circulation and Information * Information and Capitalist Production * Capital and State, Advertising and Propaganda * The Bourgeois Public Sphere as Embodiment of the Contradictions of Information in Competitive Capitalism * 2. Monopoly Capitalism and the Culture Industry * The New Configuration of Capital * Transformations in the State Sphere * Structural Change of the Public Sphere and the Advertising-Propaganda Contradiction * Capitalism and Lifestyle * Observations on the History of the Culture Industry * 3. The Culture Industry and its Functions * The Culture Industry and Propaganda: Approaches based on the Concept of Ideological Apparatuses * The Form of the Mass Media Apparatus: Cesareo and the Italian School * Cultural Dependency Theories * The Culture Industry and Advertising * Advertising and Sales Promotion in Baran & Sweezy * Dallas Smythe´s Audience Production * Advertising and Consumer Goods * Advertising and Added Value * and more... April 2015 UK April 2015 US 288pp 5 b/w tables, 4 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137480767

Jennie Bristow, Centre for Parenting Culture Studies, University of Kent,UK "Like the fabled blind men trying to grasp the nature of an elephant, commentators on both sides of the Atlantic have struggled to understand the significance of the baby boomers, at different times offering very different, sometimes contradictory interpretations. By telling this fascinating story, Jennie Bristow offers a model for a symbolic demography that critically explores how and why we assign meanings to generations." -Joel Best, University of Delaware, USA

Felipe Cala Buendía, Independent Scholar, USA "This book is a remarkable achievement. At once a cultural history of citizenship and a political analysis of the role of cultural producers, Felipe Cala Buendía crosses disciplines and genres to offer us a unique and very special study of the role of artists, writers, publishers and performers in the making of modern democracy. It is theoretically sophisticated and a great read." - Jeremy Adelman, Princeton University, USA In Argentina, Colombia, and Peru, there has been an out-pouring of popular-performative activities that have asked citizens to pose questions about the social order and about the memories of recent atrocities. Cala Buendía looks at ways in which cultural producers adapted or developed strategies as resources for social actors to use for change. Contents: 1. The Happiness of Pursuit * 2. The Cultura Ciudadana Policy in Bogotá: Out-of-the Box Governance in a Violent City * 3. The Cultural Resistance of Colectivo Sociedad Civil in Peru: Performing Citizenship in the Time of Fear * 4. Grupo Cultural Yuyachkani and the Peruvian Truth and Reconciliation Commission: In a Very Imperfect World * 5. The Eloísa Cartonera Initiative in Buenos Aires: The Poetics of Labor * Conclusion: The Art of Voice December 2014 UK December 2014 US 200pp 5 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137465375

9781137465375

9781137480767

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

CULTURAL STUDIES Football’s Dark Side

Folklore, Horror Stories, and the Slender Man

Corruption, Homophobia, Violence and Racism in the Beautiful Game

The Development of an Internet Mythology

Ellis Cashmore, Staffordshire University, UK, Jamie Cleland, Loughborough University, UK "Amid widespread contemporary expressions of positivity regarding football's assumed social value, one might be forgiven for thinking that the game's deleterious aspects are being consigned to history. Football's Dark Side provides a critical and timely rejoinder, demonstrating that beyond the glamour and spectacle an array of serious problems and exclusions endure." – Daniel Burdsey, School of Sport and Service Management, University of Brighton, UK Association football is the richest, most popular sport in history with a multicultural global following. It is also riven with corruption, racism, homophobia and a violence that has for decades resisted all attempts to tame it. Cashmore and Cleland examine football's dark side: the unpleasant, sleazy and downright nasty aspects of the sport.

Shira Chess, University of Georgia, USA, Eric Newsom, University of Central Missouri, USA The Slender Man entered the general popular consciousness in May 2014, when two young girls led a third girl into a wooded area and stabbed her. Examining the growth of the online horror phenomenon, this book introduces unique attributes of digital culture and establishes a needed framework for studies of other Internet memes and mythologies. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Face of the Slender Man * 2. Here There Be Monsters * 3. Open-Sourcing Horror * 4. The Digital Campfire * 5. The Slender Man Who Loved Me * 6. Facing the Slender Man

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Corruption * 3. Homophobia * 4. Violence * 5. Racism * 6. Conclusion

December 2014 UK November 2014 US 146pp 7 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137498526

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 114pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137371263

Cosmopolitanism and the Media

9781137371263

9781137498526

Cartographies of Change Miyase Christensen, Stockholm University, Sweden, André Jansson, Karlstad University, Sweden

HIV/AIDS Communication in South Africa Are You Human? Colin Chasi, University of Johannesburg, South Africa Even though sub-Saharan Africa is the region most affected by HIV/AIDS in the world, no new theories have been discovered, and questions about life and death are ignored. This book uses certain selected communication practices to offer the foundations of an African theory of communication, applicable to the crisis of HIV/AIDS. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Are You Human? * 3. Failure that was Waiting to Happen * 4. On Belief in the Communication of State Leaders * 5. Just HIV/AIDS Communication * 6. Towards Ubuntu as a Framework * Works Cited

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 96pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137491282

9781137491282

Cosmopolitanism and the Media explores the diverse implications of today's digital media environments in relation to people's worldviews and social practices. The book presents an empirically grounded account of the relationship between cosmopolitanized lifeworlds and forces of surveillance, control and mobility. Contents: Acknowledgements * PART I: MAPPING THE TERRAIN: BOUNDARIES AND BRIDGES * 1. Introductory Essay: Cosmopolitanization, Mediatization and Social Change * 2. Cosmopolitan Trajectories: Connectivity, Reflexivity and Symbolic Power * 3. Remediated Sociality and the Dual Logic of Surveillance * PART II: CONTEXTUALIZING SPACE, MOBILITY AND BELONGING * 4. Transnational Media Flows: Globalization, Politics and Identity * 5. Transclusion vs. Demediation: Mediatization and the Re-Embedding of Cosmopolitanism * 6. Cities, Embodied Expressivity and Morality of Proximity * 7. In Conclusion: Cosmopolitanism and Its Discontents * References * Index March 2015 UK March 2015 US 176pp Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230392250

9780230392250

CULTURAL STUDIES The Cultural Politics of Blood, 1500-1900

Adorno and Performance

Edited by Kimberly Anne Coles, Department of English, University of Maryland, USA, Ralph Bauer, Department of English and Comparative Literature, University of Maryland, USA, Zita Nunes, University of Maryland, USA, Carla L. Peterson, Department of English, University of Maryland, USA

Edited by Will Daddario, Illinois State University, USA, Karoline Gritzner, Aberystwyth University, UK "Adorno and Performance pursues Adorno in lifelong performance... This is a witty, highly informed, consistently thoughtful, indeed responsible investigation by young intellectuals as well as seasoned scholars, all of whom care about—and with pretty much equal concern—history, society, theater, performance, subjectivity, and human agency. Adorno speaks to them, but what they accomplish by way of Adorno is not a mirroring but a critical engagement for reasons that matter: the struggle for truths and the need for hope against whatever (usually considerable) odds." - Professor Richard Leppert, University of Minnesota, USA

The essays of this collection explore how ideas about 'blood' in science and literature have supported, at various points in history and in various places in the circum-Atlantic world, fantasies of human embodiment and human difference that serve to naturalize existing hierarchies. Contents: Foreword: Priscilla Wald * Introduction; Kimberly Anne Coles, Ralph Bauer, Carla L. Peterson, and Zita Nunes * PART I: RACE AND STOCK * 1. Metamateriality and Blood Purity in Cervantes’s Alcaná de Toledo; Rachel Burk * 2. The Blood of Others: Breeding Plants, Animals, and White People in the Spanish Atlantic; Ruth Hill * 3. ‘Rude Uncivill Blood’: the Pastoral Challenge to Hereditary Race in Fletcher and Milton; Jean Feerick * 4. African Blood, Colonial Money, and Respectable Mulatto Heiresses Reforming Eighteenth-Century England; Lyndon Dominique * PART II: MORAL CONSTITUTION * 5. ‘His blood be upon us and upon our children’: Medical Theology and the Demise of Jewish Somatic Inferiority in Early Modern England; M. Lindsay Kaplan * 6. Sor Juana’s Appetite: Body, Mind, and Vitality in ‘First Dream’; Anna More * 7. Blood and Character in Early African American Literature; Hannah Spahn * PART III: MEDICALIZING THE POLITICAL BODY * 8. Flowing or pumping? The Blood of the Body Politic in Burton, Harvey, and Hobbes; Robert Appelbaum * 9. Linnaeus and the Four Corners of the World; Staffan Müller Wille * 10. ‘Who Got Bloody?’: The Cultural Meaning of Blood during the Civil War and Reconstruction; James Downs * 11. Colonial Transfusions: Cuban Bodies and Spanish Loyalty in the Nineteenth Century; David Sartorius January 2015 UK January 2015 US 296pp 6 b/w photos Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137338204

9781137338204

Contents: 1. Introduction: Thinking Adorno and Performance; Will Daddario and Karoline Gritzner * 2. Of Adorno’s Beckett; Michal Kobialka * 3. Thoughts which do not understand themselves: On Adorno’s Dream Notes; Karoline Gritzner * 4. Performativisation and the Rescue of the Aesthetic Semblance; Andrea Sakoparnig * 5. On the ‘difference between preaching an ideal and giving artistic form to the historical tension inherent in it’; Mischa Twitchin * and more...

Performance Philosophy October 2014 UK October 2014 US 264pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137429872

9781137429872

The Impact of the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games

Cynicism in British Post-War Culture Ignorance, Dust and Disease Kieran Curran, University of Edinburgh, UK This book is the first academic text to examine cynicism as a driving force in the context of post-war British culture. It maps a sensibility that transcends divisions between high and low culture, and encompasses figures such as Philip Larkin, John Lennon and Stephen Patrick Morrissey. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Annus Mirabilis – Philip Larkin * 2. Work Is A Curse – John Wain/Kingsley Amis/Iris Murdoch * 3. Just Another Sunday Evening – John Osborne/Jazz * 4. That’s What I’m Not – British New Wave Cinema * 5. I’ve Heard Of Politics, But This Is Ridiculous – TV Satire/Comedy * 6. Bed Peace – John Lennon * 7. Quiet Riot – Stephen Poliakoff * 8. No Future/No Alternative – Punk and The Cynic Sensibility * 9. Before The Moon Falls – The Fall * 10. Somehow That Really Impressed Me – The Smiths * Conclusion November 2014 UK November 2014 US 232pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137444349

Adorno and Performance offers the first comprehensive examination of the vital role of performance within the philosophy of Theodor W. Adorno. Capacious in its ramifications for contemporary life, the term 'performance' here unlocks Adorno's dialectical thought process, which aimed at overcoming the stultifying uniformity of instrumental reason.

Diminishing Contrasts, Increasing Varieties Edited by Kevin Dixon, Teesside University, UK, Tom Gibbons, Teesside University, UK The London 2012 Olympics and Paralympics were seen as a success and the hosts were praised for the promotion of equality, tolerance and unity as well as inspiring a legacy to continue these values. This volume contains a collection of sociological case studies which critically assess the diverse impacts of London 2012 and its key controversies. Contents: 1. Introduction; Kevin Dixon and Tom Gibbons * 2. The 2012 Paralympics and Perceptions of Disability in the UK; Stuart Braye, Kevin Dixon and Tom Gibbons * 3. The GB Football Team for London 2012: What’s all the fuss about?; Tom Gibbons, Kevin Dixon, Stuart Braye * 4. London 2012: The Women’s Games? Examining the Photographic Evidence; Amy Godoy-Pressland and Gerald Griggs * 5.A Critical Examination of the London 2012 Legacy; Mike McGuinness * 6. Conclusion: Diminishing Contrasts, Increasing Varieties; Tom Gibbons and Kevin Dixon

9781137444349

December 2014 UK November 2014 US 112pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137405074

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137405074

CULTURAL STUDIES Dancing on the Canon Embodiments of Value in Popular Dance

Now available in paperback

Sherril Dodds, University of Surrey, UK "...Dodds here contextualizes and challenges the traditionally low value accorded popular social dances within dance scholarship...Including 19 photographs, useful endnotes, and an extensive bibliography, this book will be a worthwhile resource for those interested in dance, gender and sexuality, and popular culture. Summing Up: Recommended. Graduate students, researchers, faculty, professionals." - CHOICE This book examines the notion of 'embodied value' through the complex and paradoxical articulations of significance, judgment and worth that are expressed through the dancing body within the field of popular dance practice. Contents: Contents * List of Illustrations * Author Preface to Paperback Edition * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction: Let’s Dance! * PART I: UNDERSTANDING VALUE * 2. Dancing on the Canon * 3. The Value(s) of Cultural Studies * 4. What is Popular Dance? * 5. Writing Popular Dance * and more... June 2014 UK June 2014 US 248pp Paperback £18.99 / $29.00 / CN$33.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137437372

9781137437372

Edited by Héctor Fernández L’Hoeste, Georgia State University, USA, Robert McKee Irwin, University of California, Davis, USA, Juan Poblete, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA “This book is a welcome contribution to a tremendously important but inexplicably neglected field in Latin American popular cultures. The politics of sport have accompanied the processes of urbanization and modernization, and contributed as well to shape national, gendered, and class identities in Latin America since late nineteenth century. Nowadays, sports’ transnational commodification poses new and complex queries that demand our attention.” - Abril Trigo, Ohio State University, USA and author of Crisis y Transfiguración de los Estudios Culturales Latinoamericanos This collection interrogates sports in Latin America as a key terrain in which nation is defined and populations are interpellated through emotionally charged practices (state policy, media representations, and sports play itself by professionals, national teams and amateurs) of inclusion and exclusion. Contents: Sports and Nationalism in Latin/o America: An Introduction; Héctor Fernández L’Hoeste, Robert McKee Irwin, and Juan Poblete * PART I: SPORTS AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF NATIONALISM * 1. Football and Patria, Ten Years Later: Sports Nationalism as a Commodity; Pablo Alabarces * 2. The Anti-National Game? An Exploration of Women’s Soccer in Latin America; Joshua Nadel * 3. (F)Utopias: The Nationalist Uses of Soccer in Costa Rica Sergio; Villena Fiengo * 4. Race, Sports, and Regionalism in the Construction of Colombian Nationalism; Héctor Fernández L’Hoeste * PART II: SPORTS AS INTRA-NATIONAL MEDIATION * and more...

New Directions in Latino American Cultures

Bodies, Space, Economy and Crime John L. Fitzgerald, University of Melbourne, Australia This book examines the forces that shape psychoactive drug use. The approach, informed by poststructuralist semiotics, culture, phenomenology and contemporary theories of affect, illuminates the connections between drugs, bodies, space, economy and crime. Contents: 1. Introduction: Who is Responsible? * 2. Navigating a Pharmacoanalysis * 3. The Image of Drug Desire * 4. Syringes, Metonymy, Global Fear and News * 5. The Rave Assemblage * 6. Faciality and Drug Photography * 7. The Spatial Economies of Drug Dealing * 8. Drinking as a Global ‘Mo’-vement Assemblage * 9. Drugs and the Abject * 10. Drugs and Transitional Economies * 11. Neuroenablement and Hope * 12. Pharmacological Omnipotence and Sexual Violence * 13. Drug Epistemologies June 2015 UK June 2015 US 304pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137482235

9781137482235

Laughter, Humor, and the (Un)making of Gender Historical and Cultural Perspectives

Sports and Nationalism in Latin/o America

May 2015 UK May 2015 US 320pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137487186

Framing Drug Use

9781137487186

Edited by Anna Foka, Umeå University, Sweden, Jonas Liliequist, Umeå University, Sweden "I find Laughter, Humor, and the (Un)making of Gender to be a brilliant manifestation of the innovative power of the cultural history of emotion and its ability to create fresh perspectives that transcend disciplinary, cultural, and regional boundaries. The authors have compiled a stimulating collection of papers that range over the cultures of the globe and cast new light on the much studied topic of gender by illuminating the constitutive power of what makes us laugh." - Walter G. Andrews, Near Eastern Languages and Civilization, University of Washington, Seattle, USA Humor is the tendency of particular cognitive experiences to provoke laughter and provide amusement. Throughout history, it has played a crucial role in defining gender roles and identities. This collection offers an in-depth thematic examination of this relationship between humor and gender, spanning a variety of historical and cultural backdrops. Contents: General Introduction; Jonas Liliequist and Anna Foka * PART I: LAUGHTER, HUMOR, AND MISOGYNY RECONSIDERATIONS AND NEW PERSPECTIVES * Introduction; Anna Foka * 1. Laughing at Ourselves: Gendered Humor in Classical Greece; David Konstan * 2. Is the Comic World a Paradise for Women? Medieval Models of Portable Utopia; Martha Bayless * 3. Taking Women’s Work Seriously: Medieval Humor and the Gendering of Labor; Lisa Perfetti * 4. Gender Subversion and the Early Christian East: Reconstructing the Byzantine Comic Mime; Anna Foka * 5. Gossips’ Mirth: Gender, Humor and Female Spectators in Ben Jonson’s The Staple of News (1626); Kristine Steenbergh * 6. The Magic of a Joke: Humor and Gender in Islamicate Ottoman Aesthetics; Didem Havlioğlu * and more... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 272pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137473301

9781137473301

CULTURAL STUDIES Hoarders, Doomsday Preppers, and the Culture of Apocalypse Gwendolyn Audrey Foster, University of NebraskaLincoln, USA "In this urgent and important book, Gwendolyn Audrey Foster exposes and explores the multiform obscenities - of violence, wealth, consumption, ownership, avarice, aggression, and more - that infect the politics, businesses, entertainments, and mentalities of today's narcissistic, fear-peddling, death-celebrating culture, shining a laser-sharp spotlight on excesses of sexism, neo-liberalism, speciesism, capitalism, and nationalism in the contemporary media." - David Sterritt, Columbia University, USA

Couple Relationships in the 21st Century Jacqui Gabb, The Open University, UK, Janet Fink, University of Huddersfield, UK "[This book] offers a unique window on the intimate world of contemporary couple relationships. The nuanced descriptions of couple interactions […] reveal the everyday gestures and small acts of kindness which enable partners to sustain their relationship through thick and thin. By extending our understanding of the personalised meanings and conceptions of love and the seemingly mundane nature of relationship practices - what couples do within the home, this book will be invaluable to all those working with couples to enhance or repair a fragile relationship." - Janet Walker OBE, Newcastle University, UK

The culture of twenty-first century America revolves around narcissistic death, violence, and visions of doom. Foster explores this culture of the apocalypse, from hoarding and gluttony to visions of the postapocalyptic world.

Who and how we love may be changing but our desire to be in a relationship endures. This book presents an incisive account of how couples experience, understand and sustain long-term relationships, exploring the emotional, practical and biographical resources that couples draw on, across the life course.

Contents: 1. Disposable Bodies * 2. Bunker Mentality * 3. Buy Before You Die * 4. Embracing the Apocalypse * 5. The End of the Future

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Relationship Work * 3. Communication * 4. Sex and Intimacy * 5. Unsettling Coupledom * 6. Conclusions

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 86pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137469403

Palgrave Macmillan Studies in Family and Intimate Life 9781137469403

Toward an Urban Cultural Studies Henri Lefebvre and the Humanities Benjamin Fraser, East Carolina University, USA "With convincing arguments and useful detail, Benjamin Fraser's important new book maps out the terrain of an urban cultural studies. Engaging with core questions of cultural value, textuality, and the role of the humanities, Toward an Urban Cultural Studies skillfully moves in and out of the work of Henri Lefebvre, situating this work in relation to other key currents in cultural theory and analysis. While the theoretical arguments here are effective, Fraser also delivers the analytic goods, in effective case studies that show us how an urban cultural studies might renew the study of literature, cinema and music. I expect the influence of this book to be enduring and far-reaching." - Will Straw, Professor, Art History and Communications Studies, McGill University, Canada Toward an Urban Cultural Studies is a call for a new interdisciplinary area of research and teaching. Blending Urban Studies and Cultural Studies, this book grounds readers in the extensive theory of the prolific French philosopher Henri Lefebvre. Contents: Introduction * PART I: THEORETICAL GROUND * 1. Why Urban Cultural Studies? Why Henri Lefebvre? * 2. Henri Lefebvre’s Recalibrated Marxism: Urban Alienation and Cultural Studies * 3. The Work (of Art): Putting Art at the Service of the Urban * Part II: TEXTUAL VARIATIONS * 4. The Urban Dominant: Everyday Life and the City in Textual Criticism * 5. The Iconic-Indexical City:Visions of Place in Urban Films * 6. Listening to Urban Rhythms:Soundscapes in Popular Music * 7. Representing Digital Spaces: Videogames and the Digital Humanities * Conclusion

Hispanic Urban Studies April 2015 UK April 2015 US 336pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137498557

9781137498557

March 2015 UK March 2015 US 152pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137434425

9781137434425

Creative Cognition and the Cultural Panorama of Twentieth-Century Spain Candelas Gala, Wake Forest University, USA "This book by Candelas Gala represents an apex in the field of Hispanic studies. Few researchers have even attempted, within a demarcated field, such an encompassing project as this book carries out. Its pages, one after another, lead us to the conviction that we are before an intelligence that is exceptional as well as dazzling. The author's capacity to delve deeply and analyze each theme of her research, and to carry each facet to its farthest consequences, makes this book obvious food for the most demanding intellectual appetites." - Clara Janés, world-renowned poet of Arcángel de sombra This multidisciplinary study focuses on the creative state as the nucleus of the work of numerous poets, artists, and philosophers from twentieth-century Spain. Beginning with cognitive science, Gala explores the mental processes and structures that underline creative thinking, for poets like José María Hinojosa, Clara Janés, and Jorge Guillén. Contents: Introduction * 1. Creative Convulsion: José María Hinojosa and La flor de Californía * 2. Creative Dialectics: José Moreno Villa and Jacinta la pelirroja * 3. Creative Measurements: Plastic-Dynamic Development in Maruja Mallo’s Naturalezas vivas * 4. Creative Beatitude: Jorge Guillén and Baruch Spinoza * 5. Creative Quietude. A Transdisciplinary Encounter: Clara Janés, Eduardo Chillida, and María Zambrano * 6. Creative Artifacts: Agustín Fernández Mallo’s Post-Poetry Proposal (sharing thoughts with Wittgenstein) * Closing Remarks May 2015 UK May 2015 US 272pp 15 figures Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137512260

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137512260

CULTURAL STUDIES Landscapes of Leisure

Entr’acte

Space, Place and Identities

Performing Publics, Pervasive Media, and Architecture

Edited by Sean Gammon, The University of Central Lancashire, UK, Sam Elkington, University of Bedfordshire, UK "This book on space, place, and landscape covers considerable new ground in the under-studied area of space and leisure. Here space and place are linked in the over-arching framework of landscape, where the first two are sometimes disconnected and incompatible and other times well-linked in notable harmony. Today's spatial landscape is protean, a product of the contemporary world of rapid change occurring over vast geographic areas. These chapters look into the uncertainties, complexities, and disturbances of the modern landscape to produce a major advance in non-essentialist thinking about space-related leisure." - Professor Robert Stebbins, University of Calgary, Canada This volume aims to map out the complex relationships leisure has with notions of place and space in contemporary life. Illustrating the transdisciplinarity of this key feature of leisure studies, it explores how leisure places and spaces affect personal, social and collective identities. Contents: 1. Introduction – Reading Landscapes: Articulating a non-essentialist Representation of Space, Place and Identity; Sam Elkington and Sean Gammon * 2. Unravelling Space and Landscape in Leisure’s Identities; David Crouch * 3. Disturbance and Complexity in Urban Places: The Everyday Aesthetics of Leisure; Sam Elkington * 4. The Social Dynamics of Space Constructions and Leisure Lifestyles; Anna Cunha Pereira and Jonathan Long * 5. Zombie Places? Pop Up Leisure and Re-Animated Urban Landscapes; Brett D. Lashua * 6. Last Resting places? Recreational spaces? Or Thanatourism attractions? The Future of Historic Cemeteries and Churchyards in Europe; Tony Seaton, Magda North and Gabriela Gajda * 7. Animating Public Space; Troy D. Glover * and more...

Leisure Studies in a Global Era May 2015 UK May 2015 US 280pp 5 figures, 1 b/w table, 7 colour illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$109.00 9781137428523 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137428523

Generally taking place in front of closed curtains during set changes between acts, the entr'acte delivers a fleeting new purpose and event to the otherwise sometimes inert space between stage and pit. This collection employs the entr'acte as a model for conceptualizing emerging formations of publics and of public space. Contents: Preface: “3 Intervals”: Paul Virilio in discussion with Jordan Geiger * 1. Entr’acte, Interim, Interstice: Performing Publics and Media Across Scales of Time and Space; Jordan Geiger * INTERVAL I: SUPRANATIONAL * 2. Cloud Megastructures and Platform Utopias; Benjamin H. Bratton * 3. “Hello! My Name Is Sophia,” I Am Going to Tweet Democracy, Google My College Degree, and 3-D Print My House! A Speculative Piece on Neo-Republic of Hyper-Individuals in the Near Future; Nashid Nabian * and more...

Avant-Gardes in Performance March 2015 UK March 2015 US 244pp 43 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137433947

Jure Gantar, Dalhousie University, Canada "The Evolution of Wilde's Wit makes a powerful case for Wilde as a modern critical thinker, while it supplies an invaluable education in the history of wit and humor. Gantar clarifies the full implications of Wilde's epigrams, showing how they have always lived by exposing the tyrannical possibilities of language. Continuously graceful, Gantar's writing is also by turns meticulously accurate, entertaining, and profound." - Robert Combs, Professor, English, George Washington University, USA Oscar Wilde's wit is foundational to his works, from his plays and novels to his self-defense at his trials. This book is a comprehensive account of Oscar Wilde's wit that focuses on discovering reasons for his critical success and ongoing legacy. Contents: 1. Damp Squibs * 2. Comma in the Afternoon * 3. The Apparatus for Turning out ‘Oscarisms’ * 4. Truth on a Tightrope * 5. Laws and Exceptions * 6. Expressing One’s Self * 7. Summaries of All Existence

9781137488480

Fans, Audiences and Paratexts Edited by Lincoln Geraghty, University of Portsmouth, UK "If fan studies has a supergroup, this is their new album: scholars at the top of their game, with fresh essays that already feel like classics. Over two decades since Henry Jenkins' Textual Poachers launched the discipline, this book demonstrates that the study of fan engagement illuminates texts from Conan Doyle's A Study In Scarlet through Hollywood thriller movies of the 1940s and Italian video nasties of the 1980s, right up to the reality TV shows of the 2010s. Vital, engaging, entertaining and gripping." - Will Brooker, Professor of Film and Cultural Studies, Kingston University, London Popular Media Cultures explores the relationship between audiences and media texts, their paratexts and interconnected ephemera. Authors focus on the cultural work done by media audiences, how they engage with social media and how convergence culture impacts on the strategies and activities of popular media fans. Contents: Introduction: Fans and Paratexts; Lincoln Geraghty * PART I: WRITING IN THE MARGINS * 1. We put the ‘media’ in (anti)social media’: Channel 4’s Youth Audiences, Unofficial Archives and the Promotion of Second-Screen Viewing; Michael O’Neill * 2. Television Fandom in the Age of Narrowcasting: The Politics and Proximity in Regional Scripted Reality Dramas The Only Way is Essex and Made in Chelsea; Cornel Sandvoss, Kelly Youngs and Joanne Hobbs * 3. ‘A Reason to Live’: Utopia and Social Change in Star Trek Fan Letters; Lincoln GeraghtyPART II: READING BETWEEN THE LINES * and more... April 2015 UK April 2015 US 248pp 1 b/w table Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137350367

9781137433947

Popular Media Cultures

The Evolution of Wilde’s Wit

February 2015 UK February 2015 US 204pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137488480

Edited by Jordan Geiger, SUNY Buffalo, USA "This is a book that gets under your skin with its kaleidoscopic and densely worded essays on phenomena wherein the urban, the political, media and images interact, or rather: are smashed together. We know that we are living out the last days of a former world order, in politics, in economies, in media, and in the role that architecture has to play in shaping the public sphere. Entr'acte does not reassure, or moralize about where we are going or should be going, but shakes us up with its visions of where we are already, and where we could be going." - Wouter Vanstiphout, Professor, Design and Politics, Technical University Delft, The Netherlands

9781137350367

CULTURAL STUDIES Emotions, Language and Identity on the Margins of Europe Kyra Giorgi, Independent Scholar, Germany When a word describing an emotion is said to be untranslatable, is that emotion untranslatable also? This unique study focuses on three word-concepts on the periphery of Europe, providing a wide-ranging survey of national identity and cultural essentialism, nostalgia, melancholy and fatalism, the production of memory and the politics of hope. Contents: Introduction * 1. Emotions into History * PART I: SAUDADE AND PORTUGUESENESS * 2. Proudly Alone? * 3. Modernity and Martyrdom * PART II: LÍTOST AND CZECHNESS * 4. The Evolution of a Fatalism * 5. Culture as Identity * PART III: HÜZÜN AND TURKISHNESS * 6. Defining Memories * 7. Occidental Tourism * Conclusion

Palgrave Studies in the History of Emotions September 2014 UK September 2014 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403476

9781137403476

Cultures of Financialization Fictitious Capital in Popular Culture and Everyday Life Max Haiven, Nova Scotia College of Art and Design, Canada Drawing on a wide range of case studies, Cultures of Financialization argues that, in our age of crisis, the global economy is more invested than ever in culture and the imagination. We must take the idea of 'fictitious capital' seriously as a way to understand the power of finance, and what might be done to stop it. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. The Reproduction of Fictitious Capital * 2. Precariousness: Two Models of Social Liquidation * 3. Securitization: Walmart’s Empire * 4. Play: Coming of Age in the Pokéconomy * 5. Creativity: Parables of the Leveraged Imagination * 6. Resistance: And its discontents * Conclusion * Works Cited October 2014 UK October 2014 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137355966

9781137355966

Fantastic Transmedia

Heritage Crime

Narrative, Play and Memory Across Science Fiction and Fantasy Storyworlds

Progress, Prospects and Prevention Edited by Louise Grove, University of Loughborough, UK, Suzie Thomas, University of Helsinki, Finland Bringing together leading academics and practitioners from across the globe, this unique collection explores the emerging field of heritage crime studies. Moving beyond the traditional focus on illicit antiquities, the volume identifies the diversity of crimes that affect heritage and outlines various approaches to prevention. Contents: Foreword; Mark Harrison * 1. Introduction; Suzie Thomas and Louise Grove * Section I: Heritage Crime around the World * 2. South African Perspective on Thefts from Museums and Galleries: 2006-2010; Bernadine Benson and Henri Fouché * 3. Archaeological Heritage in Peru: Definitions, Perceptions and Imperceptions; Henry Tantaleán * 4. Forestry as Heritage Crime: Finland; Vesa Laulumaa * 5. Archaeological Heritage Crimes in Romania and Moldova: A Comparative view; Sergiu Musteata * 6. Threats to Cultural Heritage in the Cyprus Conflict; Sam Hardy * Section II: Tackling Heritage Crime * 7. A Situational Approach to Heritage Crime Prevention; Louise Grove and Ken Pease * 8. Understanding and Preventing Lead Theft from Churches: A Script Analysis; Victoria Price, Aiden Sidebottom and Nick Tilley * 9. Understanding and Attitudes – Heritage Crime in Norway; Brian Kristian Wennberg * 10. Developing Policy on Heritage Crime in Southern Africa; Helene Vollgraaff * 11. Improving the Treatment of Heritage Crime in Criminal Proceedings: Towards a Better Understanding of the Impact of Heritage Offences; Carolyn Shelbourn * 12. The Global Trade in Illicit Antiquities: Some New Directions?; Kenneth Polk * 13. Conclusion; What’s the Future for Heritage Crime Research?; Suzie Thomas and Louise Grove October 2014 UK October 2014 US 256pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137357502

9781137357502

Colin Harvey, King’s College London, UK "Exploring the diverse nature of transmedia storytelling, Colin B Harvey places affect and memory at the very heart of his approach. It's a decision that pays dividends, generating new taxonomies and fresh understandings via an impressive series of examples. Drawing on his experience as a licensed tie-in creator, Harvey seamlessly integrates scholarship, creative vitality, and industry knowledge. Fantastic Transmedia lives up to its title: this is a great book." - Matt Hills, Aberystwyth University, UK Contemporary culture is packed with fantasy and science fiction storyworlds extending across multiple media platforms. This book explores the myriad ways in which imaginary worlds use media like films, novels, videogames, comic books, toys and increasingly usergenerated content to captivate and energise contemporary audiences. Contents: 1. Fantastic Transmedia * 2. Stories and Worlds * 3. Of Hobbits and Hulks: Adaptation Versus Narrative Expansion * 4. Canon-Fodder: Halo and Horizontal Remembering * 5. Configuring Memory in the Buffyverse * 6. Material Myths and Nostalgia-Play in Star Wars * 7. Fantastically Independent * 8. Transmedia Memory * Bibliography * Index May 2015 UK May 2015 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137306036

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137306036

CULTURAL STUDIES American Anti-Nuclear Activism, 1975-1990

Stars, Fans, and Consumption in the 1950s

The Challenge of Peace

Reading Photoplay

Kyle Harvey, Macquarie University, Australia Looking at national peace organizations alongside lesser-known protest collectives, this book argues that anti-nuclear activists encountered familiar challenges common to other social movements of the late twentieth century. Contents: Introduction: Dynamics of Anti-Nuclear Activism in the Second Cold War * 1. Anti-Nuclear Coalitions: Pacifism, Radical Action, and a Rising Atomic Threat * 2. Building a Mainstream Movement: Advertising, Publicity, and Image * 3. Personal Politics: Radical Feminism, Difference, and Anti-Nuclear Activism * 4. Prayer or Protest? Fasting, Nonviolence, and AntiNuclear Activism in the 1980s * 5. Activism in the Heartland: Local Identities, Community, and ‘The Day After,’ in Lawrence, Kansas * 6. Lifestyle Politics and Participatory Democracy: Communicating Peace across the United States on the Great Peace March * Epilogue

Palgrave Studies in the History of Social Movements October 2014 UK October 2014 US 240pp 8 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$105.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137432834

The Simpsons, Satire, and American Culture

9781137432834

Now available in paperback

Matthew A. Henry, Richland College, USA "[This] book is well written, well organized, and well researched, drawing heavily on literature on [The Simpsons] and on satire in general . . . The book is not a fan letter but something far more valuable - an intelligent book about an intelligent sitcom. Summing up: Recommended. All readership levels." - CHOICE How is The Simpsons a satirical artwork engaged with important social, political, and cultural issues? Henry offers the first comprehensive understanding of the show as a satire and explores the ways in which The Simpsons participates in the so-called "culture war" debates taking place in American society. Contents: Introduction: The Simpsons, Satire, and American Culture * 1. ‘Entertain and Subvert’: Fox Television, Satirical Comedy, and The Simpsons * 2. ‘You’re an American Now’: Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality on The Simpsons * 3. ‘Don’t Ask Me, I’m Just a Girl’: Feminism, Female Identity, and The Simpsons * 4. ‘The Whole World’s Gone Gay!’: Gay Identity, Queer Culture, and The Simpsons * and more... November 2014 UK November 2014 US 312pp Paperback £19.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137471789

9781137471789

Sumiko Higashi, The College at Brockport, SUNY, USA "What a pleasure and a wonderful surprise to see a new book by Sumiko Higashi! [...] Higashi writes with style and grace; she takes her subject very seriously, but does not preach to the choir. The section on stars is a lot of fun, but also revealing; the section on fans, fandom, and consumerism is positively scintillating." - David M. Desser, Emeritus Professor, University of Illinois, USA As the leading fan magazine in the postwar era, Photoplay constructed female stars as social types who embodied a romantic and leisured California lifestyle. Addressing working and lower-middle class readers who were prospering in the first mass consumption society, the magazine published not only publicity stories but also beauty secrets, fashion layouts, interior design tips, recipes, advice columns, and vacation guides. Postwar femininity was constructed in terms of access to commodities in suburban houses as the site of family togetherness. As the decade progressed, however, changing social mores regarding female identity and behavior eroded the relationship between idolized stars and worshipful fans. When the magazine adopted tabloid conventions to report sex scandals like the Debbie-Eddie-Liz affair, stars were demystified, and fans became scandalmongers. But the construction of female identity based on goods and performance that resulted in unstable, fragmented selves remains a legacy evident in postmodern culture today. Contents: General Introduction: Fan Magazines, Suburban America, and Consumer Goods * PART I: THE STARS * Introduction: The Stars * 1. Esther Williams: The Million Dollar Mermaid as the Girl Next Door * 2. Doris Day: The Big Band Singer as the Girl Next Door * 3. Debbie Reynolds: The Suburban Teenager as the Girl Next Door * 4. Susan Hayward: The Gal from Brooklyn as a Fiery Redhead * 5. Grace Kelly: The Philadelphia Socialite as the Princess of Monaco * and more... December 2014 UK December 2014 US 312pp 35 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137433992

The Zombie Renaissance in Popular Culture Edited by Laura Hubner, University of Winchester, UK, Marcus Leaning, University of Winchester, UK, Paul Manning, University of Winchester, UK This collection addresses the significant cultural phenomenon of the 'zombie renaissance' – the growing importance of zombie texts and zombie cultural practices in popular culture. The chapters examine zombie culture across a range of media and practices including films games, music, social media, literature and fandom. Contents: Contents * Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgements * PART I: THE ZOMBIE RENAISSANCE * 1. Introduction; Laura Hubner, Marcus Leaning and Paul Manning * 2. An Infected Population: Zombie Culture and the Modern Monstrous; Ian Conrich * 3. ‘I always wanted to see how the other half lives’: The Contemporary Zombie as Seductive Proselyte; Kyle Bishop * PART II: ZOMBIES GO TO THE MOVIES * 4. Archiving Gore: Who Owns Zombie Flesh Eaters?; Laura Hubner * 5. Consumerism and the Undead City: The Silent Hill and Resident Evil Films; Antonio Sanna * 6. The Undead Down Under; Steven Allen * PART III: ZOMBIES INVADE TELEVISION, VIDEO GAMES AND MUSIC * 7. Rocking with the Undead: How Zombies Infected the Psychobilly Subculture; Jane Dipple * 8. A Utilitarian Antagonist: The Zombie in Popular Video Games; Nathan Hunt * 9. Zombies and the Sociological Imagination: The Walking Dead as Social-Science Fiction; Darren Reed and Ruth Penfold-Mounce * PART IV: ZOMBIE FANS AND DIGITAL CULTURES * and more... November 2014 UK November 2014 US 240pp 5 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137276490

9781137433992

9781137276490

CULTURAL STUDIES Happiness: Understandings, Narratives and Discourses Laura Hyman, University of Portsmouth, UK Happiness, rather than being a private and subjective experience, is shaped, interpreted and articulated via culturally specific ways of thinking, being and acting. This highly original and timely book offers an empirical exploration of the ways in which being 'happy' is understood and articulated in contemporary society. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Happiness: The Story So Far * 3. What is Happiness? * 4. The Happy Self: Understanding Happiness through Therapeutic Discourse * 5. ‘Pack Animals’? Interpersonal Relationships and Happiness * 6. Orientations to Money, Working Life and Happiness * 7. Conclusion

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 184pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137321527

9781137321527

Transnational Histories of Youth in the Twentieth Century Edited by Richard Ivan Jobs, Pacific University, USA, David Martin Pomfret, University of Hong Kong, China Through a variety of case studies, Transnational Histories of Youth in the Twentieth Century examines the emergence of youth and young people as a central historical force in the global history of the twentieth century. Contents: Contents * 1. Youth and Rural Modernity in Japan, 1900s-1920s; Sayaka Chatani * 2. Boy Scouts under the Aztec Sun: Mexican Youth and the Transnational Construction of Identity, 1917-1940; Elena Jackson Albarrán * 3. ‘These Heroic Days’: Marxist Internationalism, Masculinity and Young British Scientists, 1930s-1940s; Heather Ellis * 4. A Malayan Girlhood on Parade: Colonial Femininities, Transnational Mobilities and the Girl Guide Movement in British Malaya; Jilian Christina Wu * 5. Colonial Circulations: Vietnamese Youth, Travel and Empire, 1919-1940; David M. Pomfret * 6. Youth Mobility and the Making of Europe, 1945-1960; Richard Ivan Jobs * 7. On the Revolutionary Road: Youth, Displacements and Politics in the ‘Long’ Latin American Sixties; Valeria Manzano * 8. Movement Youth in a Global Sixties Hub: The Everyday Lives of Transnational Activists in Postcolonial; Andrew Ivaska and Dar es Salaam * 9. ‘Belonging to Many Homes’: Argentine Sephardi Youth in Buenos Aires and Israel, 1956-1976; Adriana M. Brodsky * 10. Swinging across the Iron Curtain and Moscow’s Summer of Love: How Western Youth Culture Went East; Juliane Fürst * 11. Deng’s Children: ‘Youth’ and the 1989 Movement; Fabio Lanza * 12. A Transnational Generation: Franco-Maghribi Youth Culture and Musical Politics in the Late Twentieth Century; Paul A. Silverstein

Palgrave Macmillan Transnational History Series

The Afterglow of Women’s Pornography in Post-Digital China

April 2015 UK April 2015 US 352pp 20 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137469892

9781137469892

Katrien Jacobs, Chinese University of Hong Kong, China Chinese artists, activists, and netizens are pioneering a new order of pornographic representation that is in critical dialogue with global entertainment media. Jacobs examines the role of sex-positive feminists and queer communities to investigate pornography's ‘afterglow’ (a state of crisis and decay within digital culture).

Music and Identity in Twentieth-Century Literature from Our America Noteworthy Protagonists Marco Katz Montiel, MacEwan University, Canada "This vibrant and always surprising portrait of the literary Americas is alive with the moods and sounds of a practicing musician - a trombonist of the demimonde who played with big name bands in New York salsa's golden age. Katz Montiel is an American original. With a scholar's craft, he gives us an impassioned study of the deep musical structure of classics of the New World novel." -Timothy Brennan, Professor of Cultural Studies and Comparative Literature, University of Minnesota, USA

Contents: Introduction * 1. Women’s Drifting Eyeballs and Porn Tastes * 2. Wandering Scholars and the Teachings of Ghosts * 3. Message on the Body in the Chinese Netsphere. * 4. The Art of Failure as seen in Chinese Women’s Boys’ Love Fantasies * 5. The Master Class of Left-Over Women * Conclusion June 2015 UK June 2015 US 208pp 20 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137485175

9781137485175

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

@PalgraveCultMed

Offering a one-of-a-kind approach to music and literature of the Americas, this book examines the relationships between musical protagonists from Colombia, Cuba, and the United States in novels by writers such as Gabriel García Márquez, Alejo Carpentier, Zora Neale Hurston, and John Okada. Contents: Preface: Tuning Up * Introduction: Overture * PART I: FIRST MOVEMENT: NUMBERS, MUSIC, AND THE REALITY OF GABRIEL GÁRCĺA MARQUEZ * 1. Exposition: Literary and Musical Themes * 2. Development: Dissonant Confrontations * PART II: INTERMEZZO: MUSICAL SEGMENTALIZING * PART III: SECOND MOVEMENT: MEANWHILE, ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE CARIBBEAN * 3. Theme: Alejo Carpentier Sets the Stage * 4. Variations: Hurston and Carpentier’s Caribbean Counterpoint * PART IV: THIRD MOVEMENT: STRETCHING THE NORTHERN BOUNDARIES OF AMERICA * 5. Scherzo: ID Don’t Mean a Thing If It Ain’t Got that Swing * 6. Rondo: John Okada Returns to America and Returns to America and Returns . . . * and more...

Literatures of the Americas August 2014 UK August 2014 US 244pp Hardback £57.50 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137433329

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137433329

CULTURAL STUDIES Taking Fame to Market

The Formation of Gaming Culture

On the Pre-History and Post-History of Hollywood Stardom

UK Gaming Magazines, 1981-1995

Barry King, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand

Graeme Kirkpatrick, University of Skövde , Sweden "In the well-known story, the computer game industry 'crashed' in 1982-1983. This important book tells us that this did not happen outside the US. Instead, the lively UK computer game scene continued unabated, and Kirkpatrick shows how it gave rise to both the language and attitudes of today's computer game culture." - Jesper Juul, Royal Danish Academy of Fine Arts, Denmark

This book explores, from a sociological perspective, the relationship between acting as symbolic work and the commercialization of popular culture. Particular attention is paid to the social conditions that gave rise to stardom in the theatre and cinema, and how shifts in the marketing of stars have impacted upon contemporary celebrity culture. Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. From Custom to Price * 2. The Formation of Stardom * 3. Garrick as a Personage * 4. The Descent from Stardom as Personage * 5. Writing the Stars * 6. The High Tide of Biography * 7. The Rise of Autography * 8. The End of Seeming * Notes * Index November 2014 UK November 2014 US 264pp 6 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137344274

This book analyses gaming magazines published in Britain in the 1980s to provide the first serious history of the bedroom coding culture that produced some of the most important video games ever played. Contents: Introduction * 1. Approaches To Gaming’s Field * 2. Studying The Magazines * 3. Getting A Feel For The Games * 4. Game Addicted Freaks * 5. Wimps, YOBS And Game Busters * Conclusion: Gaming’s Field And Game Studies

9781137344274 March 2015 UK March 2015 US 136pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137305091

9781137305091

Virtual Orientalism in Brazilian Culture Edward King, Bristol University, UK Orientalist discourses in Brazilian culture are an expression of anxieties about the re-structuring of time and space in the network age. The book examines engagements with Japanese postmodern culture in Brazil, which emerge in relation to the history of Japanese immigration and through a series of European and North American discursive mediations. Contents: Introduction * 1. Graphic Fictions of Japanese Immigration to Brazil: Pop Cosmopolitan Mobility and the Disjunctive Temporalities of Migration * 2. Otaku Culture and the Virtuality of Immaterial Labor in Maurício de Sousa’s Turma da Mônica Jovem * 3. Ekphrastic Anxiety in Virtual Brazil: Photographing Japan in the Fiction of Alberto Renault * 4. Paranoid Orientalism in Bernardo Carvalho’s O sol se põe em São Paulo * 5. Paulo Leminski’s Haiku and the Disavowed Orientalism of the Poesia Concreta Project * 6. Moving Images of Japanese Immigration: The Photography of Haruo Ohara * Afterword May 2015 UK May 2015 US 256pp 17 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137468314

9781137468314

Media Representations of Footballers’ Wives A Wag's Life Jennifer Bullen, deceased, formerly at University of Essex, UK Representing a detailed analysis of footballers' wives and their role in contemporary British culture, this books explores how the generic and stereotypical 'Wag' has been created by newspaper and magazine coverage, auto/biographies and influential television programmes. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Framing the wag * 3. Methodology * 4. Wives in Print * 5. Footballers’ Wive$ - Fact or Fiction? * 6. Auto/biographies – Telling Tales * 7. Conclusions – What’s in a Name? * Data Sources * Bibliography * Appendix A * Appendix B * Appendix C September 2014 UK September 2014 US 240pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137335685

9781137335685

CULTURAL STUDIES Cultural Policies in East Asia

The American Success Myth on Film

Dynamics between the State, Arts and Creative Industries Edited by Hye-Kyung Lee, King’s College London, UK, Lorraine Lim, Birkbeck University of London, UK "This book will be widely welcomed for the insights it provides on the state of cultural policy in five East Asian states: Singapore, China, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan...Indeed what is most impressive is the way in which each chapter captures an essence of a nation's individual socio-economic and cultural history or contemporary context. Yet at the same time themes emerge which resonate across these diverse sites." - Asia Pacific Journal of Arts and Cultural Management, 2014 This book provides a detailed snapshot of cultural policies in China, Japan, Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan. In addition to an historical overview of the culture-state relationships in East Asia, it provides an analysis of contemporary developments occurring in the regions' cultural policies and the challenges they are facing. Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * Cultural Policies in East Asia: An Introduction; Hye-Kyung Lee and Lorraine Lim * PART I: CULTURAL IDENTITY FORMATION AND NATION BUILDING * 1. Bureaucratic Imaginations in the Global City: Arts and Culture in Singapore; Terence Chong * 2. Cultural Difference, National Identity and Cultural Policy in Taiwan; Li-jung Wang * 3. Online Games and Chinese National Identities; Anthony Fung * 4. Nation Branding of Korea; Kiwon Hong * PART II: NEGOTIATIONS BETWEEN CULTURE AND THE STATE * 5. Culture and the State: From a Korean Perspective; Hye-Kyung Lee * 6. Negotiation and Adaptation: Singapore Theater as Civil Society; Lorraine Lim * 7. ReOrienting Cultural Policy: Cultural Statecraft; and Cultural Governance in Taiwan and China; Jerry C.Y. Liu * and more... August 2014 UK August 2014 US 248pp 6 figures Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137327765

9781137327765

Now available in paperback

Julie Levinson, Babson College, USA "The promise of social mobility is the heart and soul of America's ongoing self-romance, not to mention an obsessive theme of our national cinema. In this lucid and entertaining examination of the filmic success story, Julie Levinson exposes the twinge of self-doubt that underpins the mythology. This is also a particularly timely book given our current economic woes: the question of how such fantasies are maintained (despite all evidence to the contrary) couldn't be more politically pertinent." Laura Kipnis, Northwestern University, USA The American Success Myth on Film examines the enduring appeal that rags-to-riches stories and other success narratives exert on our collective imagination. It highlights how Hollywood movies have illuminated – if not resolved – the ideological contradictions at the heart of the American idea of success. Contents: Acknowledgements * 1. Top of the World: Cultural Narratives, Myths, and Movies * 2. Moving Up and Moving On: Mobility and the American Success Myth * 3. Work and its Discontents: The Corporate Workplace Movie * 4. Success Reassessed: Ambitious Women/ Midlife Men * 5. Hallelujah, I’m a Bum: The Glorification of Unemployment * 6. Conclusion * Bibliography * Filmography * Notes * Index January 2015 UK January 2015 US 232pp Paperback £18.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137482525

9781137482525

Spanish Football and Social Change Sociological Investigations Ramón Llopis-Goig, University of Valencia, Spain "Ramon Llopis-Goig has produced the definitive social scientific analysis of the most successful football society in recent times [...] this book will be essential reading for all academics, students and general readers with interests in football and in Spanish culture and society." - Professor Richard Giulianotti, Loughborough University, UK

Argentina Since the 2001 Crisis Recovering the Past, Reclaiming the Future Edited by Cara Levey, University College Cork, Ireland, Daniel Ozarow, Middlesex University Business School, UK, Christopher Wylde, Richmond the American International University in London, UK This timely and interdisciplinary volume analyzes the many impacts of and contrasting responses to the Argentine political, economic, and social crises of 200102. Chapters offer original theoretical models and examine the relationship between political, cultural, economic, and societal spheres. Contents: Foreword; Colin Lewis * Introduction: Revisiting the Argentine Crisis a Decade on: Changes and Continuities?; Cara Levey, Daniel Ozarow, Christopher Wylde * PART I: THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF (POST) CRISIS ARGENTINA * 1. Continuity and Change in the Interpretation of Upheaval: Re-examining the Argentine Crisis of 2001-02; Christopher Wylde, * 2. Post-Convertibility Growth in Argentina: Long Term Dynamics and Limits, 1960-2008; Cecilia T. Lanata Briones and Rubén M. Lo Vuolo * 3. Macroeconomic Governance in Post-neoliberal Argentina and the Relentless Power of TNCs: The Case of the Soy Complex; Miguel A. Rivera Quiñones * PART II: SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND MASS MOBILISATION BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER QUE SE VAYAN TODOS * and more...

In the past few decades, Spanish football has undergone a significant transformation, both on and off the pitch. Llopis-Goig analyses these trends, questioning the role of football in contemporary Spanish society and examining the historical reasons for its social hegemony. Contents: Introduction * 1. Spaniards’ Secular Ritual * 2. Historical Configuration * 3. Team Identification and Football Culture * 4. The Decline of the Spanish Fury * 5. The Metamorphosis of the Football Clubs * 6. Detraditionalization, Hyperconsumption and Ambivalence * 7. Inductor Masculinities * 8. Hooligans, Ultras and Vandals * 9. Racism, Xenophobia and Intolerance * Conclusions and Epilogue

Football Research in an Enlarged Europe May 2015 UK May 2015 US 232pp 7 b/w tables, 1 graph Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137467942

9781137467942

Studies of the Americas July 2014 UK July 2014 US 268pp 2 b/w tables, 19 figures Hardback £62.50 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137434258

9781137434258

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

CULTURAL STUDIES Craft and the Creative Economy

The Search for Meaning in Film and Television

Susan Luckman, University of South Australia, Australia

Disenchantment at the Turn of the Millennium

Craft and the Creative Economy examines the place of craft and making in the contemporary cultural economy, with a distinctive focus on the ways in which this creative sector is growing exponentially as a result of online shopfronts and home-based micro-enterprise, 'mumpreneurialism' and downshifting, and renewed demand for the handmade.

Marcus Maloney, Monash University, Australia

Contents: Introduction * 1. Craft Revival: The Post-Etsy Handmade Economy * 2. Crafts as Creative Industry * 3. Material Authenticity and the Renaissance of the Handmade: The Aura of the Analogue (or ‘The Enchantment of Making’) * 4. Craft Micro-Enterprise, Gender and Work–Life Relationships * 5. ‘Self-Making’ and Marketing the Crafty Self * 6. Craft Work and ‘the Good Life’: Creative Economic Possibilities * 7. Conclusion Craft Micro-Economies: More than ‘Cool Capitalism’ March 2015 UK March 2015 US 208pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137399649

9781137399649

This book is concerned with the difficulties faced by modern Westerners in their search for a meaningful life. It sheds light on this enduring cultural dilemma through a close reading of four popular film and television narratives. Contents: Table of Contents * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Just a Toy * 3. Batman and Society * 4. Self, Sex and the City * 5. Tony Soprano and the Big Nothing * 6. Conclusion * Notes * Bibliography May 2015 UK May 2015 US 176pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137499288

9781137499288

William Corder and the Red Barn Murder Journeys of the Criminal Body Shane McCorristine, University of Leicester, UK

Cyber Ireland Text, Image, Culture Claire Lynch, Brunel University, UK Cyber Ireland explores, for the first time, the presence and significance of cyberculture in Irish literature. Bringing together such varied themes as Celtic mythology in video games, Joycean hypertexts and virtual reality Irish tourism, the book introduces a new strand of Irish studies for the twenty-first century. Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Out with the Old, in with the Boring * 2. Lost in Cyberspace * 3. Discovering Ireland * 4. What Came First, The Chick Lit or The Blog? * 5. The Digital Divide * 6. Game Over * References * Bibliography * Index

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 192pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230358171

9780230358171

This study reassesses the criminal body from sentencing to execution and afterlife, using the nineteenth-century Red Barn murder as a case study. Positioned within the burgeoning field of medical humanities, it places culture and power at the centre of debates surrounding criminal justice and public punishment. Contents: 1. The Murder in the Red Barn * 2. The Criminal Body Dismembered * 3. The Criminal Body Remembered * Appendix 1: Crime, Trial, and Dismemberment * Appendix 2: Representations and Afterlives

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 122pp 8 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137439383

9781137439383

CULTURAL STUDIES Reclaiming Poch@ Pop

A Sociology of the World Rally Championship

Examining the Rhetoric of Cultural Deficiency

History, Identity, Memories and Place

Cruz Medina, Santa Clara University, USA "Reclaiming Poch@ Pop is a must-read for all scholars. Although the Poch@ identity - a complex mestizaje way of being - has existed within the Latino culture for years, its existence has often been downplayed within the academy. Medina's work on Poch@ ismo and artists is a desperately needed piece to the puzzle for academics across disciplines of rhetoric, communication, writing, pop culture, and ethnic studies. His complex analysis of the poch@ and pochteca and the ideas of the 'traveling merchant role' is skillfully written to a level that is not replicated by any other scholar. Gracias, Cruz, for writing such a book that will no doubt impact the lives of many." - Octavio Pimentel, Associate Professor, Texas State University, USA Tracing the historical trajectory of the pocho (Latinos who are influenced by Anglo culture) in pop culture, Medina shows how the trope of pocho/pocha/poch@, which traditionally signified the negative connotation of ‘cultural traitor’ in Spanish, has been reclaimed through the pop cultural productions of Latinos who self-identify as poch@. Contents: Foreword; Arturo Aldama * 1. A Poch@ Pop Preface * 2. Proto-Poch@ Representations in Film * 3. Poch@ Methodological (re)appropriation for Resistance * 4. Alcaraz and Madrigal: Re-appropriating Poch@ for Resistance * 5. Poch@teca: Re-Understanding the Historical Trajectory of a Proto-Chican@ Identity * 6. Poch@s Strike Back: Ozomatli Members Respond to Pop Culture Commentary * Afterword

Hans Erik Naess, University of Oslo, Norway Drawing upon interviews with key people in the World Rally Championship as well as trans-local ethnographic research, this book explores questions of commerciality and sporting identity, tackling the sport's controversial handling of the shift into 'the commercial age'. It is essential reading on combining sporting heritage and commercial progress. Contents: 1. Introduction: The Paradox of Commercialisation * 2. The Promotional Context * 3. Imagining the Story * 4. The Sense of Place in Rallying * 5. The Spectator Culture of Rallying * 6. The Legacy of WRC Cars * 7. Heroes behind the Wheel * 8. The WRC’s Promotional Value September 2014 UK September 2014 US 272pp 8 b/w tables, 11 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137405432

9781137405432

postmedieval: a journal of medieval cultural studies Editors: Eileen Joy, BABEL Working Group and Myra Seaman, College of Charleston, USA

Latino Pop Culture December 2014 UK December 2014 US 134pp 20 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137501578

9781137501578

Architecture, Materiality and Society Connecting Sociology of Architecture with Science and Technology Studies

postmedieval is an award-winning, cross-disciplinary journal in medieval studies bringing the medieval and modern into productive critical relation. The journal aims to develop a present-minded medieval studies in which contemporary events, issues, ideas, problems, objects, and texts serve as triggers for critical investigations of the Middle Ages.

ISSN: 20405960 / EISSN: 20405979 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/pmed

Edited by Anna-Lisa Müller, University of Bremen, Germany, Werner Reichmann, University of Konstanz, Germany This book examines the extent to which the insights of STS can be used to analyse the role of architecture in and for social life. The contributions examine the question of whether architecture – and thus materiality as a whole – has agency. The book also proposes s a theoretical and methodological approach on how to research architecture's agency. Contents: 1. The Secrets of Architecture’s Actions; Werner Reichmann and Anna-Lisa Müller * 2. Designing a Counter: The Constitutive Entanglement of the Social and the Material in Architectural Design; Marianne Stang Våland and Susse Georg * 3. The Mutual Influence of the Architecture and the Social in a Non-home; Magdalena Łukasiuk and Marcin Jewdokimow * 4. The Emergence of Architecture-Transformations. An Examination of Architecture Experiences from the Perspective of the Sociology of Space and the Actor-Network-Theory; Theresia Leuenberger * 5. The Parliament as a High-Political Programme; Endre Dányi * 6. The Lure of Restoration: Transforming Buildings and Bodies for Ever-Longer Life; Jarmin Christine Yeh * and more... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 264pp 14 b/w illustrations, 6 b/w tables Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137461124

9781137461124

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

CULTURAL STUDIES Arts Management and Cultural Policy Research

The Moral Geographies of Children, Young People and Food

Jonathan Paquette, University of Ottawa, Canada, Eleonora Redaelli, University of Oregon, USA "This is an original and highly informative synthesis of a wide-ranging literature that will prove to be of great interest to not only students of cultural policy and arts management and administration, but also to policy-makers." – Clive Gray, University of Warwick, UK

Beyond Jamie's School Dinners

This book aims to present concepts, knowledge and institutional settings of arts management and cultural policy research. It offers a representation of arts management and cultural policy research as a field, or a complex assemblage of people, concepts, institutions, and ideas. Contents: Introduction * 1. Knowledge: Disciplines and Beyond * 2. Academic beginnings: Arts Management Training and Cultural Policy Studies * 3. Disciplinary Bridges: Functions of Management * 4. More than Management: Organizational Perspectives * 5. A Conventional Approach: Public Policy Research * 6. Multidisciplinarity: Ideas, Institutions and Interests * 7. On Paradigms: From Epistemology to Epistemic Cultures * 8. Mapping the Field: Institutional Settings of Knowledge Production * Conclusion May 2015 UK May 2015 US 168pp 11 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137460912

9781137460912

Affective Relations Carolyn Pedwell, Newcastle University, UK "Affective Relations gives a much-needed critical evaluation of the contexts within which empathy/ emotion/affect function. For example, cultivating empathy holds no guarantees for achieving the moral high ground and is always predicated on how one is located. Pedwell crucially reminds us that translating across affective categories is always embedded in specific societal and cultural meaning systems that include neo-colonial enterprises in the development field where identifying with the emotional lives of marginalised others often translates into new models of appropriation and reification." - Sneja Gunew, University of British Columbia, Canada Exploring the ambivalent grammar of empathy where questions of geo-politics and social justice are at stake - in popular science, international development, postcolonial fiction, feminist and queer theory - this book addresses the critical implications of empathy's uneven effects. It offers a vital transnational perspective on the 'turn to affect'. Contents: Introduction: Empathy, Emotional Politics and Transnationality * 1. Economies of Empathy: Obama, Neoliberalism and Social Justice * 2. Affective (Self-) Transformations: Empathy, Social Theory and International Development * 3. Affect at the Margins: Alternative Empathies in A Small Place * 4. Affective Translation: Empathy and The Memory of Love * 5. Circuits of Feeling in The Age of Empathy * Conclusions: Empathy and its Afterlives

This book takes Jamie Oliver's campaign for better school meals as a starting point for thinking about morally charged concerns relating to young people's nutrition, health and well-being, parenting, and public health 'crises' such as obesity. The authors show how these debates are always about the moral project of the self. Contents: Introduction: Jamie’s School Dinners * 1. Jamie’s School Dinners: Celebrity Culture, Food and the Problem of Young People and Food * 2. Turkey Twizzlers: Public Policy and the Problem of School Dinners * 3. Young People and the Moral Economy of Food * 4. The School Dining Room: A Governable Space? * 5. The School Meal: A Civilizing Technology * 6. Dinner Ladies and Junk Food Mums: Parenting and the Battleground of School Meals * Conclusion: Beyond Jamie’s School Dinners November 2014 UK November 2014 US 240pp 1 figure Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137312297

The Unacceptable

The Transnational Politics of Empathy

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 264pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137275257

Jo Pike, University of Leeds, UK, Peter Kelly, RMIT University, Australia

9781137275257

9781137312297

Now available in paperback

Edited by John Potts, Macquarie University, Australia, John Scannell, Macquarie University, Australia "The unacceptable tempts and tests us with new possibilities and unimaginable horrors. This fraught combination of creativity and destructiveness remains the perilous fault line where the most telling cultural tensions reveal themselves. Neither quick to condemn nor seduced by easy enthusiasm, this bold collection takes up the challenge of the theory and practice of the unacceptable, significantly advancing our understanding of the shifting limits of what we are allowed to think, say and be." - Nick Mansfield, author of Masochism: the Art of Power, Theorizing War and The God Who Deconstructs Himself Confronting the issue of the unacceptable as a social category, this collection of international essays provides distinctive perspectives on the theme of what is deemed socially acceptable. The book reveals the ways in which the category of the unacceptable reflects sexual, racial and political fault-lines of a society. Contents: Notes on Contributors * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction: What is the Unacceptable?; J. Potts and J. Scannell * PART I: THE SOCIALLY UNACCEPTABLE * 2. Power and the Unacceptable; M. Dean * 3. ‘Schooling Scandals!’: Exploring the Necessity of Cultural Disgust; C. Haywood * 4. Presumed Innocent: Picturing Childhood; C. Lumby * 5. The Sombrero Comes Out of the Closet: Gay Marriage in Mexico City and a Nation’s Struggle for Identity; S. Ballina * 6. The Drug Cultures in France and the Netherlands (1960s-1980s): Banning or Regulating the ‘Unacceptable’; A. Marchant * 7. ‘When the Smoke Clears’: Confronting Smoking Policy; J. Scannell * PART II: REPRESENTING THE UNACCEPTABLE * 8. The Monstrous-Familial: Representations of the Unacceptable Family; J. Potts * 9. Unacceptability and Prosaic Life in Breaking Bad; E. Logan * and more... November 2014 UK November 2014 US 248pp Paperback £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137440198

9781137440198

CULTURAL STUDIES The Circulation of European Knowledge

From Literature to Cultural Literacy

Niklas Luhmann in the Hispanic Americas Leandro Rodriguez Medina, Universidad de las Americas Puebla, Mexico This book studies the circulation of social knowledge by focusing on the reception of Niklas Luhmann's systems theory in Hispanic America. It shows that theories need active involvement from scholars in the receiving field in order to travel. Contents: Introduction * 1. Conceptualizing Knowledge Circulation: Methods and Theories * 2. Bounding Luhmann: Different Strategies to Appropriate Foreign Knowledge * 3. Luhmanization: Identity and Circulation * 4. The Circulation of Luhmann’s Theory from a Comparative Perspective * Conclusion

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 138pp 2 b/w tables, 1 figure Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137430021

Fitness Culture Gyms and the Commercialisation of Discipline and Fun

9781137430021

Now available in paperback

Roberta Sassatelli, University of Milan, Italy "This engaging exploration of what sustains gym membership as a consumer practice will be of interest to scholars of studies of consumption, the body, leisure and health." - CHOICE Review This book, now in paperback, provides a sociological perspective on fitness culture as developed in commercial gyms, investigating the cultural relevance of gyms in terms of the history of the commercialization of body discipline, the negotiation of gender identities and distinction dynamics within contemporary cultures of consumption. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Fitness Culture, Fit Bodies and the Ethnography of the Gym * 3. The Cultural Location of Fitness Gyms * 4. Spatiality and Temporality * 5. Interaction and Relational Codes * 6. Framing Fitness * 7. Discipline and Fun * 8. The Culture of the Fit Body * 9. Fit Bodies, Strong Selves * 10. Conclusions: Embodiment, Agency and Consumer Culture

Consumption and Public Life October 2014 UK October 2014 US 248pp Paperback £22.99 / $40.00 / CN$46.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137464873

9781137464873

Edited by Naomi Segal, Birkbeck, University of London, UK, Daniela Koleva, St Kliment Ohridski University of Sofia, Bulgaria Researchers in the new field of literary-and-cultural studies look at social issues – especially issues of change and mobility – through the lens of literary thinking. The essays range from cultural memory and migration to electronic textuality and biopolitics. Contents: Introduction; Naomi Segal * PART I: REMEMBERING AND FORGETTING * 1. Section Introduction; Daniela Koleva * 2. Visual Recall in the Present: Critical Nostalgia and the Memory of Empire in Portuguese Culture; Isabel Capeloa Gil * 3. Textualized Memories of Politics: Turkish Coup d’état Novels; Sibel Irzık * 4. Can Developers Learn from Art? Janet Cardiff’s ‘The Missing Voice’ in Spitalfields; Ricarda Vidal * PART II: MIGRATION AND TRANSLATION * 5. Section Introduction; Loredana Polezzi * 6. Migrant Poet(h)ics; Borbála Faragó * 7. Translating the In-Between: Literatures of Performance and the Relationship between Language, Literature and Society; Robert Crawshaw * 8. Lost (and Gained) in Migration: the writing of migrancy; Mary Gallagher * PART III: ELECTRONIC TEXTUALITY * 9. Section Introduction; Leopoldina Fortunati * 10. Non-Consumptive Reading; Susan Schreibman * 11. Reading (and Writing) Online, Rather than on the Decline; Kathleen Fitzpatrick * 12. I Fought the Law: Transgressive Play and the Implied Player; Espen Aarseth * PART IV: BIOSOCIALITY, BIOPOLITICS AND THE BODY * 13. Section Introduction; Ulrike Landfester * 14. Human Enhancement: is it ‘Mere’ Science Fiction? The Rise and Rise of Disembodied Ethics; Heather Bradshaw-Martin * 15. History in the Gene? How Biohistories are Implicated in Biopolitics and Biosocialities; Marianne Sommer * 16. Between Hybrid and Graft; Uwe Wirth * Index October 2014 UK October 2014 US 280pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137429698

9781137429698

Fairy Tale and Film Old Tales with a New Spin Sue Short, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK Sue Short examines how fairy tale tropes have been reworked in contemporary film, identifying familiar themes in a range of genres – including rom coms, crime films and horror – and noting key similarities and differences between the source narratives and their offspring. Contents: Foreword * Introduction: Old Tales with a New Spin * 1. Finding Love and Fulfilling Dreams: Female Aspirations in the Rom-Com * 2. Curses, Wishes, and Amazing Transformations: Male Maturation Tales * 3. Wealth through Stealth: Evening the Odds or Inviting Disaster? * 4. Demon Lovers, Ogre Husbands, and Female Avengers * 5. Houses of Horror: Domestic Dangers and Man-Made Monsters * 6. Postmodern Revisions: New Tales for Old? * Epilogue * Bibliography * Filmography December 2014 UK December 2014 US 232pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137020161

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137020161

CULTURAL STUDIES Cultural Constructions of the Femme Fatale

Local Radio, Going Global

From Pandora's Box to Amanda Knox

Guy Starkey, University of Sunderland, UK "Local Radio, Going Global is well informed, academically robust, and clearly coming from someone with a great affection for radio. The book explores the development of local radio in detail but always within the wider social, political and economic context, and the author's clear, personable and approachable voice adds greatly to the value of this work. It is an important new resource for the radio scholar." - Jason Griffiths, University of Gloucestershire, UK

Stevie Simkin, University of Winchester, UK "In this fascinating study, Stevie Simkin traces the murderous figure of the femme fatale from her early modern roots to her present day incarnation ... It will be of great interest to scholars of literature and film, as well as those located in gender studies and criminology." - Lizzie Seal, Senior Lecturer in Criminology, University of Sussex, UK The figure of the beautiful but lethal woman has haunted the Western imagination from ancient myth to contemporary film. Looking at news media, cinema, drama and other cultural forms, this study considers the interaction between representations of 'real life' 'femmes fatales' and their fictional counterparts.

Now available in paperback

An examination of the development of local radio broadcasting and the trend for locally-owned, locally-originated and locally-accountable commercial radio stations to fall into the hands of national and international media groups. Starkey traces the early development of local radio through to present-day digital environments.

Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. Defining the Femme Fatale * 2. Frances Howard (1590-1632) * 3. Ruth Snyder (1891-1928) * 4. Amanda Knox * Conclusion * References * Notes

Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * 1. The Sleeping Giant: Resistance and Repression in the Monopoly Years (1906-1972) * 2. The Wake-Up Call: The New Dawn and Local Radio’s Place in the New Duopoly (1973-1983) * 3. Growing Pains: Localness: Regulation, Deregulation and What About Automation? (1984-2003) * 4. Homogenisation, or Two Digits to the BBC – and to Everyone Else? (2003-) * 5. Global Village or Total Eclipse?: From ‘Hot’ and ‘Cool’ Media to ‘Active’ and ‘Passive’ Media * References * Index

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230355699

January 2015 UK January 2015 US 220pp Paperback £18.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137477637

9780230355699

The Bicycle - Towards a Global History Paul Smethurst, University of Hong Kong, China This is the first history of the bicycle to trace not only the technical background to its invention, but also to contrast its social and cultural impact in different parts of the world, and assess its future as a continuing global phenomenon. Contents: 1. Invention * 2. Mobility * 3. Crossings * 4. Trends and Trajectories

May 2015 UK May 2015 US 224pp 30 images Hardback £70.00 / $110.00 / CN$125.00 Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$36.99 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137499493 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137499509

American Political Fictions War on Errorism in Contemporary American Literature, Culture, and Politics Peter Swirski, Sun Yat-Sen University, China "Peter Swirski has stepped up to the plate and smacked another ball over the centerfield fence. American Political Fictions: War on Errorism in Contemporary American Literature, Culture, and Politics is social and cultural criticism at its best. The book is original, insightful, unforgettable, and almost impossible to put down. I highly recommend it." - Robert W. McChesney, Professor of Communication, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA Through a discussion of diverse art and media such as apocalyptic thrillers, rap, and television, Swirski debunks the American political system, sieving out fact from a sea of bipartisan untruths. Engaging with close analysis and multiple case studies, this book forges a more accurate picture of contemporary American culture and of America itself.

9781137499493 9781137499509

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

9781137477637

@PalgraveCultMed

Contents: Introduction: Artists and Con-Artists * 1. A Picture is Worth a Hundred Thousand Words: Joseph Heller, Picture this * 2. No Child Left Behind: Tim LaHaye and Jerry B. Jenkins, Left Behind: A Novel of the Earth’s Last Days * 3. A Planet for the Taking: Alistair Beaton, A Planet for the President * 4. (R)hyming (A)merican (P)oetry: various artists * 5. The Left Wing: Aaron Sorkin, Lawrence O’Donnell, Jr., Eli Attie, et al., The West Wing June 2015 UK June 2015 US 216pp 12 figures Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137518880

9781137518880

CULTURAL STUDIES Society, Culture and the Auditory Imagination in Modern France Society, Culture and the Auditory Imagination in Modern France, Sykes The Humanity of Hearing Ingrid Sykes, La Trobe University, Australia This book examines the striking way in which medical and scientific work on hearing in 18th and 19th-century France helped to shape modern French society and culture. The author argues that of all the senses hearing offered the greatest resources for remodelling the idea of the universal human condition within the modern French historical setting. Contents: Introduction * 1. Medicine, Science and the Auditory Imagination * 2. The Juge-Auditeur and Hearing the People * 3. Hearing and Spaces of Medical Care * 4. The Blind and the Communication-Object * 5. Sound, Health and the Auditory Body-Politic * Conclusion January 2015 UK January 2015 US 184pp 7 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137455345

9781137455345

The Changing Nature of the Graduate Labour Market Media, Policy and Political Discourses in the UK Gerbrand Tholen, Oxford University, UK The assumptions made in the media regarding graduate skills and occupations are no longer valid within the changing educational context. This book traces seven key trends that shape the graduate labour market and reveals that their effects contradict the conceptualisation of the graduate labour market which dominates media and policy discourses. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Representation of the Graduate Labour Market: Media and Political Discourses * 2. Seven Trends Shaping the UK Graduate Labour Market * 3. Where has it Gone Wrong?

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 96pp 1 b/w table, 10 figures Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137479068

9781137479068

Postmodern Metanarratives Blade Runner and Literature in the Age of Image Décio Torres Cruz, Universidade Federal da Bahia, Brazil Postmodern Metanarratives investigates the relationship between cinema and literature by analyzing the film Blade Runner as a postmodern work that constitutes a landmark of cyberpunk narrative and establishes a link between tradition and the (post) modern. Contents: Contents * Acknowledgements * List of Illustrations * Introduction * 1. On Words and Meanings: Contradictions of the Modern or Postmodern Contradictions? * 2. Literature and Film: A Brief Overview of Theory and Criticism * 3. Blurring Genres: Dissolving Literature and Film in Blade Runner * 4. Revisiting the Biblical Tradition * 5. Revisiting the Freudian Tradition * 6. Collating the Postmodern * Conclusion: Replicating Life and Art * Works Cited * Endnotes July 2014 UK July 2014 US 232pp 10 figures Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137439727

9781137439727

The Social Construction of Death Interdisciplinary Perspectives Edited by Leen Van Brussel, Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium, Nico Carpentier, Vrije Universteit Brussel, Belgium Well-established scholars from a variety of disciplines - including sociology, anthropology, media and cultural studies, and political sciences – use the social construction of death and dying to analyse a wide variety of meaning-making practices in societal fields such as ethics, politics, media, medicine and family. This book contains an open access chapter under a CC BY license. Contents: Introduction; Leen Van Brussel And Nico Carpentier * 1. A Discourse-Theoretical Approach To Death And Dying; Leen Van Brussel * 2. Studying Illness And Dying Through Constructivist Grounded Theory; Linda Liska Belgrave And Kathy Charmaz * 3. Feeling Bodies: Analysing The Unspeakability Of Death; John Cromby And Adele Phillips * 4. Representations Of Corpses In Comtemporary Television; Tina Weber * 5. Ladies’ Choice? Requested Death In Film; Fran Mcinerney * 6. The Expertise Of Illness: Celebrity Constructions And Public Understandings; Daniel Ashton * 7. Death, Fantasy, And The Ethics Of Mourning; Jason Glynos * 8. Ethics, Killing And Dying: The Discursive Struggle Between Ethics Of War And Peace Models In The Cypriot Independence War Of 1955-1959; Nico Carpentier * 9. On The Deathly Construction Of Society; Arnar Árnason * 10. From Theft To Donation: Dissection, Organ Donation And Collective Memory; Glennys Howarth * 11. Digital Objects Of The Dead: Negotiating Electronic Remains; Margart Gibson * 12. ‘This In-Between’: How Families Talk About Death In Relation To Severe Brain Injury And Disorders Of Consciousness; Celia Kitzinger And Jenny Kitzinger

August 2014 UK August 2014 US 296pp Hardback £55.00 / $83.00 / CN$95.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137391902

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137391902

CULTURAL STUDIES Literature and Film, Dispositioned

Identity Discourses and Communities in International Events, Festivals and Spectacles

Thought, Location, World Alice Gavin, ICI Berlin Institute for Cultural Inquiry, Germany Literature and Film, Dispositioned looks to twentiethcentury literature's encounter with film as a means to thinking about the locations of thought in literature and literature's location in the world. It includes readings of works by James Joyce, Henry James, and Samuel Beckett, whose Film (1965) forms a concluding focus. Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface: Stimmung * 1. Literature * 2. Intermedium * 3. Intramedium * 4. Film * 5. Film * Works Cited * Notes

Language, Discourse, Society October 2014 UK October 2014 US 200pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137295446

9781137295446

Edited by Udo Merkel, University of Brighton, UK This collection focuses on the multi-layered links between international events and identity discourses. With a unique line-up of international scholars, this book offers a diverse range of exciting case studies, including sports competitions, music festivals, exhibitions, fashion shows and royal celebrations. Contents: 1. Making Sense of Identity Discourses in International Events, Festivals and Spectacles; Udo Merkel * 2. Il Calico as a Source of Local and Social Identity in Italy; Mark Doidge * 3. The Contestation of Identities and Communities in German Football; Udo Merkel * 4. Contemporary Images and Identities in the Hong Kong Dragon Boat Festival; Brian Bridges and Glos Ho Wing-Yan * 5. The 2012 London Olympics: Urban Imagery and City Branding; Adam Jones * 6. Royal Celebrations in the 21st Century - Cool Britannia versus Britannia ruled the waves; Beth Mudford * 7. Identity Discourses and Narratives in North Korean Events, Festivals and Celebrations; Udo Merkel and Gwang Ok * 8. China and the World Exposition (1915-2010): Blending Nationalism and Internationalism; Zhouxiang Lu * 9. Promoting European Identities at and through International Events; Jayne Luscombe * 10. Muhammad’s Birthday Celebrations in the Middle East: Uniting or Dividing the Islamic Community?; Andrea L. Stanton * and more...

Leisure Studies in a Global Era February 2015 UK February 2015 US 280pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137394927

Memory and Imagination in Film Scorsese, Lynch, Jarmusch, Van Sant

9781137394927

Patrizia Lombardo, Comparative Literature and Film, University of Geneva, Switzerland Inspired by Baudelaire's art criticism and contemporary theories of emotions, and developing a new aesthetic approach based on the idea that memory and imagination are strongly connected, Lombardo analyzes films by Scorsese, Lynch, Jarmusch and Van Sant as imaginative uses of the history of cinema as well as of other media. Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgments * Abbreviations * Introduction * PART I: THE WONDER OF CINEMA: SCORSESE * 1. Living in Manhattan in the 19th Century * 2. Memory and Astonishment in Shutter Island * 3. Style and Signature in Film * 4. Bazin, Bresson and Scorsese: Performatives in Film * Intermezzo * 5. Jim Jarmusch’s Philosophy of Composition * PART II: EXPERIMENTING TIME AND SPACE: VAN SANT AND LYNCH * 6. Minimalist Aesthetics in Gerry * 7. Space and Long Takes in Paranoid Park * 8. Lives on film: Gus Van Sant’s Milk * 9. David Lynch: Painting in Film * Filmography * Bibliography * Notes

Language, Discourse, Society September 2014 UK September 2014 US 264pp 25 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230241718

9780230241718

Contemporary Adulthood and the Night-Time Economy Oliver Smith, Plymouth University, UK "Avoiding both cliché-ridden hysteria, and the overripe products of redundant theoretical silos, Oliver Smith has produced a beautifully written, carefully nuanced account of post-industrial leisure that normalises and explains the contemporary nighttime economy. Read it before going to the pub." - Dick Hobbs, Professor of Sociology, University of Essex, UK This book examines the experiences of those dedicated drinkers at the forefront of the new night-time leisure industries that revolutionized the way we think about our city centres. Smith uses the night-time leisure economy as a lens through which to view the relationship between global consumer capital and the erosion of 'traditional' adulthood. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Socioeconomic Change, Work and Leisure * 3. Binge Britain and the NTE * 4. Consuming the City * 5. Youth, Adulthood and the NTE * 6. Drinking Biographies * 7. Desire, Motivation and the NTE * 8. Identity and the NTE * 9. Work, Friendship and the NTE * 10. Conclusions and Futures

Leisure Studies in a Global Era August 2014 UK August 2014 US 216pp Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$105.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137344519

9781137344519

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND... Patrons, Curators, Inventors and Thieves The Storytelling Contest of the Cultural Industries in the Digital Age Jonathan Wheeldon, Freelance Consultant, UK "A superb book. This is one of the best analytical accounts by an insider of the cultural industries. Actually no: one of the best analytical accounts by ANYONE of the cultural industries." - David Hesmondhalgh, Professor of Media and Music Industries, Institute of Communications Studies, University of Leeds Jonathan Wheeldon offers a rare and unusually reflective insider account of the transformational challenges of the music industry, and the cultural industries in general, over the past 15 years. He also makes a potentially valuable contribution to loosening the industrial-political deadlock in the debate over copyright reform. Contents: Introduction * PART I: MY VERSION OF EVENTS * 1. A Personal Perspective * 2. Innovation or Bust – a Short History of Recorded Music * PART II: STAKEHOLDER VOICES * 3. Value Shift * 4. Custodial Tensions * 5. Hindsight * PART III: A STORYTELLING CONTEST * 6. The Analysis of Discourse * 7. Strategy as Storytelling * 8. Identification of Key Constructs * 9. A Narrative World * 10. The Inventor’s Tale * 11. Power and Ideology * PART IV: THE PIRATE’S TALE: REFORM OF COPYRIGHT AND THE FUTURE * 12. Pirates, Property and Privatization * 13. Enclosing the Commons of the Mind * 14. The 300 Year War of Copyright * 15. My Version of Events: the Future * Bibliography * Notes September 2014 UK September 2014 US 280pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230249431

9780230249431

Creativity and Humour in Occupy Movements Intellectual Disobedience in Turkey and Beyond Edited by Altug Yalcintas, Ankara University, Turkey This volume offers scholarly perspectives on the creative and humorous nature of the protests at Gezi Park in Turkey, 2013. The contributors argue that these protests inspired musicians, film-makers, social scientists and other creative individuals, out of a concern for the aesthetics of the protests, rather than seizure of political power. Contents: Prelude: Occupy Turkey; Altug Yalcintas * 1. Intellectual Disobedience in Turkey; Altug Yalcintas * 2. Political Potential of Sarcasm: Cynicism in Civil Resentment; Secil van het Hof * 3. Vernacular Utopias: Mimetic Performances as Humour on Gezi Park and Bayındır Street; Utku Balaban * 4. Gezi Protests and the LGBT Rights Movement: A Relation in Motion; Ayşe Deniz Ünan * 5. ‘Just a Handful of Looters!’: A Comparative Analysis of Government Discourses on the Summer Disorders in the UK and Turkey; Boran Ali Mercan and Erhan Özşeker * Epilogue: Joy is the Laughter of the Resistance; Altug Yalcintas

February 2015 UK February 2015 US 134pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137473622

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY

New Documentaries in Latin America Edited by Vinicius Navarro, Emerson College, USA, Juan Carlos Rodríguez, Georgia Institute of Technology, USA "This is a collection of very insightful, well-informed, and compelling analyses authored by leading scholars in the field of Latin American documentary filmmaking. Theoretically engaged with rigorous contextualization, New Documentaries in Latin America provides an important contribution to a growing field within Latin American Film Studies." - Miriam Haddu, Senior Lecturer, Mexican Visual Culture, University of London, UK, and author of Contemporary Mexican Cinema, 1989-1999: History, Space, and Identity Examining the vast breadth and diversity of contemporary documentary production, while also situating nonfiction film and video within the cultural, political, and socio-economic history of the region, this book addresses topics such as documentary aesthetics, indigenous media, and transnational filmmaking, among others. Contents: Introduction * PART I: AESTHETICS AND POLITICS * 1. A Poetics of the Trace; Ana M. López * 2. First-Person Documentary and the New Political Subject: Enunciation, Recent History, and the Present in New Argentine Cinema; Antonio Gómez * 3. Under the Surface of the Image: Cultural Narrative, Symbolic Landscapes, and National Identity in the Films of Jorge de Léon and Armando Capó; Ruth Goldberg * 4. Performance in Brazilian Documentaries; Vinicius Navarro * 5. Narrative, Visibility, and Trauma in Bus 174; Cecilia Sayad * 6. Residual Images and Political Time: Memory and History in Chile, Obstinate Memory and City of Photographers; José Miguel Palacios * PART II: COMMUNITY AND INDIGENOUS MEDIA * 7. Reenact, Reimagine: Performative Indigenous Documentaries of Bolivia and Brazil; Amalia Córdova * 8. An Other Documentary is Possible: Indy Solidarity Video and Aesthetic Politics; Freya Schiwy * 9. Chilean Political Documentary Video of the 1980s; Antonio Traverso and Germán Liñero * PART III: LOCAL, NATIONAL, AND TRANSNATIONAL DIALOGUES * and more...

Global Cinema May 2014 UK May 2014 US 298pp 18 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137291332

9781137291332

American Journal of Cultural Sociology Editors: Jeffrey C. Alexander and Philip Smith, Yale University, USA and Ronald N. Jacobs, University at Albany, State University of New York, USA Publicly crystallizing the cultural turn in contemporary sociology, the American Journal of Cultural Sociology aims to provide a single space where cultural sociologists can follow the latest developments and debates within the field.

ISSN: 20497113 / EISSN: 20497133 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/ajcs 9781137473622

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Media and the Inner World: Psycho-cultural Approaches to Emotion, Media and Popular Culture

Performing Policy How Contemporary Politics and Cultural Programs Redefined U.S. Artists for the Twenty-First Century Paul Bonin-Rodriguez, University of Texas at Austin, USA "This book provides a much needed perspective about policy from the point of view of an artist who has been actively engaged in policymaking over time. Its range of examples, thoughtful analysis, and diverse perspectives of policymakers, artists, arts administrators, researchers, and theorists, add up to a book that is a catalyst both for dialogue and for engagement." – Caron Atlas, Arts and Democracy

Edited by Caroline Bainbridge, Roehampton University, London, UK, Candida Yates, University of East London, UK This book applies insights from the spheres of academic scholarship and clinical experience to demonstrate the usefulness of psychoanalysis for developing nuanced and innovative approaches to media and cultural analysis. Contents: Introduction: Psycho-cultural Approaches to Emotion, Media and Popular Culture; Caroline Bainbridge and Candida Yates * PART I: PSYCHO-CULTURAL APPROACHES TO SPORT * 1. ‘Abide With Me’: Mediatised Football And Collectivised Mourning; Barry Richards * 2. Political Sport and The Sport of Politics: A Psycho-cultural Study of Play, the Antics of Boris Johnson and The London 2012 Olympic Games; Candida Yates * PART II: THE EMOTIONAL WORK OF CINEMA * 3. ‘Cinematic Screaming’ or ‘All About My Mother’: Lars von Trier’s Cinematic Extremism as Therapeutic Encounter; Caroline Bainbridge * 4. Film Projection and Projective Identification: Film as a Teaching Tool; Judith Edwards * 5. The Body, Emotion and Cinema: Perspectives on Cinematic Experiences of das Unheimlich and Estranged Body States in The Others (Alejandro Amenàbar, 2001); Nicola Diamond * PART III: TELEVISION AND PARANOIA * 6. Reflections on Television and Paranoia; Karen Ainsbury * 7. Coping with a Crisis of Meaning: Televised Paranoia; Hugh Ortega Breton * 8. ‘Programmes For People Who Are Paranoid About The Way They Look’: Thoughts On Paranoia, Recognition, Mirrors and Makeover Television; Jo Whitehouse-Hart * PART IV: SOCIAL MEDIA AND DIGITAL NARCISSISM * and more... September 2014 UK September 2014 US 224pp Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137345530

9781137345530

This book demonstrates how and why a majority of US artists must now function as producers of their original works, as well as creators. The author shows how, over the span of 20 years, the USA's cultural policy sector radically redefined US artists' practices without cohesively articulating the expectations of artists' new role. Contents: Prologue * Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction: Performing Policy * 2. A Politic of Purpose: ‘The Arts and the Public Purpose’ (1997) * 3. New Work Now!: The Austin News Theatre Community (2013) * 4. Accounting for Capital: The Creative Capital Foundation (1999) * 5. A Survey Course: Teaching Artists and/as Producers * 6. Linking Creative Investments: Investing in Creativity (2003 and Leveraging Investments in Creativity (2003-2013) * 7. Proposing Place: ‘Creative Placemaking’ (2010-2014) * 8. Conclusion: Power and Capital * Bibliography * Index November 2014 UK November 2014 US 232pp 10 figures Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137356499

Teaching Adaptations

Media Power and Plurality

Edited by Deborah Cartmell, De Montfort University, UK, Imelda Whelehan, University of Tasmania, Australia

From Hyperlocal to High-Level Policy Edited by Steven Barnett, University of Westminster, UK, Judith Townend, University of London, UK "This is a comprehensive and research-driven collection that makes a huge contribution to how we can both understand and secure media plurality. Leading scholars and campaigners guide us through the murky waters of media ownership and regulation and provide a rigorous analysis of the challenges facing those who want to see a more democratic media. Essential reading in an age of concentrated media power." - Des Freedman, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK While policymakers in the world reiterate the importance of protecting voice diversity, traditional media conglomerates and new social media giants make their task increasingly challenging. This book assesses the current state of policymaking on media plurality and explores novel policy ideas for funding, regulatory and structural interventions. Contents: Introduction; Steven Barnett and Judith Townend * 1. What is ‘Sufficient’ Plurality?; Thomas Gibbons * 2 Diversity, Distribution and Definitions of ‘Media’; Lorna Woods * 3. Plurality and Public Service Broadcasting: Why and How PSBs Deserve Protection; Steven Barnett * 4. Plurality and Local Media; Martin Moore * 5. Hyperlocal media and the News Marketplace; Judith Townend * 6. Media Ownership and the Political Economy of Research in US Media Policymaking; Philip Napoli * 7. From Media Policy to ‘Big’ Media Policy: the Battle for Pluralism in Australia; Benedetta Brevini * 8. Media Plurality: What Can the European Union Do?; Alison Harcourt * 9. Transferable Media Pluralism Policies from Europe; Peter Humphreys * 10. Media Plurality in France; Raymond Kuhn * and more...

Palgrave Global Media Policy and Business June 2015 UK June 2015 US 208pp 5 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137522832

9781137356499

9781137522832

Teaching Adaptations addresses the challenges and appeal of teaching popular fiction and culture, video games and new media content, which serve to enrich the curriculum, as well as exploit the changing methods by which English students read and consume literary and screen texts. Contents: Notes on the contributors * 1. A Short History Of Adaptation Studies in The Classroom; Deborah Cartmell and Imelda Whelehan * 2. Canons, Critical Approaches, and Contexts; Shelley Cobb * 3. The Paragogy of Adaptation in an EFL Context; Laurence Raw * 4. Avoiding ‘Compare and Contrast’: Applied Theory as a Way to Circumvent the ‘Fidelity Issue’; Ariane Hudelet * 5. Learning to Share: Adaptation Studies and Open Education Resources; Imelda Whelehan and David Sadler * 6. Doing Adaptation: The Adaptation as Critic; Kamilla Elliott * 7. Teaching Adapting Screenwriters: Adaptation Theory through Creative Practice; Jamie Sherry * 8. Out of the Literary Comfort Zone: Adaptation, Embodiment, and Assimilation; Alessandra Raengo * 9. ‘Adapting’ from School to University: Adaptations in the Transition’; Natalie Hayton * 10. Coming soon . . . Teaching the Contemporaneous Adaptation; Rachel Carroll * 11. Teaching Adaptations Through Marketing: Adaptations And The Language Of Advertising in the1930s; Deborah Cartmell * Chronology of Key Publications and Events * Select Bibliography * Index

Teaching the New English November 2014 UK November 2014 US 208pp 1 diagram Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Paperback £18.99 / $32.00 / CN$37.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137311122 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137311153

9781137311122 9781137311153

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY The Performing Subject in the Space of Technology

Bourdieu, Habitus and Social Research

Through the Virtual, Toward the Real

Edited by Cristina Costa, University of Strathclyde, UK, Mark Murphy, University of Glasgow, UK

Edited by Matthew Causey, Tinity College Dublin, Ireland, Emma Meehan, Coventry University, UK, Néill O’Dwyer, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland This book reflects on the aftermath of shifts encountered in the maturing of digital culture in areas of critical theory and artistic practices, focusing on the awareness that contemporary subjectivity is one that dwells within both the virtual and the real. Contents: Introduction: ‘In the after-event of the virtual’; Matthew Causey, Emma Meehan, Néill O’Dwyer * PART I: PROVOCATIONS: SUBJECTIVITY AND TECHNOLOGY * Introduction to Part I; Matthew Causey, Emma Meehan and Néill O’Dwyer * 1. ‘Into the body of another: strange couplings and unnatural alliances of Harlequin Coat’; Burcu Baykan * 2. ‘The Cultural Critique of Bernard Stiegler: Reflecting on the Computational Performances of Klaus Obermaier; Neill O’Dwyer * 3. ‘The Flicker at the threshold of societies of control’; Sharon Phelan * 4. ‘The Right to Be Forgotten and The Image-Crimes of Digital Culture’; Matthew Causey * 5. ‘Materiality, immateriality and the dancing body; the challenge of the inter in the preservation of intangible cultural heritage’; Sarah Whatley * 6. ‘Performing (the Subject of) Exteriority: Virtuality, Mīmēsis, and the Gratuitous ‘One Must’’; Riku Roihankorpi * PART II: PRACTICES: EMBODIED NOTIONS OF ART AND TECHNOLOGY * 7. Introduction to Part II ; Matthew Causey, Emma Meehan & Néill O’Dwyer * 8. ‘Not Waving But Drowning: The Affect Of Random Programming On The Creation Of A Digital Performance Work’; Mary Oliver * 9. ‘BrainExplode! Audiences and agency through the appropriation of Videogame structures’; Dan Bergin * 10. ‘Relational Works-In-Movement Using The Body Response System’; Maria Coleman * and more...

Palgrave Studies in Performance and Technology May 2015 UK May 2015 US 248pp 22 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137438157

This collection brings together for the first time a set of researchers whose research methodologies centre on Bourdieu's concept of habitus. Full of insight and innovation, the book is an essential read for anyone wanting to know more about approaches to social theory and its application in research. Contents: PART 1: AN INTRODUCTION TO BOURDIEUIAN HABITUS * 1. Bourdieu and the Application of Habitus across the Social Sciences; Cristina Costa; Mark Murphy * PART 2: HABITUS, TRANSITIONS AND TRAJECTORIES * 2. Egalitarian Habitus: Narratives of Reconstruction in Discourses of Aspiration and Change; Garth Stahl * 3. From Parental to Adolescents’ Habitus: Challenges and Insights of Quantifying Bourdieu; Katerina Bodovski * 4. Habitus and Graduate Employment: a Re/Structuring Structure and the Role of Biographical Research ; Ciaran Burke * 5. Theorising and Researching the Youth Crime Nexus: Habitus, Reflexivity and the Political Ecology of Social Practices; Alan France * PART 3: HABITUS TRANSFORMED: THE EFFECTS OF MOBILITY * 6. Habitus - its Transformation and Transfer through Cultural Encounters in Migration; Magdalena Nowicka * 7. Learning to Fly: Entering The Youth Mobility and Habitus in Ireland and Portugal; David Cairns * 8. Moving to the City: Educational Trajectories of Rural Chinese Students in an Elite University; He Li * PART 4: ONLINE HABITUS * and more... June 2015 UK June 2015 US 200pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137496911

9781137496911

9781137438157

The Palgrave International Handbook of Peace Studies

Women and Death in Film, Television, and News Dead but Not Gone Joanne Clarke Dillman, University of Washington, Tacoma, USA "This is a powerful work of immeasurable importance, a book which calls out our contemporary media culture for the insidious manner in which it has come to so effortlessly co-opt the bodies of dead women for our entertainment. Clarke Dillman compellingly charts the ubiquity of such representations and unpacks how they dripfeed us a relentless affirmation of the disposability of women within the misogynistic discourses of the twenty-first century. A shrewd, provoking, and truly overdue book." - Deborah Jermyn, University of Roehampton, UK and author of Crime Watching (2006) and Prime Suspect (2010). Dead women litter the visual landscape of the 2000s. In this book, Clarke Dillman explains the contextual environment from which these images have arisen, how the images relate to (and sometimes contradict) the narratives they help to constitute, and the cultural work that dead women perform in visual texts. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Film Narratives, Dead Women, and Their Meaning in a Changing World * 3. Family Films Gone Terribly Wrong: The Lovely Bones (2009) and Disturbia (2007) * 4. Television Narratives and Dead Women: Channelling Change * 5. News-Mediated Narratives of Disappearance: Chandra Levy, Laci Peterson, Natalee Holloway, and Conventions of Dead Women in the News * Conclusion November 2014 UK November 2014 US 220pp 13 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137457684

The Art of Application

9781137457684

Now available in paperback

A Cultural Perspective Edited by Wolfgang Dietrich, University of Innsbruck, Austria, Josefina Echavarría Alvarez, University of Innsbruck, Austria, Gustavo Esteva, Universidad de la Tierra en Oaxaca, Mexico, Daniela Ingruber, University of Innsbruck, Austria, Norbert Koppensteiner, University of Innsbruck, Austria “No other book of peace studies provides such a rich, in depth, and wonderfully interactive conversation about our many understandings and lived cultural etymologies around a single word […] An extraordinary balance and contribution to a field overly dominated by narrow academic definitions, a must for our classes and bookshelves.” - John Paul Lederach, Kroc Institute University of Notre Dame, USA This handbook explores the etymological meaning and the religious, legal and political connotations of the concept of 'peace'. The wide range of international contributors provide evidence to show how adopting a multi-faceted approach to peace could ultimately lead to a more authentic understanding of peace across the world. Contents: Preface to the Paperback Edition * 1. Introduction; W.Dietrich * PART I: PEACE CONCEPTS IN EUROPE * 2. Beyond the Gates of Eden: Trans-rational Peaces; W.Dietrich * 3. Peace: The European Narrative; K.Koppe * 4. Pax: A Mediterranean Perspective; F.Muñoz and B.Molina * 5. Peace: A Western European Perspective; N.Young * 6. Friðr: A Northern European Perspective; E.K.Undrum Jacobsen * PART II: PEACE CONCEPTS IN THE MIDDLE EAST * 7. Shalom: A Jewish Perspective; M.H.Ellis * 8. Shalom/Salaam: A Personal Palestinian Perspective; M.Fasheh * 9. Salaam: A Muslim Perspective; A.Haneef * 10. Salaam: A Sufi Perspective; U.Rehman * 11. Salaam: An Alevilik Perspective; A.Çakır * PART III: PEACE CONCEPTS IN SOUTH AND EAST ASIA * and more... September 2014 UK September 2014 US 656pp 4 b/w tables, 8 b/w line drawings Paperback £35.00 / $57.00 / CN$65.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137453235

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137453235

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY The New Literary Middlebrow

Italian Birds of Passage

Tastemakers and Reading in the Twenty-First Century

The Diaspora of Neapolitan Musicians in New York

Beth Driscoll, University of Melbourne, Australia "...Driscoll does a thorough and thoughtful job of working out the cultural and institutional dimensions of her analysis. In particular, she makes a strong case for there being a distinctively feminised mode of reading, which values affective identification with characters, which looks for a reflection of its own experiences in their lives, and which is 'ethical' in the sense of exercising moral judgement on a world that is taken to be close to the real world: this regime looks for 'stories of personal growth and moral redemption,' and sees reading 'as part of a larger project of moral improvement' (40)." — John Frow, Journal of the Association for the Study of Australian Literature The middlebrow is a dominant cultural force in the twenty-first century. This book defines the new literary middlebrow through eight key features: middle class, feminized, reverential, commercial, emotional, recreational, earnest and mediated. Case studies include Oprah's Book Club, the Man Booker Prize and the Harry Potter phenomenon. Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * 1.Recognizing the Literary Middlebrow * 2.Book Clubs, Women, Oprah and the Middlebrow * 3. Harry Potter and the Middlebrow Pedagogies of Teachers and Reviewers * 4.The Man Booker Prize: Money, Glory and Media Spectacle * 5.The Middlebrow Pleasures of Literary Festivals * Conclusion: The Future Of Reading * Bibliography * Index September 2014 UK September 2014 US 240pp Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137402912

9781137402912

Simona Frasca, Independent Scholar, Italy "Frasca combines all her talents in this thorough history and criticism of the role the Neapolitan song has played in shaping Italian and American cultures. She has done some great work digging up the facts and stories behind the songs we all know and love. But more than reveal the lives of those who composed, performed, produced and distributed such classics as 'O Sole Mio' and 'Core 'ngrato,' Frasca provides keen interpretations of the music's form and content. Illustrated with period photos, historical portraits, lyrics, playbills and posters, Italian Birds of Passage, brings new insights of the Neapolitan song and will no doubt be the basis for future studies and analyses of this phenomenon." Fred L. Gardaphé, Distinguished Professor of Italian American Studies, Queens College, CUNY, USA This book reviews the period from the unification of Italy to the fascist era through significant Neapolitan performers such as Gilda Mignonette and Enrico Caruso. It traces the transformation of a popular tradition written in dialect into a popular tradition, written in Italian, that contributed to the production of ‘American’ identity. Contents: Introduction to the American Edition * PART I: CULTURAL CONTEXT OF THE ITALIAN-AMERICAN COMMUNITY IN NEW YORK IN THE EARLY TWENTIETH CENTURY * 1.1 The Italian Populations in the Neighborhoods of New York * 1.2 Publishing Activity and Religious Holidays * 1.3 Musical Venues: * 1.3.1 Theaters, Concert Halls, and Schools * 1.3.2 Radio Broadcasts * PART II: ENRICO CARUSO: THE FIRST NEAPOLITAN STAR * 2.1 «La Follia di New York» * 2.2. Enrico Caruso’s Recording Career with the Victor Talking Machine Company * 2.3 The Neapolitan Recordings of Caruso in America * and more...

Italian and Italian American Studies September 2014 UK September 2014 US 284pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137322418

9781137322418

Media Transformation The Transfer of Media Characteristics among Media Lars Elleström, Linnæus University, Sweden This is a methodical study of the material and mental limits and possibilities of transferring information and media traits among dissimilar media. Elleström proposes a model for pinpointing the most vital conceptual entities and stages in intermedial transfers involving different media types such as speech, writing, music, films, and websites. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Two Types of Media Transformation * 3. The Transmedial Basis * 4. A Model for Media Transformation * 5. Three Analyses * 6. Conclusion

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 104pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137474247

Journalism and Memorialization in the Age of Social Media Peter Joseph Gloviczki, Coker College, USA "Filled with insights about social media, this wellwritten book shows the value of targeted research. Through the lens of memorial communities in the aftermath of tragedy, Journalism and Memorialization in the Age of Social Media sheds considerable light on how social media has changed the way we relate." - Thomas E. Patterson, Bradlee Professor of Government and the Press, Harvard University, USA This volume examines journalism and memorialization in the age of social media, with a particular emphasis on communication in times of crisis. Recognizing that individuals are sharing more actively than ever before, this book investigates the implications of this emerging practice for journalism and mass communication.

9781137474247

Contents: Preface * 1. Journalism in the Age of Social Media * 2. The Case of the’In Memorial: Virginia Tech’ Facebook Group * 3. The News Cycle in the Age of Social Media * 4. Public Memory in the Online World * 5. Emotion on the Screen * 6. The Audience after Virginia Tech * Notes * Bibliography April 2015 UK April 2015 US 224pp 4 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137465368

9781137465368

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Suffering, Art, and Aesthetics

David Mamet and Male Friendship

Edited by Ratiba Hadj-Moussa, York University, Canada, Michael Nijhawan, York University, Canada "It is the great merit of this collective volume to bring together recent theoretical advances in the anthropology of art and original empirical cases from various parts of the world, so as to link in novel manner aesthetics, politics, and subjectivities." Didier Fassin, co-author (with Richard Retchman) of The Empire of Trauma and author of Humanitarian Reason How do we conceptualize the relationship between suffering, art, and aesthetics from within the broader framework of social, cultural, and political thought today? This book brings together a range of intellectuals from the social sciences and humanities to speak to theoretical debates around the questions of suffering in art and suffering and art. Contents: Introduction: Suffering in Art: Redrawing the Boundaries; Ratiba Hadj-Moussa and Michael Nijhawan * 1. In Praise of Ambiguity: On the Visual Economy of Distant Suffering; Fuyuki Kurasawa * 2. Denial and Challenges of Modernity: Suffering, Recognition, and Dignity in Sammy Baloji’s Photography; Bogumil Jewsiewicki * 3. Events, Images, and Affect: The Tsunami in the Folk Art of Bengal; Roma Chatterji * 4. Vocalizations of Suffering; Caterina Pasqualino * 5. The Art of Suffering: Postcolonial (Mis)Apprehensions of Nigerian Art; Conerly Casey * 6. The Past’s Suffering and the Body’s Suffering: Algerian Cinema and the Challenge of Experience; Ratiba Hadj-Moussa * 7. The Diasporic Rasa of Suffering: Notes on the Aesthetics of Image and Sound in Indo-Caribbean and Sikh Art; Michael Nijhawan and Anna C. Schultz * 8. Suffering, Animals, Spectators, and the Challenge of Contemporary Art; Nathalie Heinich July 2014 UK July 2014 US 244pp 20 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137426079

9781137426079

Musical Revolutions in German Culture Musicking against the Grain, 1800-1980

Buddy Plays and Buddy Films Arthur Holmberg, Brandeis University, USA "In this study of male relationships in David Mamet's plays by our leading Mamet scholar, Arthur Holmberg has found a fascinating new entrance into the multi-levelled mind of a master dramatist. Some may reject Holmberg's controversial thesis; others will embrace it. Few will be able to ignore it." - Robert Brustein, author of The Tainted Muse and a trilogy of plays about Shakespeare (The English Channel, Mortal Terror, and The Last Will), and founder of the American Repertory and Yale Repertory Theatres Using insights from psychology, sociology, anthropology, and the history of sexuality, Holmberg explores the ambiguity that drives male bonding. Personal interviews with Mamet and with the actors who have interpreted his major roles shed light on how and why men bond with each other and complement close analysis of Mamet's texts. Contents: 1. Buddy Plays and Buddy Films: Speed-the-Plow * 2. Buddy Cops: Homicide * 3. Honor Among Thieves? American Buffalo * 4. The Cycle of Friendship: A Life in the Theater * 5. How to Sell Real Estate: Glengarry Glen Ross * 6. Friends Without Benefits: Sexual Perversity in Chicago * 7. Is It Legal? The Male Romance * 8. The Dialog of Life: Duck Variations * 9. Climbing Plato’s Ladder: Edmond April 2014 UK April 2014 US 276pp 23 b/w illustrations Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137305183

9781137305183

A Critical Theory of Creativity Utopia, Aesthetics, Atheism and Design Richard Howells, King’s College London, UK

Mirko M. Hall, Converse College, USA "Hall interweaves music, philosophy, and politics in this book in order to challenge the reader with the same 'hermeneutic inexhaustibility' that the author also verifies in the 'counterhegemonic possibilities of music.' By exploring the concepts of 'dialectical sonority' and 'dialectical listening,' even within the context of so-called 'lower art,' Hall provides a very original and pioneering contribution through his critical-deconstructive philosophy of music. The subtitle, 'Musicking against the Grain,' not only depicts brilliantly the book's content, but also reflects the author's endeavor: thinking against the grain." - Mário Vieira de Carvalho, Professor Emeritus of Sociology of Music, Nova University of Lisbon, Portugal

A Critical Theory of Creativity argues that a Utopian drive is aesthetically encoded within the language of form. But coupled with this opportunity comes a very human obligation which cannot be delegated to God, to nature or to market forces. As Ernst Bloch declared: 'Life has been put into our hands.' Contents: Introduction * 1. Visions -and Derisions- of Utopia * 2. Ernst Bloch and Utopian Critical Theory * 3. Homo Aestheticus * 4. Case Study: Navajo Design, Culture and Theology * 5. Archetypes, the Unconscious and Psychoanalysis * 6. Roger Fry and the Language of Form * 7. From Genesis to Job * 8. Homo Absconditus * 9. Conclusion: The Republic of Heaven June 2015 UK June 2015 US 208pp 24 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137446169

9781137446169

Drawing upon the philosophical insights of Friedrich Schlegel, Walter Benjamin, Theodor W. Adorno, and Blixa Bargeld, this book explores the persistence of a critical-deconstructive approach to musical production, consumption, and reception in the German cultural sphere of the last two centuries. Contents: Introduction: Musicking as a Cultural Practice * 1. Friedrich Schlegel and Romanticized Music * 2. Walter Benjamin and the Dialectical Sonority * 3. Theodor W. Adorno and Radical Music * 4. Blixa Bargeld and Noise * Coda: Toward a Musical Future Perfect

Studies in European Culture and History October 2014 UK October 2014 US 232pp Hardback £59.50 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137453365

9781137453365

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Narrative Form

Social Invisibility and Diasporas in Anglophone Literature and Culture

Revised and Expanded Second Edition Suzanne Keen, Washington and Lee University, USA "Suzanne Keen's updating of Narrative Form will be widely welcomed: much has happened in the field of narrative studies over the past decade, and the new edition addresses many of the most important developments in Keen's characteristically clear and accessible style." — Derek Attridge, University of York This revised and expanded handbook concisely introduces narrative form to advanced students of fiction and creative writing, with refreshed references and new discussions of cognitive approaches to narrative, nonfiction, and narrative emotions. Contents: Preface: Studying Narrative Form * 1. Major Approaches to and Theorists of Narrative * 2. Shapes of Narrative: A Whole of Parts * 3. Narrative Situation: Who’s Who and What’s its Function * 4. People on Paper: Character, Characterization, and Represented Minds * 5. Plot and Causation: Related Events * 6. Timing: How Long and How Often? * 7. Order and Disorder * 8. Levels: Realms of Existence * 9. Fictional Worlds and Fictionality * 10. Nonfiction and Fiction in Disguise * 11. Genres and Conventions * 12. Narrative Emotions * Appendix A. Terms Listed by Chapter * Appendix B. Representative Texts: A List of Suggested Readings * Notes * Bibliography * Index July 2015 UK July 2015 US 224pp 3 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Paperback £19.99 / $32.00 / CN$35.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137439574 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137439581

9781137439574 9781137439581

The Fractal Gaze Françoise Kral, Université de Caen Basse-Normandie, France Social Invisibility and Diasporas in Anglophone Literature and Culture is a transdisciplinary study of social invisibility and diasporas which theorizes the differential in/visibility of diasporas through the prism of cultural productions (literature and the visual arts, including media studies) by both established artists and emerging ones. Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction * PART I: THEORIZING INVISIBILITY STUDIES * 1. Mapping the Invisible: Critical Perspectives on Invisibility * 2. Space, Discourse and Visibility: Towards a Phenomenology of Invisibility * PART II: ARTISTIC SCENES OF VISIBILITY * 3. Visibility, Representation and Agency in the Visual Arts: the Body in Question * 4. Films and Mass Visibility * PART III: SITES OF INVISIBILITY * 5. Nation Building and Home Thinking * 6. Invisibility and the Fractal City * Concluding Remarks: On Fractal Visibility * Bibliography * Index October 2014 UK October 2014 US 248pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137401380

9781137401380

The Films of Wes Anderson Critical Essays on an Indiewood Icon

The Psychology of Pro-Environmental Communication Beyond Standard Information Strategies Christian A. Klöckner, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway The environment is part of everyone's life but there are difficulties in communicating complex environmental problems, such as climate change, to a lay audience. In this book Klöckner defines environmental communication, providing a comprehensive and upto-date analysis of the issues involved in encouraging pro-environmental behaviour. Contents: Preface * 1. What is Environmental Communication and Why is it Important? * 2. Potential and Limitations of Environmental Communication * 3. Understanding Communication - Insights from Theories of Communication * 4. Decision models - What Psychological Theories Teach Us about People’s Behaviour * 5. Communication in Large Social Systems - How Information Spreads through Societies * 6. Traditional and New Media - About Amplification and Negation * 7. Target Group Segmentation - Why Knowing your Audience is Important * 8. An Overview of Communication-Based Intervention Techniques * 9. Promoting Pro-Environmental Behaviour in Groups and Organisations * 10. Playing Good? - Environmental Communication through Games and Simulations * 11. Rock Festivals, Sport Events, Theatre - Some Out-of-the-Ordinary Means of Environmental Communication May 2015 UK May 2015 US 272pp 9 tables, 20 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Paperback £21.99 / $35.00 / CN$40.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137348319 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137348197

9781137348319 9781137348197

Edited by Peter C. Kunze, University at Albany, State University of New York, USA "Spanning a diverse range of perspectives on a figure who is now undoubtedly recognized as the icon of the indie era, this collection valuably complicates and challenges the generalized notions of Wes Anderson that characterize popular opinion. It is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand the work of this director as more than merely 'whimsical.'" - Claire Perkins, Film and Television Studies, Monash University, USA, and author of American Smart Cinema Wes Anderson's films can be divisive, but he is widely recognized as the inspiration for several recent trends in indie films. Using both practical and theoretical lenses, the contributors address and explain the recurring stylistic techniques, motifs, and themes that dominate Anderson's films and have had such an impact on current filmmaking. Contents: Introduction: The Wonderful Worlds of Wes Anderson; Peter C. Kunze * PART I * 1. The Short Films of Wes Anderson; Nicole Richter * 2. Cast of Characters: Wes Anderson and Pure Cinematic Characterization; Kim Wilkins * 3. The Jellyfish and the Moonlight: Imagining the Family in Wes Anderson’s Films; Steven Rybin * 4. ‘Max Fischer Presents’: Wes Anderson and the Theatricality of Mourning; Rachel Joseph * 5. ‘Who’s to Say?’: The Role of Pets in Wes Anderson’s Films; C. Ryan Knight * 6. ‘American Empirical’ Time and Space: The (In)Visibility of Popular Culture in the Films of Wes Anderson; Jason Davids Scott * PART II * 7. From the Mixed-Up Films of Mr. Wesley W. Anderson: Children’s Literature as Intertexts; Peter C. Kunze * 8. A Shared Approach to Familial Dysfunction and Sound Design: Wes Anderson’s Influence on the Films of Noah Baumbach; Jennifer O’Meara * 9. Bill Murray and Wes Anderson, or the Curmudgeon as Muse; Colleen Kennedy-Karpat * and more... May 2014 UK May 2014 US 236pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403117

9781137403117

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Transatlantic Literature and Culture After 9/11

Researching and Representing Mobilities

The Wrong Side of Paradise

Transdisciplinary Encounters

Edited by Kristine A. Miller, Utah State University, USA Transatlantic Literature and Culture After 9/11 asks whether post-9/11 America has chosen the 'wrong side of paradise' by waging war on terror rather than working for global peace. Analyzing transatlantic literature and culture, the book refocuses our view of Ground Zero through the lenses of imperial power and cosmopolitan exchange. Contents: Introduction: Kristine Miller, ‘The Wrong Side of Paradise: American Exceptionalism and the Post-9/11 Special Relationship’ * PART I: EMPIRE * 1. Phyllis Lassner, ‘Paradoxical Polemics: John le Carré’s Responses to 9/11’ * 2. Jim Leach, ‘The (Inter)national Bond: James Bond and the ‘Special Relationship’’ * 3. Brian McCuskey, ‘221B-9/11: Sherlock Holmes and Conspiracy Theory’ * PART II: COSMOPOLIS * 4. Lynda Ng, ‘Behind the Face of Terror: Hamid, Malkani, and Multiculturalism After 9/11’ * 5. M. Neelika Jayawardane, ‘’Scandalous Memoir’: Uncovering Silences and Reclaiming the ‘Disappeared’ in Mahvish Rukhsana Khan’s My Guantánamo Diary’ * 6. Matthew Brown, ‘Joseph O’Neill and the Post-9/11 Novel’ * 7. Laura Frost, ‘An Interview with Joseph O’Neill’ * PART III: CITY * 8. Lesley Broder, ‘9/11 Theater: The Story of New York or the Nation?’ * 9. Graley Herren, ‘Flying Man and Falling Man: Remembering and Forgetting 9/11’ * 10. Crystal Alberts, ‘’I’m Only Just Starting to Look’: Media, Art, and Literature after 9/11’ * 11. Laura Frost, ‘Archifictions: Constructing September 11’ * 12. Anthony Flinn, ‘The New Grotesque in Jess Walter’s The Zero: A Commentary and Interview’ * Bibliography * Index October 2014 UK October 2014 US 280pp 3 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137443205

9781137443205

Edited by Lesley Murray, University of Brighton, UK, Sara Upstone, Kingston University, UK This book explores mobile representations in government policy, literature, visual arts, music, and research and examines the methodological potential of these representations and the ways in which representations co-produce mobilities. Contents: 1. Mobilising Representations: Dialogues, Embodiment and Power; Lesley Murray and Sara Upstone * 2. Power and Representations of Mobility: from the Nexus between Emotional and Sensuous Embodiment and Discursive and Ideational Construction; Anne Jensen * 3. ‘Footprints are the only fixed point’: Mobilities in Postcolonial Fiction; Sara Upstone * 4. Constructing the Mobile City: Gendered Mobilities in London fiction; Lesley Murray and Hannah Vincent * 5. A Motor Flight Through Early Twentieth-century Consciousness: Capturing the Driving-event 1905-1935; Lynne Pearce * 6. Reading the Mobile City through Street Art: Belfast’s Murals; Lesley Murray * 7. Drawing the Motorway: Mobile Representations in Design and Architecture; Susan Robertson * 8. The Pan Flute Musicians at Sergels Torg: Between Global Flows and Specificities of Place; Karolina Doughty and Maja Lagerqvist * 9. Travelling the Journey: Understanding Mobility Trajectories by Recreating Research Paths; Paola Jirón and Luis Iturra * 10. Conclusion; Lesley Murray and Sara Upstone September 2014 UK September 2014 US 236pp 23 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137346650

9781137346650

Twenty-first Century Feminism

Islam and Controversy

Forming and Performing Femininity

The Politics of Free Speech After Rushdie Anshuman A. Mondal, Brunel University, UK "A highly perceptive analysis of the grounds and moral - but not necessarily legal - limits of free speech. It both retains and goes beyond the important insights of liberalism. Its theoretical discussion enriches and is in turn enriched by a shrewd analysis of concrete cases. A most welcome and timely book." — Lord Bhikhu Parekh, author of 'The Parekh Report: The Future of Multi-Ethnic Britain' and 'Rethinking Multiculturalism' Was Salman Rushdie right to have written The Satanic Verses? Were the protestors right to have done so? What about the Danish cartoons? This book examines the moral questions raised by cultural controversies, and how intercultural dialogue might be generated within multicultural societies. Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction * PART I * 1. From Blasphemy to Offensiveness: The Politics of Controversy * 2. What is Freedom of Speech For? * 3. A Difficult Freedom: Towards Mutual Understanding and the Ethics of Propriety * PART II * 4. The SelfTransgressions of Salman Rushdie: Re-Reading The Satanic Verses * 5. Visualism and Violence: On the Art and Ethics of Provocation in the Jyllands-Posten Cartoons and Theo Van Gogh’s Submission * 6. Romancing the Other: The Jewel of the Medina and the Ethics of Genre * PART III * 7. Satire, Incitement and Self-Restraint: Reflections on Freedom of Expression and Aesthetic Responsibility in Contemporary Britain * Notes * Index November 2014 UK November 2014 US 264pp Hardback £65.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Paperback £18.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137466075 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137471673

Edited by Claire Nally, Northumbria University, UK, Angela Smith, University of Sunderland, UK This collection of essays considers the ways in which feminism is still an important issue in twenty-first century society. Looking at various forms of literature, media, and popular culture, the book establishes that contemporary images of femininity are highly contested, complex, and frequently problematic. Contents: 1. Introduction; Angela Smith * 2. ‘Strange Borrowing’: Affective Neuroscience, Neoliberalism And The ‘Cruelly Optimistic’ Gendered Bodies In Crossfit, Leslie Heywood * 3. Big Sister TV: Bossiness, Bullying And Banter In Early TwentyFirst Century Make-Over Television, Angela Smith * 4. Boredom And Reinvention For The Female Gaze Within Personal Fashion Blogs, Jennifer Anyan * 5. ‘In Full View’: Involuntary Porn And The Post-Feminist Rhetoric Of Choice, Anne Burns * 6. Miranda And Miranda: Comedy, Femininity And Performance, Rosie White * 7. Flexible Femininities? Queering Kawaii In Japanese Girls’ Culture, Makiko Iseri * 8. Strange Case Of Woman’s Vanishing Agency And Other Neo Victorian Tales Of Obfuscation And Effacement, Karen Sturgeon-Dodsworth February 2015 UK February 2015 US 208pp 9 b/w tables, 9 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137492845

9781137492845

9781137466075 9781137471673

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Culture, Politics and Governing

Gender, Empire, and Postcolony

The Contemporary Ascetics of Knowledge Production

Luso-Afro-Brazilian Intersections

Patricia Mooney Nickel, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA Culture, Politics, and Governing: The Contemporary Ascetics of Knowledge Production is a critical, interdisciplinary approach to how the practices that govern the production of knowledge and culture have material consequences for how we experience everyday life. Contents: 1. Introduction: The Politics of Ascetics and Governing * 2. Academies of Exhibition and the New Disciplinary Secession * 3. The Man from Somewhere: Author, Affiliation, and Letterhead * 4. The Institutionalization of Author Production and the Performance Imperative as an Ontological Fiction * 5. Celebration and Governing: The Production of the Author as Ascetic Practice * 6. Matterphobia and Matterphilia: Artistic Discourse and Ascetic Production * 7. The Conclusion as the Contemporary Ascetic of Knowledge Production February 2015 UK February 2015 US 208pp 2 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137401960

9781137401960

Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society Editors: Lynne Layton, Harvard Medical School, USA and Peter Redman, The Open University, UK The journal of the Association for the Psychoanalysis of Culture & Society, Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society critically addresses the intersection between psychoanalysis and the social world and explores the roles psychoanalysis might play in bringing about social justice and progressive social change.

Edited by Hilary Owen, University of Manchester, UK, Anna M. Klobucka, University of Massachussetts Dartmouth, USA "Gender, Empire, and Postcolony is an outstanding collection of essays written by many prominent figures in the field of Lusophone Studies. It centers on cultural production in the realms of literature, cinema, painting, photography, sculpture, and comic books that highlights complex gendered dynamics operating at various junctures throughout the history of the Portuguese empire, as well as in its aftermath in Portugal, Mozambique, and Brazil. While individual essays are theoretically sophisticated, the volume as a whole opens new and exciting avenues of inquiry that will shape the field for years to come." - Fernando Arenas, Professor of Lusophone African, Portuguese, and Brazilian Studies, University of Michigan, USA Analyzing a wide body of cultural texts, including literature, film, and other visual arts, Gender, Empire, and Postcolony: Luso-Afro-Brazilian Intersections is a diverse collection of essays on gender in Portuguese colonialism and Lusophone postcolonialism. Contents: Introduction: Anna M. Klobucka and Hilary Owen * PART I: LUSOTROPICALIST AFFECT AND ANTI-IMPERIAL ETHICS * 1. Pessoa’s Works on the Self: Toward an Anti-Imperial Askesis; Leela Gandhi, * 2. Lusotropicalist Entanglements: Colonial Racisms in the Postcolonial Metropolis; Ana Paula Ferreira * 3. Love Is All You Need: Lusophone Affective Communities after Freyre; Anna M. Klobucka * PART II: EMPIRE OF THE LENSES: CINEMA AND THE POST/ COLONIAL GAZE * and more... September 2014 UK September 2014 US 240pp Hardback £53.50 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137343413

9781137343413

Storytelling in the Media Convergence Age Exploring Screen Narratives ISSN: 10880763 / EISSN: 15433390 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/pcs

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

@PalgraveCultMed

Edited by Roberta Pearson, University of Nottingham, UK, Anthony N. Smith, University of Nottingham, UK Why do screen narratives remain so different in an age of convergence and globalisation that many think is blurring distinctions? This collection attempts to answer this question using examples drawn from a range of media, from Hollywood franchises to digital comics, and a range of countries, from the United States to Japan. Contents: List of Figures and Tables * Notes on Contributors * Introduction: The Contexts of Contemporary Screen Narratives: Medium, National, Institutional and Technological Specificities; Anthony N. Smith and Roberta Pearson * PART I: PRODUCTION * 1. Super Mario Seriality: Nintendo’s Narratives and Audience Targeting within the Video Game Console Industry; Anthony N. Smith * 2. The Muddle Earth Journey: Brand Consistency and Cross-Media Intertextuality in Game Adaptation; Claudio Pires Franco * 3. Distortions in Spacetime: Emergent Narrative Practices in Comics’ Transition from Print to Screen; Daniel Merlin Goodbrey * 4. Lengthy Interactions with Hideous Men: Walter White and the Serial Poetics of Television Antiheroes; Jason Mittell * 5. It’s a Branded New World: The Influence of State Policy upon Contemporary Italian Film Narrative; Gloria Dagnino * 6. Memento in Mumbai: ‘A Few More Songs and a Lot More Ass Kicking’; Iain Robert Smith * and more... December 2014 UK December 2014 US 272pp 3 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137388148

9781137388148

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY The Hip-Hop Underground and African American Culture

Media Ethics and Justice in the Age of Globalization

Beneath the Surface

Edited by Shakuntala Rao, State University of New York, USA, Herman Wasserman, University of Cape Town, South Africa "Media Ethics and Justice in the Age of Globalization offers a thoughtful, significant and theoretically well informed collection of essays exploring the reciprocal implications of globalization and developments in digital media, for media ethics and justice. Drawing on cases studies from around the globe, the distinguished contributors offer arguments and evidence to inform the growing public and scholarly debate and disquiet about media morality at a time when citizen journalism provides a role for 'ordinary' readers, listeners and viewers, as much as professional journalists, in shaping the media ecology, its products and journalism practice. It is essential reading for everyone interested in the shifting complexities of media ethics and justice in the age of globalization." Bob Franklin, Professor of Journalism Studies, Cardiff University, UK

James Braxton Peterson, Department of English, Lehigh University, USA "By applying the interpretive sensibility of hip-hop culture to some of the most significant questions in contemporary arts and letters, James Braxton Peterson challenges received wisdom and replaces it with a more sophisticated, more practical, and ultimately more honest picture of America, itself. The Hip-Hop Underground and African American Culture firmly establishes Peterson's place in the vanguard of modern cultural scholarship." - Joseph Schloss, author of Making Beats: The Art of Sample Based Hip-Hop The underground is a multi-faceted concept in African American culture. Peterson uses Richard Wright, KRS-One, Thelonius Monk, and the tradition of the Underground Railroad to explore the manifestations and the attributes of the underground within the context of a more panoramic picture of African American expressivity within hip-hop. Contents: 1. Roots Rhymes and Rhizomes: An Introduction to the Concepts of the Underground * 2. Verbal and Spatial Masks in the Underground * 3. The Deep Structure of Black Identity in American Literature * 4. Defining an Underground at the Intersections of Hip-Hop and African American Culture * and more... September 2014 UK September 2014 US 204pp 3 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137305244

9781137305244

Neoliberalism, Media and the Political Sean Phelan, Massey University, New Zealand "Understanding how the concept and mechanics of neoliberalism work through and in the media and the consequences for our political lives is one of the key issues of our times. Phelan manages to weave political economy with cultural studies, discourse theory with field theory alongside an historical analysis of the concept of neoliberalism, to offer an incisive and insightful empirical critique of how neoliberalism gets mediated through contemporary issues… It should be required reading for any scholar interested in a critical media politics…" - Natalie Fenton, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK Neoliberalism, Media and the Political examines the condition of media and journalism in neoliberal cultures. Emphasizing neoliberalism's status as a political ideology that is simultaneously hostile to politics, the book presents a critical theoretical argument supported by empirical illustrations from New Zealand, Ireland, the UK and the US. Contents: List of Tables * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Disfiguring Neoliberalism * 1. Articulating Neoliberalism in Critical Media and Communication Studies * 2. Neoliberal Discourse: Theory, History and Trajectories * 3. Neoliberal Logics and Field Theory * 4. Neoliberalism and Media Democracy: A Representative Anecdote from Post-Rogernomics New Zealand * 5. The Journalistic Habitus and the Realist Style * 6. Media Cultures, Anti-Politics and the ‘Climategate’ Affair * 7. Neoliberal Imaginaries, Press Freedom and the Politics of Leveson * 8. Media Rituals and the ‘Celtic Tiger’: The Neoliberal Nation and its Transnational Circulation * Conclusion: The Possibility of a Radical Media Politics November 2014 UK November 2014 US 256pp 1 figure Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137308351

9781137308351

This book uses global perspectives to address questions of media ethics and justice in a local and transnational global environment, and examines the common denominator running through such disparate investigations of theories and practices of media ethics and justice in the democracies of India, South Africa, Pakistan, and the United States. Contents: 1. Introduction: Media Ethics and Justice in the Age of Globalization; Shakuntala Rao and Herman Wasserman * 2. The Moral Priority of Globalism in a Media Saturated World; Stephen J. A. Ward * 3. Global Justice and Civil Society; Clifford C. Christians * 4. Social Justice and Citizenship in South Africa: The Media’s Role; Herman Wasserman * 5. Paying for Journalism: An Ethics-Based and Collaborative Business Model; Lee Wilkins * 6. News for Sale: Paid news, Media Ethics and India’s Democratic Public Sphere; Vipul Mudgal * 7. Practices of Indian Journalism: Justice, Ethics, and Globalization; Shakuntala Rao * 8. Justice as an Islamic Journalistic Value and Goal; Muhammad Ayish * 9. The Idea of Public Good in Rammohan Roy’s Early Days of Journalism Ethics; Prasun Sonwalkar * 10. The Chief and the Channels: How Satellite Television Sparked a Social Movement for ‘Rule of Law’ that is Restructuring Political Power in Pakistan; Shahan Mufti * 11. The Changing Structures of Media and Ethics in India; Bharat Bhushan April 2015 UK April 2015 US 224pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137498250

9781137498250

Personal Media and Everyday Life A Networked Lifeworld Terje Rasmussen, University of Oslo, Norway This book addresses the widespread use of digital personal media in daily life. With a sociological and historical perspective, it explores the media-enhanced individualization and rationalization of the lifeworld, discussing the dramatic mediatization of daily life and calling on theorists such as McLuhan, Habermas and Goffman. Contents: 1. Introduction: Personal Media * 2. Encircling the Person * 3. A Networked Lifeworld * 4. Communication in Personal Media * 5. Personal Media Theory * 6. Personal Media and Social Capital

May 2014 UK May 2014 US 148pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137446459

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137446459

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY A Genre Approach to Celebrity Politics

Gender, Science Fiction Television, and the American Security State

Global Patterns of Passage from Media to Politics

1958-Present

Nahuel Ribke, University of Tel Aviv, Israel Exploring the transition of celebrities into institutionalelectoral politics, the book argues that many insights developed by genre theorists could be highly instrumental to understand the celebrity politics phenomenon. It analyzes the historical and cultural specificity of celebrity politics as it evolved through different countries and cultures. Contents: 1. Celebrity Politics: A Theoretical and Historical Perspective * PART I: TELEVISION CELEBRITIES AND ISRAELI POLITICS * 2. Female Models in Israeli Politics: From the Runway to TV, and from the Small Screen to the Knesset * 3. Like Father Like Son: Converting Media Capital into Political Power (Or, How an Israeli TV Presenter Became Finance Minister) * PART II: MAKING MUSIC MATTER: THE ELECTORAL POLITICS OF POP CELEBRITY IN LATIN AMERICA * 4. Tropicalizing Politics: Gilberto Gil’s perplexing Miscegenation of Music and Politics * 5. The Harvard Lawyer against The Bad Boy from Bronx: Explaining the Political Performance Gaps Between Rubén Blades and Willie Colón * PART III: CINEMA CELEBRITIES IN AMERICAN POLITICS * 6. The American Pattern of Celebrity Politics: From ‘Military’ Role Model to Civilian Hero? * 7. Entertainment Industries and ‘Liberal’ Celebrities: The Failure of Converting Attention into Political Power * PART IV: CELETOID POLITICS: VICTIMS, HEROES AND ORDINARY PEOPLE AS A VALUABLE ELECTORAL ASSET * 8. Juan Carlos Blumberg and the Populism of Fear Politics in Argentina: Converting Mediatic Crimes into Political Capital * 9. Reality Shows and Celebrity Politics: An Accelerated Platform for Rookie Politicians? * Conclusions * Bibliography * Index March 2015 UK March 2015 US 256pp Hardback £50.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137409386

Self-Representation and Digital Culture

9781137409386

Now available in paperback

Nancy Thumim, University of Leeds, UK "Thumim's first book is eloquently written and well-researched, and it manages to effectively distill and relay the ideas of complex and emerging topics. The work interrogates the meaning of truth, authenticity, and validity with regards to self-representation. Undergraduate and graduate students in media and communication studies would benefit from this highly enjoyable read, which is also scholarly, rigorous, in-depth, and precise." - International Journal of Communication 7, (2013) Taking a close look at ordinary people 'telling their own story', Nancy Thumim explores self-representations in contemporary digital culture in settings as diverse as reality TV, online storytelling, and oral histories displayed in museums. Contents: 1. Introduction: Self-Representation and Digital Culture * 2. Histories of SelfRepresentation * 3. Mediation * 4. Broadcasters * 5. Museums and Art Worlds * 6. SelfRepresentation Online * 7. Self-Representation, Digital Culture and Genre * Bibliography * Endnotes * Index May 2015 UK May 2015 US 216pp Paperback £18.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137520173

9781137520173

Mark E. Wildermuth, University of Texas of the Permian Basin, USA "Wildermuth's examination of the significance of gender in American security state culture is both a searching analysis of science fiction television in its most formative decade and a compendium of feminist culture critique. His book will be a major inflection point for further debate on issues of philosophical and political importance." - Steven M. Sanders, Bridgewater State University, USA and editor of The Philosophy of Science Fiction Film As American security became increasingly dependent on technology to shape the consciousness of its populace and to defend them, science fiction shows like The Twilight Zone, Star Trek, and The X-Files both promoted the regime's gendered logic and raised significant questions about that logic and its gendered roles. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Evolution of Gendered Security State Logic * 2. Before and After the Missile Crisis: Sci Fi TV and Gender, 1958-1968 * 3. In the Wake of Vietnam: The Paradoxes of the 70s and the Conflicts of the 80s * 4. The 1990s: The Complexity of Gender in the Clinton Era * 5. Trials and Triumphs in the 9/11 Milieu * Conclusion May 2014 UK May 2014 US 244pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137408884

Performances of Capitalism, Crises and Resistance Inside/Outside Europe Edited by Marilena Zaroulia, University of Winchester, UK, Philip Hager, University of Winchester, UK Discussing crises through diverse examples, including the UK's National Theatre, public art installations, Occupy LSX, repatriation ceremonies and performances of the everyday, this book asks how performance captures and resists what is considered (politically, ideologically, culturally or socially) 'inside' or 'outside' Europe. Contents: Introduction: Europe, Crises, Performance; Marilena Zaroulia and Philip Hager * PART I: RETURNS * 1. The Weimar Republic and its Return: Unemployment, Revolution, or Europe in a State of Schuld; Giulia Palladini * 2. Towards a Nomadology of Class Struggle: Rhythms, Spaces and Occupy London Stock Exchange; Philip Hager * 3. Topographies of Illicit Markets: Trolleys, Rickshaws and Yiusurum; Myrto Tsilimpounidi * PART II: PARADOXES * 4. Performing Politics of Care: Theatrical Practices of Radical Learning as a Weapon Against the Spectre of Fatalism; Florian Thamer / Tina Turnheim (Translated from German by Martin Thomas Pesl) * 5. Making Time: The Prefigurative Politics of Quarantine’s Entitled; Cristina Delgado-García * 6. Theatrical nationhood: crisis on the National stage; Louise Owen * 7. Staging the Others: Appearance, Visibility and Radical Border-Crossing in Athens; Aylwyn Walsh * PART III:INTERPRETERS * 8. The Riots: Expanding Sensible Evidence; Rachel Clements * 9. ‘We are Athens’: Precarious Citizenships in Rimini Protokoll’s Prometheus in Athens; Marissia Fragkou * 10. At the Gates of Europe: Sacred Objects, Other Spaces and Performances of Dispossession; Marilena Zaroulia * 11 Economies of Atonement in the European Museum: Repatriation and the Post-Rational; Emma Cox * Bibliography * Index June 2015 UK June 2015 US 288pp 17 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137379368

9781137408884

9781137379368

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY Media Representations of Police and Crime Shaping the Police Television Drama Marianne Colbran, University of Oxford, UK "This pioneering ethnographic study is the first to analyse the interactions of creative personnel and the political-economic pressures that shape the production of fictional television stories about the police. It is a major contribution to the understanding of policing and the media, and will be of great value to criminology and to media sociology." - Robert Reiner, London School of Economics, UK This unique book explores the social processes which shape fictional representations of police and crime in television dramas. Exploring ten leading British and European police dramas from the last twentyfive years, Colbran, a former scriptwriter, presents a revealing insight into police dramas, informed by media and criminological theory. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Research Methods * 3. Inside the World of The Bill * 4. The Origins of Story Ideas * 5. Influences on the Story-line * 6. Creating the Story * 7. Looking Beyond The Bill * 8. The Function and Importance of the Television Police Show in Shaping Public Understanding

Critical Criminological Perspectives October 2014 UK October 2014 US 272pp 9 figures Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137334718

9781137334718

Media, Environment and the Network Society Alison G. Anderson, University of Plymouth, UK "A skilful guide through the rapidly-changing media landscape in which environment communication now takes place and through the new scholarship that has accompanied it. Anderson writes with the clarity of a good journalist and the rigour of a good academic." - James Painter, Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism, University of Oxford, UK The news media has become a key arena for staging environmental conflicts. Through a range of illuminating examples ranging from climate change to oil spills, Media, Environment and the Network Society provides a timely and far-reaching analysis of the media politics of contemporary environmental debates. Contents: Acknowledgements * 1. Introduction * 2. Environmental Risks, Protest and the Network Society * 3. News Agendas, Framing Contests and Power * 4. The Climate Change Controversy * 5. Oils Spills and Crisis Communication * 6. Emerging Technologies * 7. Future Directions * Bibliography

Palgrave Studies in Media and Environmental Communication October 2014 UK October 2014 US 216pp 30 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230217614

9780230217614

Voice and Environmental Communication The Death and Resurrection of Deviance

Edited by Jennifer Peeples, Utah State University, USA, Stephen Depoe, University of Cincinnati, USA

Current Ideas and Research

Voice and Environmental Communication explores how people give voice to, and listen to the voices of, the environment. This foundational book introduces the relationship between these two fundamental aspects of human existence and extends our knowledge of the role of voice in the study of environmental communication.

Edited by Michael Dellwing, Kassel University, Germany, Joseph A. Kotarba, Texas State University, USA, Nathan W. Pino, Texas State University, USA “Students and scholars will find here a collection that digs deep into the core of the criminological project by examining the history, politics, challenges and, ultimately, ongoing relevance of studying social rule-breaking [...] The editors have gathered a diverse and valuable set of contributions in the case for and against the study of deviance, deftly highlighting its sustained utility and profound relevance to our understanding of social harm and justice today.” Rowland Atkinson, University of York, UK

Contents: Introduction: Tales of Death and Deviance; Michael Dellwing, Joseph Kotarba and Nathan Pino * PART I: THE DEATH OF DEVIANCE? * 1. The Meaning and Validity of the Death of Deviance Claim; Erich Goode * 2. The Critical Role of Deviance in Society; Patricia A. Adler and Peter Adler * 3. The Deviance Bubble; Joel Best * 4. The ‘Death of Deviance’ and Stagnation of Twentieth Century Criminology; Mark Horsley * 5. Subcultures and Deviance; J. Patrick Williams * PART II: PRODUCTIVE DEVIANCE * and more...

Contents: Introduction: Voice and the Environment—Critical Perspectives; Jennifer Peeples and Stephen Depoe * PART I: VOICE AND ENVIRONMENTAL ADVOCACY * 1. Corporate Ventriloquism: Corporate Advocacy, the Coal Industry, and the Appropriation of Voice; Peter K. Bsumek, Jen Schneider, Steve Schwarze, Jennifer Peeples * 2. Defending the Fort: Michael Crichton, Pulp Fiction, and Green Conspiracy; Patrick Belanger * 3. Invoking the Ecological Indian: Rhetoric, Culture, and the Environment; Casey R. Schmitt * 4. Sustainable Advocacy: Voice For and Before an Intergenerational Audience; Jessica M. Prody and Brandon Inabinet * 5. RESPONSE ESSAY: The (Im)possibility of Voice in Environmental Advocacy; Danielle Endres * PART II: VOICE AND CONSUMPTION * 6. Voices of Organic Consumption: Understanding Organic Consumption as Political Action; Leah Sprain * 7. Vote With Your Fork: The Performance of Environmental Voice at the Farmers’ Market; Benjamin Garner * 8. RESPONSE ESSAY: Thinking through Issues of Voice and Consumption; Laura Lindenfeld * PART III: LISTENING TO NON-HUMAN VOICES * 9. The Language that All Things Speak: Thoreau and the Voice of Nature; William Homestead * 10. The Ethics of Listening in the Wilderness Writings of Sigurd F. Olson; David A. Tschida * 11. Listening to the Natural World: Ecopsychology of Listening From a Hawai’ian Spiritual Perspective; Yukari Kunisue * 12. RESPONSE ESSAY: Environmental Voices Including Dialogue with Nature, Within and Beyond Language; Donal Carbaugh * CODA: Food, Future, Zombies; Eric King Watts

Critical Criminological Perspectives

Palgrave Studies in Media and Environmental Communication

October 2014 UK October 2014 US 336pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137303790

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 280pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137433732

Are reports of the 'death of deviance' premature? This collection brings together leading international scholars to analyse uses of the 'deviance' concept to argue its vitality and show its possible utility in a variety of fields including religion, education and media narratives.

9781137303790

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137433732

MEDIA, CULTURAL AND SOCIAL THEORY New Technologies in Developing Societies From Theory to Practice Levi Obijiofor, University of Queensland, Australia "This is a refreshingly well-substantiated endorsement of the practical implications for socio-economic, cultural and political development of the new media revolution in progress across Africa. It is a grounded study on the importance of information and communication technologies for human agency and resilience against the overwhelming structures of reproduction of global and local inequalities." - Francis Nyamnjoh, author of Africa's Media: Democracy and the Politics of Belonging, University of Cape Town, South Africa New technologies may have transformed human societies, but not much has been written on how they are impacting people in Africa and other developing regions, in terms of how they use technology to enhance their socioeconomic conditions in everyday life. This book critically examines these issues from theoretical, practical and policy perspectives. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. New Technologies And Socioeconomic Development Of Africa * 3. Public Service Broadcasting For Economic Growth And Language Development * 4. Indigenous Knowledge And Intellectual Property Rights In A New Age * 5. The African Public Sphere In The Electronic Era * 6. Changing Technologies And Changing Role Of Citizens * 7. Tradition Versus Modernity In HIV/AIDS Prevention * 8. Ethnographic Research In ‘Offline’ And Online Worlds * 9. Mobile Phones Transforming Public Communication In Africa

Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change May 2015 UK May 2015 US 296pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137389329

9781137389329

Pradip Ninan Thomas, University of Queensland, Australia, Elske van de Fliert, University of Queensland, Australia "Thomas and van de Fliert compose a compelling and insightful interrogation of Communication for Social Change, raising much needed and rarely seen critical dialogue on theory and practice. Positioning communication within institutional contexts and political and economic conditions, their analyses foreground power, not just in terms of deconstruction but also as a way to consider conditions through which communication might succeed. They raise pressing questions about the future of the field and the promotion of communication rights, offering engaging directions for future research." - Karin Gwinn Wilkins, University of Texas at Austin, USA A new addition to the Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change series, this book sets the stage for subsequent books by identifying and analysing the current gaps in the field. It critically reviews the theory, practice and strategies of Communication for Social Change in relation to occurring structures, policies and discourses.

Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change

Communication, Power and Social Change Edited by Tina Askanius, University of Lund, Sweden, Liv Stubbe Østergaard, Roskilde University, Denmark This volume brings together a range of different specialists in the arts and cultural industries, as well as international academics and public intellectuals, to explore how media and communication practices for social change are currently being reconfigured in both conceptual and rhetorical terms. Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * Introduction; Tina Askanius and Liv Østergaard * PART I: THEORISING COMMUNICATION FOR CHANGE AND THE TRANSFORMATION OF PUBLIC SPHERES * 1. Voiceblind: Beyond the Paradoxes of the Neoliberal State; Nick Couldry * 2. Researching and Developing Cybercultur@: Emerging Local Knowledge Communities in Latin America; Jorges A. Gonzalez * 3. Advocacy Communication for and about Women; Karin Gwinn Wilkins * 4. The Public Sphere and the Dialectics of Globalization; Thomas Hylland Eriksen * PART II: CONTEMPORARY ACTORS OF SOCIAL CHANGE: ART, TECHNOLOGY AND PUBLIC PEDAGOGY * 5. What is an Intellectual, Anyway?; Ingrid Elam * 6. What I Think About when I Think About Being an Intellectual; Carsten Jensen * Round-table Discussion led by Thomas Hylland Eriksen, moderated by Oscar Hemer: The Flattening of the Public Sphere and the Loss of Respect for Knowledge * 7. Interview with Måns Adler by Liv Østergaard: The Democratization of Live Streaming Tools * 8. Beyond Polemical Practice: A Tribute to Henry Gireoux; Geetanjali Sachdev * PART III: PRACTITIONERS AND PRACTICES: NEW COMMUNICATION FOR SOCIAL CHANGE PERSPECTIVES AND INITIATIVES * and more...

Palgrave Studies in Communication for Social Change

The Basis For a Renewal

Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Preface * 1. Revisiting CSC Theory * 2. Revisiting CSC Practice * 3. Participation in Theory and Practice * 4. Communication, Power and Social Change * 5. Agencies, Structures and Social Change * 6. The IT Fix * 7. The Making and Unmaking of CSC Policy * 8. Complexity, Transdisciplinarity and CSC Strategy * 9. Communication Rights and Social Change

Reclaiming the Public Sphere

September 2014 UK September 2014 US 248pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137398741

Interrogating the Theory and Practice of Communication for Social Change

9781137398741

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 168pp 5 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137426307

9781137426307

RESEARCH METHODS RESEARCH METHODS PALGRAVE MACMILLAN'S CAMPAIGN FOR THE HUMANITIES

Advancing Digital Humanities Research, Methods, Theories Edited by Paul Longley Arthur, University of Western Sydney, Australia, Katherine Bode, Australian National University, Australia "Defining Digital Humanities by what it does rather than wrestling with definitions of what it is, the essays in this vibrant anthology are reports of substantive engagements with the intellectual dimensions of technological tools. [...] An excellent volume for those new to the field as well as insiders, each of whom will take away something of value from the carefully crafted insights of these essays.' - Johanna Drucker, Breslauer Professor of Bibliography, Information Studies, UCLA, USA Advancing Digital Humanities moves beyond definition of this dynamic and fast growing field to show how its arguments, analyses, findings and theories are pioneering new directions in the humanities globally. Contents: List of Figures * List of Tables * Notes on Contributors * 1. Collecting Ourselves; Katherine Bode and Paul Longley Arthur * PART I: TRANSFORMING DISCIPLINES * 2. Exercises in Battology; Mark Byron * 3. Stylometry of Dickens’s Language: An Experiment with Random Forests; Tomoji Tabata * and more... December 2014 UK December 2014 US 352pp 53 figures Hardback £60.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Paperback £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137336996 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137337009

The Social Impact of the Arts An Intellectual History

9781137336996 9781137337009

Beyond Utility and Markets Edited by Eleonora Belfiore, University of Warwick, UK, Anna Upchurch, University of Leeds, UK "The book is beautifully written and edited, allowing the reader to relax and enjoy the experience of following an intense, academic debate, whilst its hard, critical edge skewers economic triumphalism on its own inconsistencies. This makes Humanities in the 21st Century both a compelling call to humanities scholars to reclaim the public value debate, as well as setting a demanding standard for others wanting to participate in that debate." - Paul Benneworth, LSE Review of Books This collection of essays by scholars with expertise in a range of fields, cultural professionals and policy makers explores different ways in which the arts and humanities contribute to dealing with the challenges of contemporary society in ways that do not rely on simplistic and questionable notions of socio-economic impact as a proxy for value. Contents: Introduction: Reframing the ‘Value’ Debate for the Humanities; Eleonora Belfiore and Anna Upchurch * PART I: THE HUMANITIES AND THEIR ‘IMPACT’ * 1. The “Rhetoric of Gloom” vs. the Discourse of Impact in the Humanities: Stuck in a Deadlock?; Eleanora Belfiore * 2. Speaking out in a Digital world: Humanities Values, Humanities Processes; Jan Parker * PART II: UTILITY VS. VALUE * 3. The Futility of the Humanities; Michael Bérubé * 4. Fahrenheit 451 The higher Philistinism; Jim McGuigan * 5. Speaking of Impact... Languages and the Utility of the Humanities; David Looseley * and more... July 2013 UK July 2013 US 272pp Paperback £16.99 / $28.00 / CN$32.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230366633

9780230366633

Understanding Digital Humanities

Now available in paperback

Eleonora Belfiore, University of Warwick, UK, Oliver Bennett, University of Warwick, UK "Those new to the field will find this an enormously helpful introduction, while those who are not will often be refreshed, sometimes stimulated, and occasionally irritated. What more could one ask?" - Gary Day, THES Now in paperback, an intellectual history of contrasting ideas around the power of the arts to engender personal and societal change - for better and worse. A fascinating account of the value and functions of the arts in society, in the private sphere of individual emotions and self-development and public sphere of politics and social distinction. Contents: Introduction * Towards a New Approach to Researching the Social Impacts of the Arts * Corruption and Distraction * Catharsis * Personal Well-being * Education and Self-development * Moral Improvement and Civilization * Political Instrument * Social Stratification and Identity Construction * Autonomy of the Art and Rejection of Instrumentality * Conclusions * References * Index October 2010 UK December 2010 US 248pp Paperback £19.99 / $31.00 / CN$35.99 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230273511

Humanities in the Twenty-First Century

9780230273511

Edited by David M. Berry, University of Sussex, UK "Berry and colleagues present us with several current and future trajectories of the digital humanities, both building and questioning its trends. Through the last 40 years of computational research, the humanities have appropriated and developed many techniques for doing their work computationally, but only in the last ten years has the excess of computational capacity begun to bring central questions about the nature of the humanities to light. David Berry and his colleagues sit on the cutting edges of these questions, and their work will inform those debates for years to come." - Jeremy Hunsinger, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA Confronting the digital revolution in academia, this book examines the application of new computational techniques and visualisation technologies in the Arts & Humanities. Uniting differing perspectives, leading and emerging scholars discuss the theoretical and practical challenges that computation raises for these disciplines. Contents: Introduction * How We Think: Transforming Power and Digital Technologies; N.K.Hayles * Cultural Analytics; L.Manovich * Computing Fantasies: Psychologically Approaching Identity and Ideology in the Computational Age; P.Bloom * Technologies of Representation: Images, Visualisations and Texts; A.Carusi * Self-Organization, Zipf Laws and Historical Processes: Three Case Studies of Computer Assisted Historical Research; J.R.de Carvalho * Is What Computation Counts What Counts?; T.Cheesman * The Computational Turn: GIScience and the Holocaust; T.Cole & A.Giordano * and more... February 2012 UK March 2012 US 336pp 28 b/w photos, 25 figures, 5 b/w illustrations Paperback £19.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 9780230292659 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9780230292659

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

RESEARCH METHODS The Humanities, Higher Education, and Academic Freedom Three Necessary Arguments Michael Bérubé, Pennsylvania State University, USA, Jennifer Ruth, Portland State University, USA "Finally, a book that defends the humanities not with violins but rather by linking them to the status of contingent labor in the academy, and what the deplorable state of both means for all of us. The Humanities, Higher Education and Academic Freedom is an important intervention that spotlights the most salient defense of tenure for our times. Bérubé and Ruth center on the forgotten side of academic freedom, namely governance. This is a bracing and necessary book that should be mandatory reading for all department chairs—and everyone else who teaches college." — Leonard Cassuto, Professor of English, Fordham University, and columnist for The Chronicle of Higher Education This book is a lively, passionate defence of contemporary work in the humanities, and, beyond that, of the university system that makes such work possible. The book's stark accounts of academic labour, and its proposals for reform of the tenure system, are novel, controversial, timely, and very necessary.

Health Humanities Paul Crawford, University of Nottingham, UK, Brian Brown, De Montfort University, UK, Charley Baker, University of Nottingham, UK, Victoria Tischler, University of Nottingham, UK, Brian Abrams, Montclair State University, USA “The broad-ranging expertise of the authors contributing to this volume ensures that many different literatures are brought to bear on furthering the interest of the humanities and arts across health care education. In all, this is an important volume.” — Rick Iedema, University of Tasmania, Australia This is the first manifesto for Health Humanities worldwide. It sets out the context for this emergent and innovative field which extends beyond Medical Humanities to advance the inclusion and impact of the arts and humanities in healthcare, health and wellbeing. Contents: Acknowledgements * 1. Health Humanities * 2. Anthropology and the Study of Culture * 3. Applied Literature * 4. Narrative and Applied Linguistics * 5. Performing Arts and the Aesthetics of Health * 6. Visual Art and Transformation * 7. Practice Based Evidence: Delivering Humanities into Health Care * 8. Creative Practice as Mutual Recovery * Concluding Remarks * Bibliography

Contents: Acknowledgements * Introduction: The Ersatz Crisis and the Real One * 1. Value and Values * 2. Slow Death and Painful Labors * 3. From Professionalism to Patronage * 4. On the Rails * Appendix: Implementing a Teaching-Intensive Tenure Track at Portland State University * Bibliography * Index

January 2015 UK January 2015 US 208pp 6 figures, 2 b/w tables Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137282590

May 2015 UK May 2015 US 136pp 1 b/w table Hardback £50.00 / $85.00 / CN$98.00 Paperback £13.99 / $23.00 / CN$27.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137506108 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137506115

Corporate Humanities in Higher Education

9781137506108 9781137506115

9781137282590

Moving Beyond the Neoliberal Academy Jeffrey R. Di Leo, University of Houston-Victoria, USA

Oral History and Digital Humanities Voice, Access, and Engagement Edited by Douglas A. Boyd, University of Kentucky, USA, Mary A. Larson, Oklahoma State University, USA Exploring the developments that have occurred in the practice of oral history since digital audio and video became viable, this book explores various groundbreaking projects in the history of digital oral history, distilling the insights of pioneers in the field and applying them to the constantly changing electronic landscape of today. Contents: Introduction – Douglas A. Boyd and Mary A. Larson * Part I - Orality/Aurality * Chapter 1: “Oral History in the Age of Digital Possibilities” by William Schneider * Chapter 2: “WHY DO WE CALL IT ORAL HISTORY? Refocusing on Orality/ Aurality in the Digital Age” by Sherna Berger Gluck * Chapter 3: “Adventures in Sound: Aural History, the Digital Revolution, and the Making of I Can Almost See the Lights of Home: A Field Trip to Harlan County Kentucky” by Charles Hardy III * Chapter 4: “‘I Just Want to Click on it to Listen’: Oral History Archives, Orality and Usability” by Douglas A. Boyd * and more...

Palgrave Studies in Oral History December 2014 UK December 2014 US 224pp Hardback £60.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137322005

9781137322005

How do humanists speak for and from the humanities in an academy which values them less and less and market-driven approaches more and more? Jeffrey R. Di Leo provides a thorough critique of the higher education crisis and a set of practical and reasonable remedies for shaping the study and practice of the humanities in the academy of the future. Contents: Introduction * 1. Corporate Literature * 2. Humanities, Inc. * 3. Paralogical Inquiry * 4. Apocalyptic Fear * 5. Critical Affiliations * 6. Wrangling with Rank * 7. Authorial Prestige * 8. The Publishing Market * 9. The Junkyard of Ideas * Coda

Education, Politics and Public Life December 2013 UK December 2013 US 212pp Hardback £63.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137364616

9781137364616

RESEARCH METHODS Humanities World Report 2015

Humanities Computing

Poul Holm, Trinity College Dublin, Ireland, Arne Jarrick, Stockholm University, Sweden, Dominic Scott, University of Virginia, USA “This ‘Humanities World Report’ is more than a year’s snapshot; it is a report and a sounding in the best sense of the word that allows us to hear from scholars and institutional leaders giving their assessment of the ‘state of humanities’...This work will be a vital addition to the libraries of the world’s leading humanities centers as we chart our way forward.” - Roland Hsu, Stanford Humanities Center, and Stanford Freeman Spogli Institute for International Studies This book is open access under a CC BY license.

Now available in paperback

Willard McCarty, King’s College London, UK "This landmark study is fundamental to understanding the history and future directions of the expanding field of digital humanities, written by one of its pioneers." – Professor Paul Arthur, The University of Western Sydney, Australia

Now with a new preface, Humanities Computing provides a rationale for a computing practice that is of and for as well as in the humanities and the interpretative social sciences. It engages philosophical, historical, ethnographic and critical perspectives to show how computing helps us fulfil the basic mandate of the humane sciences.

The first of its kind, this Open Access 'Report' is a first step in assessing the state of the humanities worldwide. Based on an extensive literature review and enlightening interviews the book discusses the value of the humanities, the nature of humanities research and the relation between humanities and politics, amongst other issues.

Contents: Acknowledgements * Preface * 1. Modelling * 2. Genre * 3. Discipline * 4. Computer Science * 5. Agenda * Bibliography * Index

Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. The Value of the Humanities * 3. The Nature of the Humanities * 4. The Digital Humanities * 5. Translating the Humanities * 6. The Culture of Humanities Research * 7. Funding and Infrastructures * 8. Humanities and Public Policy * 9. Conclusion * Appendix: the Interview Questionnaire * Index

9781137440426

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 232pp Hardback £20.00 / $31.00 / CN$35.50 9781137500267 Paperback £15.00 / $23.00 / CN$26.50 9781137500274 Swedish Research Council, the Swedish Riksbankens Jubileumsfond and the Netherlands Organisation for Scientific Research Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137500267 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137500274

The Humanities “Crisis” and the Future of Literary Studies Paul Jay, Loyola University Chicago, USA "What the world needs now is a defense of the humanities that puts the past thirty or forty years of literary criticism and theory front and center. Seriously. [...] The Humanities "Crisis" and the Future of Literary Studies reminds me (and will remind you) how our understanding of the humanities has been enriched by interpretive theories and new social movements– and why their varieties of critical thinking are valuable in and out of the classroom. Any humanist hoping to engage with a skeptical or curious public should read this book." Michael Bérubé, Director, Institute for the Arts and Humanities, Pennsylvania State University, USA Demonstrating that the supposed drawbacks of the humanities are in fact their source of practical value, Jay explores current debates about the role of the humanities in higher education, puts them in historical context, and offers humanists and their supporters concrete ways to explain the practical value of a contemporary humanities education. Contents: 1. The Humanities Crisis Then and Now * 2. Professionalism and Its Discontents * 3. Humanism, the Humanities, and Political Correctness * 4. Getting to the Core of the Humanities, or Who’s Afraid of Gloria Anzaldúa? * 5. Aesthetics, Close Reading, Theory, and the Future of Literary Studies * 6. The Humanities and the Public Sphere in the Age of the Internet July 2014 UK July 2014 US 224pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137403308

July 2014 UK July 2014 US 340pp Paperback £21.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.00 Canadian Rights www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137440426

How to Build a Life in the Humanities Meditations on the Academic Work-Life Balance Edited by Greg Colón Semenza, University of Connecticut, USA, Garrett A. Sullivan, Jr, Penn State University, USA, Anthony Grafton, Princeton University, USA "This collection of tart, lively essays puts the 'humanity' back into the humanities, and contributes to a robust ongoing conversation on life and lifestyle within the academy. How to Build a Life in the Humanities is an imaginative and valuable book." - Leonard Cassuto, Professor of English, Fordham University, USA and contributor to The Chronicle of Higher Education A follow-up to the popular Graduate Study for the 21st Century, this book seeks to expand professional development to include the personal aspects of daily lives in the humanities. How to Build a Life in the Humanities delves into pressing work-life issues such as posttenure depression, academic life with children, aging, and adjuncting. Contents: Foreword; Anthony Grafton * Introduction; Greg Colón Semenza and Garrett A. Sullivan, Jr. * PART I: PROFESSIONAL LIFE * 1. Life in a Liberal Arts College; William Pannapacker * 2. Life in a Community College; Rob Jenkins * 3. Life in a Research University; Barry V. Qualls * 4. Teaching; Garrett A. Sullivan, Jr. * 5. Grading; Karen J. Renner * 6. Departmental and University Citizenship; Claire Bond Potter * 7. Research and the Public; Brendan Kane * PART II: PERSONAL LIFE * 8. Imposter Phenomenon; Natalie M. Houston * 9. Academic Guilt; Giuseppina Iacono Lobo * 10. Depression; Greg Colón Semenza * 11. Downtime; Cristina M. Fitzgerald * 12. Maternity; Kristen Ghodsee * 13. Life with Children; Michael Bérubé * 14. Life without Children; Sean Grass and Iris Rivero * 15. Aging; Eric Lorentzen * PART III: DIVERSE LIVES * 16. Class; Simon Yarrow * 17. Religion; Kristin Poole * 18. Race/Ethnicity; Cathy Schlund-Vials * 19. Gender; Claudia Calhoun * 20. Disability; Brenda Brueggemann and Stephanie Kerschbaum * 21. Sexual Orientation; Margaret Breen * PART IV: LIFE OFF THE TENURE TRACK * 22. Life as an Adjunct; Joe Fruscione * 23. Life as a Graduate Student; Alex Galarza * 24. Life after Retirement; Valerie Wayne and Linda Woodbridge * 25. Life after Academe; Anne Trubek April 2015 UK April 2015 US 264pp Paperback £17.99 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137428882

9781137428882

9781137403308

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

Learning from Indigenous Wisdom

Children, Social Class, and Education Shifting Identities in Fiji Karen J. Brison, Union College, USA "Subtle, textured, and highly readable, Children, Social Class, and Education provides a thought-provoking ethnographic exploration of kindergartens in Fiji. Brison's comparative account makes it clear that social class - and the assumptions and aspirations with which it is entangled - plays a key role in shaping how different preschools engage with children. Kindergartens are central and consequential sites for children's identity formation and they work, as Brison demonstrates, in complex and surprising ways." - Don Brenneis, Professor of Anthropology, University of California, Santa Cruz, USA Class-based self-perception is a rising issue worldwide. Through observation in kindergartens in Fiji, Brison examines how schools instil these ideas in Suva children. Teachers have different goals depending on the social background of the families while students create friendships through shared experience of toys, gender roles, and mass media. Contents: 1. Introduction: Social Class and Mass Preschool Education in Fiji * 2. Kindergartens and Culture in Fiji * 3. Nurturing Multicultural Pluralism * 4. Producing a New Middle Class * 5. Becoming Very Good School Children * 6. Gender, Race, and Social Class: Shifting Social Categories * 7. Hierarchy and Friendship Epilogue *

Culture, Mind and Society November 2014 UK November 2014 US 216pp 15 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137472267

Contents: Introduction * 1. Fire and Water: Sustaining the Land * 2. Making a Sustainable Living * 3. Architecture and House Building * 4. Health and Death * 5. Calendars and Climate Change * 6. Astronomy and Navigation Skills * 7. Physics and Mathematics * 8. Technology and Sustainability * 9. Facing Both Ways * Conclusion: ‘Seeing through Both Eyes’ Science September 2014 UK September 2014 US 212pp 21 b/w images Hardback £56.50 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Paperback £19.00 / $30.00 / CN$34.50 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137435903 www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137435910

9781137435903 9781137435910

Cultural Wounding, Healing, and Emerging Ethnicities

Gossip in American History Edited by Kathleen Feeley, University of Redlands, USA, Jennifer Frost, University of Auckland, New Zealand Gossip is one of the most common, and most condemned, forms of discourse in which we engage - even as it is often absorbing and socially significant, it is also widely denigrated. This volume examines fascinating moments in the history of gossip in America, from witchcraft trials to People magazine, helping us to see the subject with new eyes. Contents: Introduction; Kathleen Feeley and Jennifer Frost * 1. ‘They make one very handsome Mirkin amongst them’: Gossip and Church Politics in Seventeenth-Century Virginia; Christine Eisel * 2. ‘The Time When There Was So Much Talk of the Witchcraft in this Country’: Gossip and the Essex County Witchcraft Crisis of 1692; Mary Beth Norton * 3. Governed Gossip: The Personal Letters and Public Purpose of Philip Ludwell in Early-Eighteenth-Century Virginia; Virginia Price * 4. The Infamous Anne Royall: Jacksonian Gossip, Scribbler, and Scold; Nancy Isenberg * 5. ‘Gadding,’ ‘Gainsaying,’ and Negotiating Gossip in the Antebellum Black Press; Erica L. Ball * 6. Gossip Law: Popular Journalism and Transformations in Law and American Legal Culture; Samantha Barbas * and more...

Joy Hendry, Oxford Brookes University, UK "Joy Hendry argues that Western science alone cannot ensure sustainable living for the future. In this fascinating, thought-provoking, and very readable study, based upon years of meticulous original research, she invites us to redefine our concept of 'science' in a way that can incorporate insights drawn from many cultures around the globe. She suggests that such a co-operative approach to solving the world's problems is the best way forward." - Allan Chapman, Historian of Science, Oxford University, UK Indigenous peoples have passed down vital knowledge for generations from which local plants help cure common ailments, to which parts of the land are unsuitable for buildings because of earthquakes. Here, Hendry examines science through these indigenous roots, problematizing the idea that Western science is the only type that deserves that name.

9781137472267

When Private Talk Goes Public

January 2015 UK August 2014 US 284pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137442291

Science and Sustainability

9781137442291

Amanda Kearney, University of New South Wales, Australia "Amanda Kearney brings intelligence, theoretical sophistication, and an acute perception to bear on things that matter deeply to people as they negotiate the routines and the rituals of life-worlds dominated by centuries of ongoing exploitation. As she pushes the bounds of theory, she does justice to the mundane priorities of 'getting by.' Her deft ethnographic snapshots resound with the moral pulse of the everyday, memorably depicting the cultural dynamics of survival in action." - Patrick Wolfe, author of Traces of History: Elementary Structures of Race Today, there is new appeal in the analysis of ethnicity, not merely as innate and fixed identities or fragmented and lost identities, but rather as wounded and then creatively reclaimed. Kearney discusses international examples of cultural wounding and healing and presents two close readings of emerging ethnicities in Australia and Brazil. Contents: Introduction * 1. Ethnicity, (not Race) and Belonging * 2. Cultural Wounding * 3. Wounds: Broken Bodies and the Rupture of Kinship * 4. What Happens When the Wounded Survive? Ethnicity and the Healing Project * 5. Cultural Wounding, Healing and Emerging Ethnicities * for Indigenous Australians * 6. Life in the Affirmative - Cultural Wounding, Healing and African Descent in Brazil * Conclusion November 2014 UK November 2014 US 256pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137480569

9781137480569

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Monster Anthropology in Australasia and Beyond Edited by Yasmine Musharbash, University of Sydney, Australia, Geir Henning Presterudstuen, University of Western Sydney, Australia "Monster Anthropology in Australasia and Beyond marks a substantial, breath-taking entry of anthropology into monster studies. Catalysts to story and action, monsters are shown in these lucid, innovative essays to accomplish cultural work that is essential, local and real. Admirably interdisciplinary, the book belongs on the shelf of every scholar interested in how the borders of difference are patrolled by figures of menace and allure. But keep the light on as you read." - Jeffrey Jerome Cohen, George Washington University, USA Offering a dialogue between anthropology and literature, culture, and media, this book presents fine-grained ethnographic vignettes of monsters dwelling in the contemporary world. These monsters hail from Aboriginal Australia, the Pacific, Asia, and Europe, and their presence is inextricably intertwined with the lives of those they haunt. Contents: 1. Introduction: Monsters, Anthropology, and Monster Studies; Yasmine Musharbash * 2. Cave Men, Luminoids and Dragons: Monstrous Creatures Mediating Relationships between People and Country in Aboriginal Northern Australia; Joanne Thurman * 3. Monstrous Transformations: A Case Study from Central Australia; Yasmine Musharbash * 4. Specters of Reality; Mamu in the Eastern Western Desert of Australia; Ute Eickelkamp * and more... November 2014 UK November 2014 US 240pp 4 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137472793

9781137472793

Biopolitics and Utopia An Interdisciplinary Reader Edited by Patricia Stapleton, Worcester Polytechnic University, USA, Andrew Byers, Duke University, USA This interdisciplinary reader offers a fascinating exploration of the intersection of biopolitics and utopia by employing a range of theoretical approaches. Each essay provides a unique application of the two concepts to topics spanning the social sciences and humanities. Contents: 1. Introduction - Andrew Byers and Patricia Stapleton, ‘Biopolitics and Utopia’ * Section I: Actions * 2. Andrew Byers, ‘American Bodies in a Time of War: The Militarized Body as a Utopian Space and Biopolitical Project for the State’ * 3. Patricia Stapleton, ‘The Inauspicious Regulatory Beginnings of Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis’ * 4. Arpita Das, ‘’Abnormals’ or ‘Exceptions’: The Use of Technologies for Intersex People and People with Disabilities’ * Section II: Speculations * 5. Evie Kendal, ‘Utopian Visions of ‘Making People’: Science Fiction and Debates on Cloning, Ectogenesis, Genetic Engineering, and Genetic Discrimination’ * 6.Selena Middleton, ‘Decolonizing the Future: Biopolitics, Ethics, and Foresight through the Lens of Science Fiction’ * Section III: Reactions * 7. Elena Cohen, ‘’All Day, All Week, Occupy Wall Street!’: Space, Biopower, and Resistance’ * 8. Rasmus Simonsen, ‘Eating for the Future: Veganism and the Challenge of In vitro Meat’ * Section IV: Reflections * 8. Cameron Barrows, ‘Utopia and Biopolitics: The Need for an Ethics in Biotechnology’

Palgrave Series in Bioethics and Public Policy June 2015 UK June 2015 US 272pp Hardback £68.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137514745

9781137514745

Hierarchy and Pluralism

Cinema, Cross-Cultural Collaboration, and Criticism

Living Religious Difference in Catholic Poland

Filming on an Uneven Field

Agnieszka Pasieka, Polish Academy of Sciences, Poland "In a masterful study of pluralism and religion in Poland, Pasieka's intensive ethnographic work shows how, in the context of continued and sometimes sharp boundaries defined by religion and ethnicity, ordinary villagers construct their own, pluralistic social worlds—not nullifying those boundaries but allowing overlapping and shifting friendships and cooperation to flourish." - John R. Bowen, Dunbar-Van Cleve Professor in Arts and Sciences, Washington University, St. Louis, USA; author of Why the French Don't Like Headscarves (2006) Based on an ethnographic study of rural Poland, this book investigates the challenges of maintaining pluralism in a religiously homogenous society. By examining a multireligious and multiethnic community, Pasieka reveals paradoxes inscribed into the practice and discourse of pluralism. Contents: Introduction: Seven Ways to God * PART I: MAPPING RELIGIOUS PLURALISM * 1. Poland: A History of Pluralism * 2. Making Pluralism: The People and the Place * PART II: PLURALIZING THE PAST * 3. Caroling History: Heteroglossic Narratives and Religious Boundaries * 4. Religion and Memories of Socialism * PART III: ACTING UPON LOCALITY * 5. The Different and the Common: About Multireligious Neighborhoods * 6. Debating Pluralism * Conclusions: Challenging Hierarchical Pluralism

Davinia Thornley, University of Otago, New Zealand "Davinia Thornley presents a detailed and logical exploration of cross-cultural filmmaking practices. Her description of 'collaborative criticism', bringing together diverse ways of knowing and working, is entirely persuasive, and her instantiation of transnational and global perspectives are of the current critical moment. This is a very fine book." Arnold Krupat, Sarah Lawrence College, USA Cinema, Cross-Cultural Collaboration, and Criticism provides a platform for a new politics of criticism, a collaborative ethos for a different kind of relationship to cross-cultural cinema that invites further conversations between filmmakers and audiences, indigenous and others. Contents: List of Figures * Preface * Acknowledgments * 1. Introduction - Cinematic CrossCultural Collaboration: Filming on an Uneven Field * 2. ‘An instrument of actual change in the world’: Engaging a New Collaborative Criticism through Isuma/Arnait Productions’ Film, Before Tomorrow * 3. ‘My whole area has started to be about what’s left over’: Alec Morgan, ‘Stolen Histories,’ and Critical Collaboration on the Australian Aboriginal Documentary, Lousy Little Sixpence * 4. ‘A space being right on that boundary’; Critiquing Cross-Cultural Collaboration in Aotearoa New Zealand Cinema * 5. Conclusion - Modelling Collaborative Criticism: What Does it Mean to Collaborate Cross-Culturally in Cinema? * Select Bibliography * Index

Contemporary Anthropology of Religion March 2015 UK March 2015 US 284pp 2 maps, 13 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137500526

9781137500526

November 2014 UK November 2014 US 148pp 12 figures Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137411563

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137411563

CULTURAL AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY Careers in Serious Leisure

Emerging Infectious Diseases and Society

From Dabbler to Devotee in Search of Fulfilment Robert A. Stebbins, University of Calgary, Canada Using the concept of fulfilment and the framework of the serious leisure perspective, this book examines the signposts marking the fulfilment career. This career begins with an interest in a serious pursuit, leading to an efflorescence many years later in amateurism, hobbyism, volunteering, or devotee work - and ultimately deeper fulfilment. Contents: Introduction * 1. The Serious Leisure Perspective * 2. Starting a Fulfilment Career * 3. Amateurism as a Route to Fulfilment * 4. Finding Fulfilment in a Hobby * 5. Fulfilling Careers in Volunteering * 6. Professional Devotee Work * 7. Hobbyist and Volunteer Devotee Work * 8. The Positive Quest for Fulfilment: Shadows

Leisure Studies in a Global Era October 2014 UK October 2014 US 208pp 3 b/w tables, 2 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137399724

9781137399724

Disruptive Tourism and its Untidy Guests Alternative Ontologies for Future Hospitalities Soile Veijola, University of Lapland, Finland, Jennie Germann Molz, College of the Holy Cross, USA, Olli Pyyhtinen, University of Tampere, Finland, Emily Höckert, University of Helsinki, Finland, Alexander Grit, Stenden University, Netherlands This book invokes the radical potentialities of 'untidiness' to envision alternative arrangements of social life and hospitality. Instead of trying to manage sustainability or tidy up tourist situations, the authors embrace the messiness of human relations and argue for more creative, embodied and ethical ontologies of tourism and mobility. Contents: 1. Introduction: Alternative Tourism Ontologies * 2. Camping In Clearing; Jennie Germann Molz * 3. Paradise With/ Out Parasites; Olli Pyyhtinen * 4. Towards Silent Communities; Soile Veijola * 5. Unlearning Through Hospitality; Emily Höckert * 6. Messing Around With Serendipities; Alexander Grit * 7. Conclusion: Prepositions and Other Stories

Leisure Studies in a Global Era October 2014 UK October 2014 US 176pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137399496

9781137399496

Now available in paperback

Peter Washer, The Royal College of Radiologists, UK "The incidence of infectious diseases has increased in the past two decades with a threat of further increase in the future […] This volume is a social chronicle of the cultural, political and historical context in which this new public health threat emerged. This is an erudite, informative, and insightful book on how it all happened." - Choice Magazine In the 1970s it seemed infectious diseases had been conquered, but today global epidemics seem to pose a new, more sinister threat. This fascinating study explores new infectious diseases and the re-emergence of old threats, examining the cultural context and anxieties that surround their emergence. Contents: Author Preface to the Paperback Edition * 1. Factors in the Emergence of Infectious Diseases * 2. The Conquest of Infectious Disease * 3. AIDS and the End of the Golden Age of Medicine * 4. Modernity, Globalization and Emerging Infectious Diseases * 5. Mad Cows, Modern Plagues and Superbugs * 6. Dirt, Germs and the Immune System * 7. The bioterrorism myth * 8. Emerging Infectious Diseases, Security and Global Poverty November 2014 UK November 2014 US 216pp Paperback £21.99 / $35.00 / CN$40.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137471918

9781137471918

ETHNOGRAPHY Anthropology, Theatre, and Development

ETHNOGRAPHY

Constructing Transnational and Transracial Identity Adoption and Belonging in Sweden, Norway, and Denmark Sigalit Ben-Zion, Independent Scholar, Israel "Sigalit Ben-Zion takes the reader on a reflexive and thoughtful journey through the worlds, visions, and insights of transracial adoptees in Scandinavia. Outlining the complexities and ambiguities of belonging from the perspective of their voices, it is a timely book that takes the task of giving people a voice in social sciences more serious than many others. When I started reading, I could not stop until the end of the book - that does not happen often!" - Erdmute Alber, Professor of Social Anthropology, University of Bayreuth, Germany Norway, Sweden, and Denmark are home to more than 90,000 transnational adoptees of Scandinavian parents raised in a predominantly white environment. This ethnography provides a unique perspective on how these transracial adoptees conceptualize and construct their sense of identity along the intersection of ethnicity, family, and national lines. Contents: 1. The Subject, Method and Scope of this Inquiry * 2. Stockholm Fieldwork: From St. Eriksplan to Rinkeby * 3. “Living in the Twilight Zone” * 4. “No One is More Swedish Than Me!” * 5. “Love is Above Culture, Above Blood” * 6. “It’s Like Taking a Cat and Raising It Like a Dog” * 7. “I Didn’t Feel Norwegian Enough to Wear the National Costume” * and more... November 2014 UK November 2014 US 288pp 3 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137480644

9781137480644

Drug Mules Women in the International Cocaine Trade Jennifer Fleetwood, University of Leicester, UK "The fieldwork in this book is only matched by a handful of ethnographers worldwide. Fleetwood's book is a big advance in understanding women's participation in transitional crime. Unpacking the international drug trade using ethnographic data is truly extraordinary. As opposed to most other researchers in this tradition, Fleetwood also explores new ground theoretically. Her original use of feminism and narrative theory is nothing less than impressive, and makes the book a must-read for audiences far beyond those interested in the drug trade. This is contemporary criminology at its best." Dr Sveinung Sandberg, University of Oslo, Norway Fleetwood explores how women become involved in trafficking, focusing on the lived experiences of women as drug mules. Offering theoretical insights from gender theory and transnational criminology, Fleetwood argues that women's participation in the drugs trade cannot be adequately understood through the lenses of either victimization or agency. Contents: 1. Introduction: Cartels and Cocaine Queens * 2. Imagining Drug Trafficking: Mafias, Markets, Mules * 3. What do Women Talk About When They Talk About Trafficking? * 4. Who are the ‘Traffickers’? * 5. For Money and Love: Women’s Narratives About Becoming Mules * 6. Beginning Mule-work * and more...

Transnational Crime, Crime Control and Security June 2014 UK June 2014 US 208pp 1 b/w table Hardback £58.00 / $95.00 / CN$109.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137271891

9781137271891

The Transformative Potential of Performance Edited by Alex Flynn, Durham University, UK, Jonas Tinius, King’s College, University of Cambridge, UK "When is reflection political, ethical? This multidimensional collection on performance as theatre opens up an arena for exploration through the sheer audacity of its scope. Anthropologically informed, diversely interpreted, it is a compelling example of unexpected collaborations." - Marilyn Strathern, University of Cambridge, UK The contributors explore diverse contexts of performance to discuss peoples' own reflections on political subjectivities, governance and development. The volume refocuses anthropological engagement with ethics, aesthetics, and politics to examine the transformative potential of political performance, both for individuals and wider collectives. Contents: PART I: ETHNOGRAPHIES OF POLITICAL PERFORMANCE IN DEVELOPING CONTEXTS * 1.1 Interventions * Re-Imagining Political Subjectivities: Relationality, Reflexivity And Performance In Rural Brazil; Alex Flynn * Performing Transformation: Cultivating A Paradigm Of Education For Cooperation And Sustainability In A Brazilian Community; Dan Baron Cohen * Embodying Protest: Culture And Performance Within Social Movements; Jeffrey Juris * 1.2 Development And Governance * Resistant Acts In Post-Genocide Rwanda; Ananda Breed * Embodiment, Intellect And Emotion: Thinking About Possible Impacts Of Theatre For Development In Three Projects In Africa; Jane Plastow * Governance, Theatricality, And Fantasma In Mafia Dance; Stavroula Pipyrou * PART II: THEATRE AS PARADIGM FOR SOCIAL REFLECTION - CONCEPTUAL PERSPECTIVES * and more...

Anthropology, Change and Development April 2015 UK April 2015 US 320pp Hardback £65.00 / $100.00 / CN$115.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137350596

9781137350596

Football Hooliganism, Fan Behaviour and Crime Contemporary Issues Edited by Matt Hopkins, University of Leicester, UK, James Treadwell, University of Birmingham, UK Focusing on a number of contemporary research themes and placing them within the context of palpable changes that have occurred within football in recent years, this timely collection brings together essays about football, crime and fan behaviour from leading experts in the fields of criminology, law, sociology, psychology and cultural studies. Contents: Introduction; Matt Hopkins and James Treadwell * PART I: FOOTBALL AS A CRIME GENERATOR * 1. The Football ‘Hotspot’ Matrix; Justin Kurland, Nick Tilley and Shane D. Johnson * 2. Talking Prada and Powder: Cocaine Use and Supply Amongst the Football Hooligan Firm; James Treadwell and Tammy Ayres * 3. ‘We’ve got the equivalent of Passchendaele’: Sectarianism, Football and Urban Disorder in Scotland; John Flint and Ryan Powell * 4. The Hollow Victory of Antiracism in English Football; Jon Garland and Michael Rowe * 5. Crime in the Boardroom: Extending the Focus Beyond Football Fans; Graham Brooks * PART II: EXPLORING FAN BEHAVIOURS IN THE GLOBAL MEDIA AGE * and more... May 2014 UK May 2014 US 328pp 17 b/w line drawings Hardback £65.00 / $105.00 / CN$121.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137347961

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

9781137347961

ETHNOGRAPHY

VISUAL CULTURE

Living with London’s Olympics

VISUAL CULTURE

An Ethnography Iain Lindsay, Brunel University, UK "Iain Lindsay has produced a fascinating study of the London 2012 Olympics, specifically regarding how the world's biggest mega-event was experienced and endured by its immediate hosts, the local people in one of the UK's poorest, most ethnically complex, and transient areas. The book is urban anthropology at its very best - richly ethnographic, vividly detailed, and sharply critical - and is essential reading for anyone with an interest in sport mega-events, community relations, and urban redevelopment." - Richard Giulianotti, Professor of Sociology, Loughborough University, UK The quadrennial summer Olympic Games produces the world's biggest single-city cultural event. Drawing on ethnographic work around the London 2012 Games, this book contrasts the rhetoric and reality of megaevent delivery and shows that the notions of beneficial Olympic legacies and delivery benefits for host communities are, for most, unobtainable. Contents: Preface * Prologue Introduction: In Pursuit of Olympic Gold * 1. The New(Ham) World * 2. The 2012 Transition: Process and Politics * 3. Newham Divide and Document * 4. Life in the Shadow of the Olympic Torch * 5. Employment and Capital Gains * 6. The Rings of Exclusion * 7. Securitization: The Olympic Lockdown? 8. Big Game Hunting: Baiting the Hooks * 9. Going for the Gold: The All-Consuming 2012 Ethos * 10. Conclusion: Extinguishing the Olympic * Epilogue

Palgrave Studies in Urban Anthropology November 2014 UK November 2014 US 224pp 14 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137456724

Hogarth’s Art of Animal Cruelty Satire, Suffering and Pictorial Propaganda Piers Beirne, University of Southern Maine, USA This book analyses the animal images used in William Hogarth's art, demonstrating how animals were variously depicted as hybrids, edibles, companions, emblems of satire and objects of cruelty. Beirne offers an important assessment of how Hogarth's various audiences reacted to his gruesome images and ultimately what was meant by 'cruelty'. Contents: 1. Introduction * 2. Seeing Hogarth’s Animal Images * 3. Hogarth’s Four Stages of Cruelty * 4. After Hogarth

December 2014 UK January 2015 US 144pp 11 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137447203

9781137447203

9781137456724

Postdigital Aesthetics Art, Computation And Design Edited by David M. Berry, University of Sussex, UK, Michael Dieter, University of Warwick, UK

Working in the Field

Postdigital Aesthetics is a contribution to questions raised by our newly computational everyday lives and the aesthetics which reflect both the postdigital nature of this age, but also critical perspectives of a post-internet world.

Anthropological Experiences across the World Pamela J. Stewart, University of Pittsburgh, USA, Andrew J. Strathern, Department of Anthropology , University of Pittsburgh, USA How are ethnographic knowledge and anthropological theory created out of field experiences? Spanning Papua New Guinea, Taiwan, Scotland, and Ireland, Stewart and Strathern show how fieldwork in apparently different areas can lead to unexpected comparisons and discoveries of similarities in human cross-cultural patterns of behavior. Contents: Preface: Working in Places, Moving through Spaces * 1. Prologue * 2. Papua New Guinea * 2. Taiwan * 4. Memory * Conclusions

June 2014 UK June 2014 US 108pp Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137430977

9781137430977

Contents: 1. Introduction; David Berry And Michael Dieter * 2. What Is Post-Digital?; Florian Cramer * 3. Genealogies Of The New Aesthetic; Malcolm Levy And Christine Paul * 4. The PostDigital Constellation; David Berry * 5. Communication Models, Aesthetics And Ontology Of The Computational Age Revealed; Lukasz Mirocha * 6. How To Be Theorized. A F*** Academic Essay On The New Aesthetic; Katja Kwastek * 7. A Hyperbolic New Aesthetic; Daniel Pinkas * 8. The Genius And The Algorithm. Reflections On The New Aesthetic As A Computer’s Vision; Stamatia Portanova * 9. Selfiecity: Exploring Photography And Self-Fashioning In Social Media; Lev Manovich And Alise Tifentale * 10. Judging Like A Machine; David Golumbia * 11. Not Now? Feminism, Technology, Postdigital; Caroline Bassett * 12 . Postscript On The Problem Of Temporality In The Post-Digital; Geoff Cox * 13. Dark Patterns: Interface Design, Augmentation And Crisis; Michael Dieter * 14. Data Visualisation And The Subject Of Political Aesthetics; Sean Cubitt * 15 . School Will Never End: On Infantilization In Digital Environments – Amplifying Empowerment Or Propagating Stupidity?; Mercedes Bunz * 16 . The City And The City: London 2012 Visual (Un)Commons; Jussi Parikka * 17 . Going Beyond The Visible: New Aesthetic As An Aesthetic Of Blindness?; Shintaro Miyazaki * 18. Glitch Sorting: Minecraft, Curation And The Postdigital; Thomas Apperley * 19 . Through Glass Darkly: Google’s Gnostic Governance; Marc Tuters * 20. New Aesthetic In The Perspective Of Social Photography; Vito Campanelli * 21 . Aesthetics Of The Banal – ‘New Aesthetics’ In An Era Of Diverted Digital Revolutions; Søren Bro Pold And Christian Ulrik Andersen * 22. Networks NOW: Belated Too Early; Wendy Chun May 2015 UK May 2015 US 320pp 17 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137437198

9781137437198

VISUAL CULTURE Literature and Photography in Transition, 1850–1915 Owen Clayton, University of Lincoln, UK "Elegantly, fluently written and based on both careful rereading and excellent archival research, this book is full of admirable moments. Clayton is extremely knowledgeable about nineteenth-century photographic techniques and their implications for how we read the literature of transatlantic modernity." - Denis Flannery, University of Leeds, UK Literature and Photography in Transition, 1850–1915 examines how British and American writers used early photography and film as illustrations and metaphors. It concentrates on five figures in particular: Henry Mayhew, Robert Louis Stevenson, Amy Levy, William Dean Howells, and Jack London. Contents: List of Illustrations * Acknowledgements * Introduction * 1. E Pluribus Unum: History and Photographic Difference * 2. Hybrid Photographies in London Labour and the London Poor * 3. Composing Gendered Selfhoods in Robert Louis Stevenson and Amy Levy * 4. ‘We do the rest’: Photography, Labour and Howellsian Realism * 5. ‘Literature of Attractions’: Jack London and Early Cinema * Afterword * Endnotes * Bibliography * Index November 2014 UK November 2014 US 248pp 16 b/w illustrations Hardback £55.00 / $90.00 / CN$104.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137471499

9781137471499

The Art of Public Space Curating and Re-imagining the Ephemeral City Kim Gurney, University of Cape Town, South Africa "Masterfully shows how performances conceived in the spaces of the ordinary worked to undo rigidities of spatial separations and to forge alternative publics." - Teresa Caldeira, University of California, Berkeley, USA A journey through Johannesburg via three art projects raises intriguing notions about the constitutive relationship between the city, imagination and the public sphere- through walking, gaming and performance art. Amid prevailing economic validations, the trilogy posits art within an urban commons in which imagination is all-important. Contents: 1. Re-imagining Johannesburg * 2. Curating the Ephemeral City * 3. Walking the Footloose City * 4. Playing the Cyborg City * 5. Performing the Spectral City * 6. Art and the Uncertainty Principle * 7. Towards an Art of the Commons * 8. Living the Everyday City June 2015 UK June 2015 US 160pp Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137436894

9781137436894

URBAN DESIGN International Editors: Mahyar Arefi, University of Cincinnati, USA and Noha Nasser, University of Kingston, UK

Doubling, Distance and Identification in the Cinema

URBAN DESIGN International is a scholarly publication with a strong practitioner emphasis, relevant for all of those involved in architectural and planning education and practice. It provides an essential forum for the exchange of information and debate concerning issues of urban design and management.

Paul Coates, University of Western Ontario, Canada This book argues theoretically for, and exemplifies through critical and historical analysis, the interrelatedness of discourses on scale, distance, identification and doubling in the cinema. It contains analyses of a wide variety of films, including Citizen Kane, The Double Life of Véronique, The Great Gatsby, Gilda, Vertigo and Wings of Desire.

ISSN: 13575317 / 14684519 For more information about this journal, please visit: www.palgrave-journals.com/udi

Contents: List of Figures * Acknowledgements * Introduction: Neither Here Nor There * 1. Doubles and the Shadows in Plato’s Cave * 2. Extensions of the Self * 3. Doubling, Distance and Instruments of Peceptions * 4. In and Out of the Shadows of Noir * 5. Cowboys and Aliens * Works Cited * Index January 2015 UK January 2015 US 232pp 4 figures Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137396709

9781137396709

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

VISUAL CULTURE Migration in Lusophone Cinema

Software, Animation and the Moving Image

Edited by Cacilda Rêgo, Utah State University, USA, Marcus Brasileiro, Utah State University, USA "This is the first book about how migration has been represented in Lusophone cinema in the last decades. Rêgo and Brasileiro have moved beyond the mere confines of the field of film studies and enriched the text with thought-provoking essays written by academics from several disciplines. The result is a fascinating volume containing essays that inquire deeply about issues involving identity, immigration, transnationalism, and the meaning of 'home' in an increasingly complex world." - Eva Paulino Bueno, Professor of Spanish and Portuguese, St. Mary's University, USA With more than 250 million speakers globally, the Lusophone world has a rich history of filmmaking. This edited volume explores the representation of the migratory experience in contemporary cinema from Portuguese-speaking countries, exploring how Lusophone films, filmmakers, producers, studios, and governments relay narratives of migration.

What's in the Box?

Contents: Introduction; Cacilda Rêgo and Marcus Brasileiro * 1. Imagining Migration: A Panoramic View of Lusophone Films and Tabu (2012) as Case Study; Carolin Overhoff Ferreira * 2. Thinking of Portugal, Looking at Cape Verde: Notes on Representation of Immigrants in the Films of Pedro Costa; Nuno Barradas Jorge * 3. Outros Bairros and the Challenges of Place in Post-colonial Portugal; Derek Pardue * 4. Deterritorialisation Processes in the Portuguese Emigratory Context: Cinematic Representations of Departing and Returning; Fátima Velez de Castro * 5. Performing Criminality: Immigration and Integration in Foreign Land and Fado Blues; Frans Weiser * and more... November 2014 UK November 2014 US 248pp 13 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137408914

9781137408914

Transforming Bodies

Aylish Wood, University of Kent, UK "Wood's book is a very important contribution to our understanding of how digital animated images are created. Digital animated images are pervasive but much of the discourse around them centres on them as images, as represented spaces. In focusing on how the widely-used software Autodesk Maya is used to construct animated images, Wood takes us on a journey through 'more-than-representational space' to understand how the digital contours of contemporary moving image production are reshaping how we understand and relate to the world around us." - Paul Ward, Arts University, Bournemouth, UK Software, Animation and the Moving Image brings a unique perspective to the study of computer-generated animation by placing interviews undertaken with animators alongside an analysis of the user interface of animation software. Wood develops a novel framework for considering computer-generated images found in visual effects and animations. Contents: Introduction * 1. Getting to Know Software: a Study of Autodesk Maya * 2. Software and the Moving Image: Back to the Screen * Conclusion * Bibliography * Moving Images Cited * Index

December 2014 UK December 2014 US 136pp 13 b/w illustrations Hardback £45.00 / $67.50 / CN$78.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137448842

Curating Africa in the Age of Film Festivals

Makeovers and Monstrosities in American Culture

Lindiwe Dovey, SOAS University of London, UK "An essential read. Dovey's book offers rich insights into the circulation of African cinema while expanding our understanding of film festivals." - Cameron Bailey, Artistic Director, Toronto International Film Festival

Heike Steinhoff, Ruhr-University Bochum, Germany "In Transforming Bodies, Steinhoff performs a detailed and insightful examination of the ways in which popular cultural articulations of transforming bodies function as sites upon which contemporary political, cultural, technological, and ethical concerns about the self and the social are played out. Her strategic appropriation of the ubiquitous makeover narrative, coupled with her innovative account of 'technologies of monstrosity', makes Steinhoff's engagement with oft-overlooked texts such as Chuck Palahniuk's novels, and Scott Westerfeld's youth science fiction series Uglies, a standout in the ever growing field of body modification studies." - Nikki Sullivan, Macquarie University, Australia At the turn of the twenty-first century, American media abound with images and narratives of bodily transformations. At the crossroads of American, cultural, literary, media, gender, queer, disability and governmentality studies, the book presents a timely intervention into critical debates on body transformations and contemporary makeover culture. Contents: PART I: BEFORE * 1. Transforming Bodies: An Introduction * 2. Body Thoughts: Transforming Bodies in the ‘New Body Theories’ * PART II: TRANSFORMATIONS * 3. Extreme Makeovers: Transforming Bodies in Popular Culture * 4. Monstrous Makeovers: Somatechnics of Resistance in Postmodern Consumer Culture – Chuck Palahniuk’s Invisible Monsters * 5. Troubling Subjects: Beauty, Plastic Surgery and (Non-)Normative Bodies in Cosmetic Surgical Culture – FX’s Nip/Tuck * and more... May 2015 UK May 2015 US 280pp 6 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137493781

9781137448842

9781137493781

Tracing the history of Africa's relationship to film festivals and exploring their impact on the various types of people who attend them (the festival experts, the ordinary festival audiences, and the filmmakers), Lindiwe Dovey reveals what turns something called a ‘festival’ into a ‘festival experience’. Contents: Introduction * 1. Early Curatorial Practices, European Colonialism, and the Rise of ‘A-list’ Film Festivals * 2. AfriCannes? African Film and Filmmakers at the World’s Most Prestigious Film Festival * 3. ‘Where is Africa?’ at the 2010 International Film Festival of Rotterdam * 4. African Film Festivals in Africa: Curating ‘African Audiences’ for ‘African Films’ * 5. Moving Africa: African Film Festivals Outside of Africa * 6. The Rise of ‘International’ Film Festivals in Africa * 7. Festive Excitement and (Dis)sensus Communis In Action at Two Film Festivals in Africa * Conclusion *

Framing Film Festivals March 2015 UK March 2015 US 292pp 14 b/w illustrations, 4 b/w tables Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137404138

9781137404138

VISUAL CULTURE Narco Cinema

Sex, Drugs, and Banda Music in Mexico's B-Filmography Ryan Rashotte, Independent Scholar, Canada "A rambunctious exploration, as over-the-top as its subject matter." - Elijah Wald, author of Narcocorrido: A Journey into the Music of Drugs, Guns, and Guerrillas "Rashotte is a critic ahead of his time – that Canada should spawn a talent so wickedly in tune with the Mexican dasein is a feat to take note of. What sets Rashotte apart is his grasp of comparative cultural processes - the knotty matrix within which cinema itself evolves. His engaging, inviting, funny, and smart readings of the narco-ninema oeuvre are pleasantly free of overbearing theoretical self-righteousness that dooms other books to remainder hell. This is a comprehensive and readable volume that fuses scholarship with film review with memoir in a new matrix that is a delight to read and a compelling tome to learn from." - William A. Nericcio, Director, Master of Arts in Liberal Arts and Sciences, San Diego State University, USA

Follow Palgrave Macmillan on Facebook®. ‘Like’ our Facebook® page to get the latest news, reviews and event invites.

for the latest news, events and competitions

www.facebook.com/PalgraveMacmillan

www.twitter.com/palgravecultmed

@PalgraveCultMed

This book provides the first comprehensive study of narco cinema, a cross-border exploitation cinema that has been instrumental in shaping narco-culture in Mexico and the US borderlands. Identifying classics in its mammoth catalogue and analyzing select films at length, Rashotte outlines the genre's history and aesthetic criteria. Contents: Introduction: Oye, Lecteur * 1. What is Narco Cinema? * 2. Hecho de coca: A Sentimental Education * 3. Two Foul Score of the Brothers Almada * 4. Narcas y Narcos * 5. . . . and Narco Gays? * Postscript: From Culiacán to Cannes

Latino Pop Culture April 2015 UK April 2015 US 220pp 7 b/w illustrations Hardback £60.00 / $95.00 / CN$110.00 Canadian Rights ebooks available www.palgrave.com/page/detail/?k=9781137501479

9781137501479

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

Palgrave Macmillan now offers authors and their funders the option to publish open access research across all publication formats. Palgrave Macmillan journal articles, monographs and Palgrave Pivot publications can now be made open access immediately upon publication via Palgrave Open. Open access ensures the free, unrestricted and rapid communication of the results of scholarly research online. Palgrave Open publishes all open access content under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY) to support maximum dissemination and use.

Benefits for authors: • Compliance with a range of international open access policies • A professional and rigorous peer-review process • Wide dissemination: open access publishing means that titles are available online, immediately and without restriction

Open Access Funding Support Service For information about research funders and institutions that provide funding for open access, visit our sister company Nature Publishing Group’s funding information page: nature.com/authors/open_access/funding.html Palgrave Macmillan and Nature Publishing Group offers an APC support service to make it easier for our authors to discover and apply for open access funding. Email openaccess@nature.com for advice on what funding is available to you and help in approaching funders and institutions.

www.palgrave.com/open

HUMANITIES | SOCIAL SCIENCES | BUSINESS

Articles now available

INTRODUCING THE FIRST MULTIDISCIPLINARY AND INTERDISCIPLINARY OPEN ACCESS JOURNAL FROM PALGRAVE MACMILLAN Palgrave Communications is a high-quality peer-reviewed open access journal for research in all areas of the humanities, the social sciences (HSS) and business.

SUBMIT YOUR RESEARCH AND BENEFIT FROM: • Quality and reputation • High standards of peer review • High visibility • Impact • Speed • Article level metrics

VISIT THE WEBSITE TO VIEW ALL PUBLISHED ARTICLES SIGN UP FOR E-ALERTS

www.palgrave-journals.com/palcomms

DEVELOP YOUR SKILLS AS AN ACADEMIC WITH THE

PALGRAVE RESEARCH SKILLS 9780230369559

9780230392106

9780230246218

9781137395764

9781137024190

9780230308138

Also available in the series: Authoring a PhD: How to Plan, Draft, Write and Finish a Doctoral Thesis or Dissertation 1st Edition | 9781403905840 The Postgraduate Research Handbook: Succeed in your MA, MPhil, EdD and PhD 2nd Edition | 9780230521308

9781137385192

HIGH QUALITY RESOURCES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS, RESEARCHERS AND ACADEMICS

SALES, RIGHTS AND ORDERING UK & EUROPE

LATIN AMERICA & CARIBBEAN

ASIA

UNITED KINGDOM

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0) 207 843 4838 Email: tara.anderson@palgrave.com

HONG KONG, PHILIPPINES, THAILAND, VIETNAM & INDONESIA

Luke Payne Tel: +44 (0)207 418 5923 Email: luke.payne@palgrave.com

UK DIRECT ORDERS

Tel: +44 (0)207 418 5802 Email: orders@palgrave.com

UK LECTURER ORDERS

Tel: +44(0)1256 302794 Fax: +44(0)1256 330688 Email: lecturerservices@palgrave.com

UK TRADE ORDERS

Tel: +44(0)0256 302692 Fax: +44(0)1256 812558 Email: orders@macmillan.co.uk

UK PRESS ENQUIRIES

Email: reviews@palgrave.com

EUROPE (EXCEPT AREAS LISTED) Luke Payne Tel: +44 (0)207 418 5923 Email: luke.payne@palgrave.com

CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE Jacek Lewinson Tel./fax: +48 22 6283956 Mobile: +48 (0)502603290 Email: jacek@jaceklewinson.com

GREECE & CYPRUS

Zitsa Seraphimidi Tel: +210 5245 798 Fax: +210 9816816 Mobile: + 0030 6944 441184 Email: zitsaser@otenet.gr

AUSTRIA, GERMANY, SWIZERLAND, ITALY & FRANCE David Pickering Mare-Nostrum Tel: +39 348 3183884 UK Mobile: +44 798 6559391

DENMARK, NETHERLANDS, BELGIUM & LUXEMBOURG Alan Moon Mobile: +44 (0)7734 739 941 Email: a.moon@Palgrave.com

SPAIN

Trinidad Lopez Tel/Fax: +34 91 3528349 Email: trini@arrakis.es

NORWAY, SWEDEN, FINLAND & ICELAND

Luke Payne Tel: +44 (0)207 418 5923 Email: luke.payne@palgrave.com

COLOMBIA

GRUPO K-T-DRA Ltda Tel: +2570895/2187629 Fax: +2187629 Email: aramirez@k-t-dra.com

NORTH AMERICA U.S. & CANADA

Palgrave Macmillan Tel: +1 212-726-9675 Email: sales@palgrave-usa.com

Address for orders in the U.S. & Canada Attn.: Palgrave Orders MPS 16365 James Madison Highway (US Route 15) Gordonsville, VA 22942 Email: customerservice@mpsvirginia.com To place an order by phone: 888-330-8477 To place an order by fax: 800-672-2054 MPS accepts orders on PUBNET. PUBNET.SAN number 6315011.

Macmillan Education Asia Tel: +852 2811 7176 Fax: + 852 2811 0743 Email: macasia@macmillan.com.hk

KOREA

Macmillan Korea Publishers Limited Tel: +82 2 723 8422 Fax: +82 2 723 8424 Email: Korea.info@macmillan.com

TAIWAN

Macmillan Taiwan Limited Tel: +886 2 2388 3208 Fax: +886 2 2375 6882 Email: taipei@macmillan.com

SINGAPORE

Pansing Distribution Pte Ltd Tel +65 6319 9939 Fax +65 6459 4930 Email: infobooks@pansing.com

MALAYSIA

UBSD DISTRIBUTION SDN. BHD. Tel: +603 80763042 Fax: +603 80763142 Email: enquiry@ubsd-dist.com

CHINA

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND

Macmillan Ltd Tel: +86 (10) 8881 1358 Email: china@macmillan.com

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND

JAPAN

Palgrave Macmillan Tel: +61(0)3 9825 1111 Fax: +61(0)3 9825 1010 Email: palgrave@macmillan.com.au Web: www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

AFRICA SOUTHERN AFRICA

Including Botswana, Lesotho, Swaziland, Zimbabwe and Namibia Cory Voigt Tel: +27 11 731 3300 Fax: +27 11 731 3569 Email: palgrave@macmillan.co.za

ALL AREAS NOT LISTED

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0) 207 843 4838 Email: tara.anderson@palgrave.com

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0) 207 418 5886 Email: Judith.Taboy@palgrave.com

INDIA

Jagat Bahadur Manager-Customer Services Palgrave Macmillan (a division of MPIL) 2nd Floor, 2/10 Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi 110002 P: 0091 11 2325 4020 E: jagat.bahadur@macmillan.co.in M: 0091 88268 95838

PAKISTAN

M. Anwer Iqbal Book Bird, 36-B, Abdalian Tel: +92 42 35956200 Mobile: +92 313 8464747 Email: anwer.bookbird@gmail.com

MIDDLE EAST ALL AREAS NOT LISTED

Palgrave Macmillan Limited Tel: +44 (0) 207 843 4838 Email: tara.anderson@palgrave.com

Click on the product links to buy or learn more.

ISBN: 9780230396982